East Link Light Rail Contract N830 / E750 Systems Final Design Book 3 Of

Transcript

EAST LINK LIGHT RAIL CONTRACT NO. RTA/AE-0027-12 CONTRACT N830 / E750 SYSTEMS FINAL DESIGN BOOK 3 OF 4 CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 90% February 2016 PREPARED BY: CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING RERQUIREMENTS 00 00 10 Table of Contents DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 01 12 19 01 20 00 01 25 00 01 31 13 01 31 19 01 31 25 01 32 13.10 01 32 33 01 33 00 01 35 29.10 01 35 30 01 35 32 01 35 43.13 01 35 43.16 01 35 45 01 45 00.10 01 45 10 01 46 00.13 01 50 00 01 51 15 01 55 00 01 55 26 01 56 39 01 57 13 01 57 15 01 57 19 01 57 24 01 60 00 01 71 30 Summary of Work Contract Interface Price and Payment Procedures – GCCM Contracts Substitution Procedures Project Coordination Project Meetings Document Control and Internet – Based Document Management System Scheduling of Work Photographic Documentation Submittal Procedures HSS and Emergency Response Procedures HSS and Emergency Response Procedures – Underground Construction Supplement HSS and Emergency Response Procedures – Aerial / Elevated Structures Supplement Unknown Hazardous and Contaminated Substance Health and Safety Program Hazardous and Contaminated Substance Health and Safety Program Hazardous and Contaminated Substance Air Monitoring Quality Assurance / Quality Control Configuration Management Systems Safety and Assurance - Systems Temporary Facilities and Controls Temporary Electrical Power Vehicular Access and Haul Routes Traffic Control Temporary Tree and Plant Protection Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Temporary Construction Noise and Vibration Control Temporary Environmental Controls Temporary Site Water Discharge Product Requirements Protection and Maintenance of Property and Work NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 10 Page 1 of 4 RTA/AE-0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 01 73 29 01 74 00 01 76 00 01 78 23 01 78 39 01 79 00 01 91 00 01 95 00 Cutting, Fitting, and Patching Cleaning and Waste Management Construction on Floating Bridge Operation and Maintenance Data As-Built Documents Training Integration with WSDOT Standard Specifications System Testing Requirements DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 03 15 25 03 49 00 Overhead Contact System Anchorage to Concrete EMI Trench Lightweight Concrete Covers DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 09 67 25 09 90 00 Dielectric Epoxy Flooring Overhead Contact System Pole Painting DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 22 45 19 Self-Contained Eyewash Equipment DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 25 10 10 25 20 10 25 20 20 25 20 30 Central Control Systems Emergency Ventilation System Train Control System Building Management System DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 26 05 03 26 05 10 26 05 17 26 05 19 26 05 24 26 05 26 26 05 29 26 05 33 26 09 13 Common Work Results for Electrical Electrical Identification Common Work Results for Systems Conductors and Cable Dry-Type Transformers Low-Voltage Conductors and Cables Medium-Voltage Conductors and Cables Grounding and Bonding Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems Raceways and Boxes Distribution Control, Automation and Monitoring System NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 10 Page 2 of 4 RTA/AE-0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 26 13 13 26 24 12 26 28 15 26 42 90 Medium-Voltage Ac Circuit Breaker Switchgear Panelboards and Circuit Breakers Enclosed Switches and Fuses Remote Monitoring DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS 27 13 23 27 15 00 27 21 29 27 31 13 27 31 15 27 31 20 27 51 00 27 51 13 27 51 16 27 51 23 27 60 01 27 60 02 27 60 07 27 75 00 Systems Optical Fiber Cabling Communications Horizontal Cabling Network Equipment Private Branch Exchange Telephone System Emergency Telephone System Emergency Telephone System - Garage Audio Systems – General – East Link Overhead Audio Paging Systems Video Displays Audio Paging and Messaging Integration PSERN Radio System Interface Requirements Tunnel Radio System Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration Operations Control Center Requirements DIVISION 28 – SECURITY 28 13 00 28 23 00 Trackway Intrusion Detection System Closed Circuit Television System - Station DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION 34 21 10 34 21 16.11 34 21 16.15 34 21 16.17 34 21 16.21 34 21 16.22 34 21 16.23 34 21 16.25 34 21 16.26 34 21 16.27 34 21 16.29 34 21 19.16 34 21 27 34 21 73 34 23 01 34 23 13 Traction Electrification System General Requirements Traction Power Substation Testing Dc Disconnect Switches Prefabricated Traction Power Substation Building TPS-Control Power TES – DC Surge Arresters TE Substation Local Centralized Monitoring System and Intelligent Electronic Devices Traction Power Substation Installation Transformer-Rectifier Unit Rail Voltage Monitoring and Grounding System TPSS – Sump Pump Dc Switchgear Metal Fabrication and Finishes TE Systems Studies General Requirements for Overhead Contact System Overhead Contact System Metal Poles NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 10 Page 3 of 4 RTA/AE-0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 34 23 26 34 23 27 34 23 69 34 23 79 34 25 00 34 42 01 34 42 02 34 42 03 34 42 07 34 42 08 34 42 11 34 42 17 34 42 18 34 42 19 34 42 20 34 42 22 34 42 30 34 42 32 34 42 35 34 42 36 34 42 38 34 42 53 34 42 55 34 42 57 34 42 58 34 42 59 34 42 61 34 42 63 34 42 65 34 42 69 34 42 72 34 42 93 34 42 97 34 42 98 34 42 99 Overhead Contact System Assemblies, Components and Fittings Overhead Contact System Disconnect Switches Overhead Contact System Testing Capital Spare Parts and Maintenance Equipment TES Capital Spare Parts and Maintenance Equipment Signal System Design Signals Block Design Interlocking Requirements Pre-Cast Concrete Foundation External Signal Cable Power Switch-and-Lock Movement Layouts LRV Signal Layouts Audio Frequency Track Circuits Power Frequency Track Circuits Train-to-Wayside Communications Systems Automatic Highway Crossing Warning Systems Signals Rail Bonding Existing Signal System Modifications Signal Power Distribution System Emergency Standby Power Systems Generator Set(s) Wayside Enclosures Instrument Racks Internal Signal Cable Plug Connectors Relays Signal Vital Processor Dc Power Supplies Track Transformers Central Control Interface Local Control Panels Event Recorders Electromagnetic Compatibility Miscellaneous Hardware Signal System Testing Technical Support APPENDICES Appendix A Traction Electrification System Points List END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 00 10 Page 4 of 4 RTA/AE-0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section includes requirements for design, procurement, installation, termination, testing, labeling, and documentation of systems inter-station fiber optic cables and ancillary equipment. REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 1. C. E. F. IEEE 383 Vertical Flame Test, Standard for Qualifying Class 1E Electric Cables and Field Splices for Nuclear Power Generating Stations International Organization of Standardization (ISO) 1. D. ASTM E662 Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Material ISO 9001 Standard Quality Management Systems National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code 2. NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems 3. NFPA 262 Standard Method of Test for Flame Travel and Smoke of Wires and Cables for Use in Air-Handling Spaces Naval Engineering Standard (NES) 1. NES 711 Smoke 2. NES 713 Toxicity Telecommunication Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance (TIA/EIA) 1. TIA/EIA 455-B Standard Test Procedure for Fiber Optic Fibers, Cables, Transducers, Sensors, Connecting and Terminating Devices, and Other Fiber Optic Components 2. TIA/EIA 455-78 FTOP-78 Spectral-Attenuation Cutback Measurement for SingleMode Optical Fibers 3. TIA/EIA 455-124 Polarization-Mode Dispersion Measurement for Single-Mode Optical Fibers by Interferometry NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 1 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% G. H. I. 4. TIA/EIA 455-175B Dispersion 5. TIA/EIA 455-133 FOTP-133 IEC-60793-1-22 Optical Fibers Part 1-22: Measurement Methods and Test Procedures Length Measurement 6. TIA/EIA 598 7. TIA/EIA 568-B.1-2 Commercial Building Cabling for Telecommunications Products and Services 8. TIA/EIA 526-7,A-B Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed SingleModeFiber Cable Plant. 9. TIA/EIA-569A and Spaces 10. TIA/EIA 568-C 11. TIA-758B-2012 Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications (OSP) Fiber Optic Color Code Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways Cabling and components standard Telcordia 1. GR-449-CORE Generic Requirements and Design Considerations for Fiber Distributing Frames 2. GR-20-CORE Specifications Generic Requirements for Optical Fiber and Optical Cable Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 1. UL 224 Extruded Insulating Tubing 2. UL 910 Test for Flame-Propagation and Smoke-Density Values for Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables Used in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air 3. UL 1666 Test for Flame Propagation Height of Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables Installed Vertically in Shafts National Electrical Code (NEC) 1. 1.03 Measurement Methods and Test Procedures Chromatic NEC 2011 installation Chapters, Articles, and Sections that impact telecommunications SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures, for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Preliminary Survey Report: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 1. Survey signal/communications ducts to determine most suitable fiber cable installation method, based on field conditions and duct occupancy. Submit for approval: a. Duct occupancy drawings. b. Duct plan drawings with distance indications. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 2 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. C. D. Design Document. 1. Submit complete technical data sheets for the fiber cable and ancillary equipment proposed to furnish. Demonstrate compliance with mechanical and optical properties specified herein. 2. Submit information for each proposed manufacturer describing his experience in manufacturing fiber optical cable, splice equipment, and termination equipment for rapid transit and railroad applications and quality assurance program and warranty. 3. Submit information for each proposed fiber contractor describing his experience in installation and testing of fiber optical cable, splice equipment, and termination equipment for rapid transit and railroad applications and quality assurance program and warranty. 4. Submit fiber cable system schematic, plan, and detail drawings, indicating complete fiber cable system, cable lengths, equipment placement within station and cross-passages. Include profiles showing location of cabinets/racks, rack elevation drawings, including all fiber termination details. Specify cable fiber cable labeling in accordance with Sound Transit existing standards. 5. Submit calculations for each fiber optic cable span and fiber link budget calculations. 6. Submittal shall include materials, equipment, assembly and installation required to carry out functions and purposes indicated in these Specifications, and to make the system suitable for the purpose for which it is intended, whether or not such materials, equipment, assembly and installation are specially indicated in the requirements of these Specifications. 7. Design submittal shall define fiber patch cable interfaces between systems. This includes; Communications, Radio, Signal, Traction Power, and 26 kV. 8. Submit approved step by step termination, connector, and pigtail splicing instruction in accordance with manufacture supplied documentation for fiber optic equipment to be utilized as part of the fiber cable system. Fiber Cable Installation/Pull Plan. 1. E. Submit Installation plan as outlined herein. Fiber Test Equipment. 1. F. Manhole and handhole location drawings. Submit Manufacture cut sheets and user documentation for Fiber Optic test equipment and test viewing software to be utilized as part Fiber optic installation and testing. Testing Documents. 1. General: Submit documents in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. 2. Submit Test Program Plan, Test Procedures, and Test Results for each Test. 3. Submit Test Procedures for each test a minimum of 60 Days prior to date test is to be performed. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 3 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Factory Production Test: a. 1.04 Submit Certified Test Report prior to shipment, in accordance with Section 01 45 00, Quality Assurance / Quality Control. 5. Pre-Installation Reel Test: Submit Fiber Cable Reel Test Report after shipment, but prior to Installation. 6. Fiber Cable Termination/Splicing Testing: Submit test results for individual pigtail splices in accordance with approved procedure. 7. Fiber Cable Field Tests: Submit end to end test results of OTDR and Power Meter tests in accordance with approved procedures. QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL (CABLE MANUFACTURER) A. Wire and cable manufacturers, quoted products and installation vendors shall be approved by Resident Engineer. Provide qualification data and make arrangements for required demonstrations and tests. B. Qualifications. 1. Past Performance and Experience: Cable manufacturers shall demonstrate previous successful experience in supplying wire and cable specified herein. Provide a list of three such installations of similar size and scope for each cable manufacturer to be considered. 2. Quality Assurance Program: Cable manufacturers, in accordance with requirements of these Specifications, are required to have in place or implement, an effective quality assurance program adhering to the requirements of ISO 9001 to ensure purchase control performance. Resident Engineer reserves the right to audit the manufacturer's facilities for conformance to the Contract including, but not limited to first article inspections, source inspections and on-site surveys. Prime concern shall be focused on formal assurance requirements to ensure manufacturer cannot attribute cable failure to actions or lack of actions. 3. Technical Data: Provide technical data that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of these Specifications for each cable type Contractor plans to supply (i.e. White Papers, Certifications). 4. Factory Design Tests: Make arrangements with prospective cable manufacturers to perform factory design tests as required by Resident Engineer. 5. Sample Specimens: If requested, furnish Resident Engineer sample specimens in 4 foot lengths identical to proposed cable including connectors and peripherals. Sample specimens shall remain property of Sound Transit. 6. Manufacturers shall certify compliance with the following warranty prior to selection: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Manufacturers warrant that design, material, and workmanship incorporated in each item of cable is of the highest grade and consistent with established, and generally accepted, standards for aerial and underground cable for transit applications; and that each such item and every part and component thereof shall comply with these Specifications. b. Manufacturers agree this warranty shall commence with acceptance of each item of cable, whether defect be patent or latent, and shall continue SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 4 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% for a period of 8 years after initial satisfactory operation of the item or 10 years after acceptance of item, whichever is shorter. C. D. 1.05 After Manufacture Selection. 1. Monitor manufacturers of cable to assure that approved Quality Assurance Program is being closely adhered to and that wire and cable are being manufactured in accordance with these Specifications and approved submittals. 2. Each finished cable must be traceable to test date on file for each step in its manufacturing process. Inspection. 1. Resident Engineer shall have the right to make such inspection and tests as necessary to determine if the cable meets requirements of these Specifications. 2. Resident Engineer shall have the right to reject cable that is defective in any respect. 3. Provide Resident Engineer 15 Days advance notice of date cable will be ready for final testing so that Sound Transit may witness the tests, if it so elects. 4. Physical Tests: Perform physical random tests on samples selected at the place of production. Take each test sample from accessible end of different reels. Identify each reel selected with corresponding sample. Specify number and length of samples under individual tests. Perform tests for cable materials and cable construction specified. 5. Resident Engineer reserves the right to conduct any test to provide further satisfaction that cable is manufactured in accordance with requirements of these Specifications. QUALITY ASSURANCE (QUALIFIED FIBER INSTALLATION AND TEST PERSONNEL) A. Fiber optic work required to be performed requires a contractor with specialized knowledge and training. Contractor shall be certified by an accredited training organization, and have been and approved contractor by the following Telco or fiber cable Providers: 1. BICSI (Building Industry Consulting Services Intl), FOA (Fiber Optic Association). 2. AT&T, Verizon, or Sprint Approved Contractor with Tier 2 Certification. 3. Corning Cable Systems Trained. B. Fiber optic cable contractors shall be well trained, experienced and qualified to perform fiber optic cable splicing. To be considered for approval for fiber optic work, the installer/splicer must be recommended by the fiber cable manufacturers, have had recent satisfactory experience in performing all aspects of fiber optic work, with a minimum of 15 years field experience. C. Fiber Contractor must have verifiable experience in the following aspects of Fiber optic work: 1. Complete fiber optic splicing (fusion and/or mechanical). 2. Complete testing services, such as end to end, reel testing, and splice loss testing, ORL, power meter/laser source testing and fiber characterization testing (10GigE certification). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 5 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. 1.06 3. Connectorization and polishing, Fiber Panel Terminations & Custom cable assemblies. 4. Emergency restoration and in-service "hot cuts", Balloon-lateral splices. 5. Rodding & Duct proofing, inner-duct installation. 6. Installation within underground ducts/manhole environments, Certified in Confined Space Entry. 7. Place fiber cable -- all sizes. 8. Metro and Long-haul installs. 9. Experience working within active Transportation Right of ways-including constrained working hours. If during any process involving fiber optic cable work the Resident Engineer determines the fiber installation/splice personnel are found to exceed the listed reasonable average time periods of work performance for a given task for no cause, and installation schedules are being affected, the Contractor shall be required to replace installer/splice personnel with more capable personnel that shall complete the installation and splicing work in the prescribed time period at no additional expense to Sound Transit. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. B. Packing. 1. Ship cable on non-returnable wooden reels. 2. Drum Diameter: Minimum 20 times the diameter of cable. 3. Reels: Substantial enough to withstand reasonable handling, designed with inner end of accessible but protected from injury. 4. Cable Ends: Sealed to prevent entrance of moisture and securely fastened to prevent ends from becoming loose during transit. Marking. 1. C. Mark each reel on outside flange with the following information: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Contract name and number. c. Cable identification number. d. Cable length. e. Date of manufacture. Delivery. 1. Inspect cables at time of delivery at construction site to assure no damage was done during shipping. 2. Inspect every reel for physical damage. 3. Submit to Resident Engineer cable reel inspection report. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 6 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. D. E. Replace damaged or rejected cable promptly at no cost to Sound Transit. Storage. 1. Store cables on solid surfaces designed to support cable reels which drain adequately and do not allow accumulation of liquids, oils, or chemicals. 2. Align and protect cable reels so as not to allow reel flanges to damage other reels. 3. Provide adequate aisles and barricades to allow accessibility and to prevent construction equipment from damaging cable reels. 4. Reseal cable ends promptly when a length is cut from reel. Handling. 1. Handle cable reels using a sling and spreader attached to a shaft through the reel hubs, or by cradling both flanges between lift truck forks. 2. Do not lift reels by top reel flange or drop from any height. 3. Ensure lift truck forks do not touch cable surfaces on reel. 4. Roll reels in the direction opposite the cable wind on reel. 5. Do not lay reels flat. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBER OPTIC CABLE A. The installation environment will include existing Link communications system facilities, underground and tunnel duct-banks, embedded and surface conduit, communications manholes and handholds, cross-passages, and station systems equipment rooms. B. General 1. Fibers shall be usable and meet required specifications. 2. The life expectancy of the cable shall be 25 years for service in a railroad and transit environment. 3. The cable shall be designed for installation in underground conduit, wet or dry environments, including alternating wet and dry conditions. 4. Fillers: Solid polyethylene, or similar material, rods of same diameter as buffer tubes. 5. Identification: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Cable Print: White, indented into outer jacket. b. Apply cable print to outer jacket with the following information: c. Cable Manufacturer. d. Number of Fibers. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 7 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. D. e. Fiber Type, Single Mode Fiber (SMF). f. Halogen Free, Low Smoke. g. Date Coded Month Year (MMYY). h. Sequential Marking (a mark every foot or meter). Application Descriptions. 1. Communications Backbone Fiber – 144 strand single mode Inter-Station outside plant fiber cables to be utilized for data link connections between communications network switch equipment. Manufacture Draka DLSZHC Heavy Duty Duct Cable, or approved equal. 2. Systems Fiber – 48, 36, 24 and 12 strand single mode Inter-Station outside plant fiber cable to be utilized for direct data connections between field equipment. Manufacture Draka DLSZHC Heavy Duty Duct Cable, or approved equal. 3. Tunnel Radio Fiber – 72, 60, 48, 24 and 4 strand single mode inter-station outside plant tunnel radio Cross-Passage fiber cable, Tight Buffered 900um Jacketed suitable for field connectorizing to APC connectors for direct connection to Tunnel Radio Equipment. Manufacture Draka LSZH25-04-010A3 Breakout Cable, or approved equal. Construction Characteristics. Radio Fiber Cable Characteristics Communications and Systems Fiber Cables 4,12,24,36,48,60,72 strands Installation: 450 lbs Operating: 250 lbs Installation: 6.3 in Operating: 3.2 in. 6, 12, 24 26 or 48 Strands Installation: 1000lbs Operating: 200lbs Installation: 11.4 in. Operating: 5.7 in. Installation: 1000lbs Operating: 200lbs Installation: 18.2 in. Operating: 9.1 in. 0.315 in. 0.541 in. 0.907 in. 38lbs/1000ft 141lbs/1000ft 382lbs/1000ft 900µm Tight Buffer Break-out cable Loose tube 6 fiber strands per tube Loose tube 12 fiber strands per tube Rating OFNR/OFN, CSA FT4. OFN-LS OFN-LS Buffer Tube polymeric insulation, moisture-resistant, water blocking, fillers, where required shall be dialectic material. Central Strength Member dielectric material (epoxy/fiberglass rod) Dry Block Tape swellable tape wrapped around the cable core to prevent water penetration Strength Member aramid yarn (both Inner-Outer layers). Jacket type thermoplastic LSZH polyolefin Max Tension Bend Radius Cable O.D. (Max) Cable Weight (max) Buffer Tube Configuration NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 8 OF 34 144 Strands RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% E. Optical Characteristics. Characteristics Radio Fiber Coating Strand Color Fiber strand Core Diameter Fiber strand Diameter Fiber Type Attenuation 2.02 2.03 General Communications Fiber acrylate for mechanical protection. Per TIA/EIA-598 8.2 to 8.8 Microns 125 Microns Step index 0.35 dB/km at 1310 nm 0.5 dB/km at 1310,1550 0.25 dB/km at 1550 and and 1625 nm. 1625 nm. FIBER SPLICE CASE A. Provide splice cases suitable for: underground manhole cable vaults, outside plant, uncontrolled environments or at building entry point when space permits. Splice cases shall be placed at locations as shown on Contract Drawings. B. Approved Manufacturer: Preformed Line Products, 3M, Corning, or approved equal. C. Uncontrolled Environment: Location in which temperature and humidity are not artificially regulated, where relative humidity can exceed 50 percent, or where liquid may come into contact with the fiber cable core. D. Construction: Cylindrical design having two points of entry (one in each end of the cylinder) for at least four cables in each point. Splice cases shall be re-enterable and re-sealable to support fiber cable repair and or expansion. E. Entry Points: Flexible compression type fitting having a single compression gasket between two type 304 stainless steel plates. F. Environmental Requirements: Withstand submersion up to a depth of 10 feet for a period of 10 Days without leaking, withstand three repeat blows of 9000N without failure or leakage via submersion test. G. Material: Corrosion resistant material equal to or superior in corrosion resistance to type 304 stainless. H. Fill: Dry-type encapsulates to allow future re-entry and prevent water incursion, no gel type. I. Size: Provide up to 288 single-fiber splices. Provide storage room for unspliced express fiber buffer tubes pass through. Support Ring Cut, loop-through splicing. J. Supply splice case mounting hardware such that case may be secured to installation location and that cables have sufficient strain relief to prevent damage under frequent movement and harsh conditions. FIBER DISTRIBUTION PANEL - RACK MOUNT A. Utilize Fiber Distribution Panel (FDP) for termination, storage and distribution of the fiber optic cable system, and provide a convenient point for splicing outside plant fiber optic cables to pigtails. FDPs shall be a complete system of components by a single manufacture. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 9 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.04 B. FDP shall comply with Telcordia GR-449-CORE. FDP shall be supplied by ADC-Cable Management Tray (CMT) series Termination/Storage/Splice panels or approved equal. C. Provide FDPs capable of terminating 12, 24, 36, 48, or 144 fibers strands, as shown on Contract Drawings. Final FDP port quantities in accordance with final design of fiber cable termination requirements. D. Size: Chassis (width: 17.4 inch) x (depth: 12.0 inch) x (height: min. 1.75 inch, max. per FDP port quantities). Housing shall be rack mountable per EIA-310, in either 19 inch or 23 inch wide rack rail spacing. E. Furnished fully loaded FDP complete with Subcriber Connector (SC) bulkheads, pigtails: SC Ultra Polish Connector (UPC) pre-connectorized to 900µm jacket, color coded per TIA/EIA-598, heat shrink fusion splice trays, a splice drawer, cable rubber clamps, and FDP front cover. F. FDP shall incorporate labeling provisions that correspond to each fiber port location. Labeling shall be viewable from front of FDP. G. All connectors and accessory items to be compatible with new and existing optical fiber transmission equipment. H. Outside plant cables shall be routed to the fiber panels and secured to the outside of the chassis, FDP shall provide for tie point for securing fiber cable central member. I. Route each optical fiber into the chassis and splice tray for splicing into a pigtail assembly. J. Sharp edges in areas where fiber may be damaged in/out of FDP is prohibited. Cable entrances shall have grommet and cable clamp strain relief. K. Completed splices shall be mounted in splice trays for protection. Splice trays shall be capable of securely holding up to 24 individual fusion splices. L. Splice trays, pigtails and optical fiber buffer tubes shall be stored at the bottom of the FDP in extendable splice draws. The FDP shall be furnished with Cable Management Trays (CMT) where fiber bulkhead plates are mounted, trays shall be swing out design for access to front and rear of fiber bulkhead terminals. M. Each CMT shall store at least 8-10 meters of fiber optic pigtails, patch cords or a combination thereof. N. Bend radii inside the CMT shall be greater than 2 inches. O. The FDP must protect the fiber throughout the panel. P. Provide protective dust caps for all fiber ports. Q. Accessibility for Fiber Splice Trays, Cable Management Tray, and Fiber Ports shall be from the front. Rear panel shall be removable. FIBER DISTRIBUTION PANEL (FDP)-WALL MOUNT A. Provide Two Door wall mount chassis fiber cable termination/splice box. FDP shall be ADC-FL1000 Series or approved equal. B. Terminations: Provide fully loaded 48 terminations with 8 required bulkhead plates, 6 ports per plate. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 10 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.05 C. Bulkhead Plates: 6 Ports with SC bulkhead adaptors and 6 SM SC/UPC 900µm color coded per TIA/EIA-598-connectors/pigtails. D. FDP shall incorporate labeling provisions that correspond to each fiber port location. Labeling shall be viewable from front of FDP. E. Provide required splice trays for complete installation of 48 terminations. F. Provide cable clamps, compression fittings, and strength member tie-off to support the number of fiber cables that will be terminated in the FDP. G. FDP Dimensions: 17.2 inch W by 17.8 inch H by 6.2 inch D. H. FDP to be surface mounted within communications interface terminal cabinets (ITC), located within station TPSS rooms. OPTICAL FIBER PIGTAILS, PATCH CORDS, AND CONNECTORS A. B. C. FDP Fiber Pigtails. 1. Single-Mode Pigtails with SC connector at one end and the other bare jacketed fiber. 2. Pigtail Connectors: Telcordia 326 compliant ‘SC’ UPC type. Colored blue. 3. Insertion Loss: Maximum 0.20 dB. 4. Return Loss: Maximum minus 55.0 dB 5. Pigtail length shall be sized per field install conditions for each FDP location, 3 meter minimum. 6. Pigtails fibers shall be provided in bundle of up to 12 fibers, individually jacketed with a 900um tight buffer, color-coded in accordance with TIA/EIA 598 Fiber Optic Color Code. 7. Pigtail fibers shall meet the same physical and optical characteristics of the fiber cable strands that it will be spliced to. Manufactured Fiber Cable Pigtail Assemblies. 1. A manufactured Pigtail assembly may be utilized to provide connectivity from a FDP to a separate field splice enclosure, such as a fiber splice case located in a communications manhole. The assembly shall allow the connection of FDP’s to fiber a cable backbone cable via a drop cable assembly. Splicing of the drop cable to the mainline backbone cable shall be performed within the splice case. When utilizing a fiber cable pigtail assembly, FDP tray splicing is not to be done. 2. The manufactured pigtail assembly shall be constructed so as to be installed in conduit, and shall meet the fiber cable requirements as specified within this contract. 3. Manufactured Pigtail assemblies shall be designed, ordered, pretested, for the specific location that it will be utilized. Excessive cable length in the assembly shall not be permitted. 4. Cable Loop: Maximum 20 feet. Fiber Patch Cords. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 11 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. 1. Fiber patch cords shall be cable assemblies consisting of flexible with SC compatible connectors. Patch cords shall be complete factory fabricated assemblies from manufacturer’s standard products lines. 2. Provide fiber patch cords as required for the following applications: a. From port to port within same FDP, for fiber cross-connection patching. b. From Network switch equipment optical ports to FDP, to support Link Communications Networks deployment, for both TCN and EFN. Coordinate with Sound Transit IT department. c. From 26 kV switchgear equipment to FDP. d. From TPSS equipment to FDP. e. From Signal equipment to FDP. 3. Single-Mode Duplex Zip cord type, ADC Krone or approved equal. 4. Patch Cord Cable Construction: Shall allow for small bend radius for installation in space-constrained areas. Shall contain a dielectric strength member and a protective outer jacket. 5. Patch Cord Jacket Color: Yellow for single mode. 6. Connector shall be SC UPC (blue) for FDP ports, connector ends for field equipment ports. 7. Patch cord optical fiber shall meet the same characteristic requirements of the distribution panel terminated cable to which it mates. 8. Patch cords installed within ladder tray and at conduit to equipment transitions shall be installed in flexible corrugated innerduct for protection. Fiber Connectors-For Radio Equipment Interconnect. 1. Field Installable Angle Polish Connector (APC) SC connectors, color green, 3M or approved equal. Connectors compatible with Radio Fiber Transceiver Equipment installed under Section 27 60 02, Tunnel Radio System. 2. Single Piece, pre-assembled design. 3. Manufacture supplied connector finishing tool, with fiber holder. 4. 900um buffer strain relief. 5. Factory-polished fiber stub in ferrule. 6. Keyed, angle cleave splice for APC. 7. Insertion Loss: Maximum 0.30 dB. 8. Return Loss: Maximum minus 65.0 dB. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 12 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.06 OPTICAL FIBER TEST EQUIPMENT A. Provide Optical Fiber Cable Testers to meet all the requirements for fiber cable testing per contract document. Acceptable fiber test equipment manufacturers: Exfo, Fluke or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 13 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Optical Loss Test Set (OLTS) Specifications. Power Meter Measurement range (dBm) Wavelength range (nm) Display resolution (dB) Recommended recalibration period (years) Measurement-distance units +10 to -70 800 to 1650 0.01 3 Km, m, Kft, ft, mi Single Mode Light Source Wavelengths (nm) 1310 ± 20/ 1550 ± 20/ 1625 ± 10 Emitter type Minimum output power (dBm) Spectral width (nm) Laser -1/-4/-7 ≤5/≤5/≤5 Automated Test Functions Wavelengths (nm) Loss range (dB) Loss Precision (repeatability) (dB) Length measurement range (km) Length measurement uncertainty ORL range (APC/UPC) (dB) all SM wavelengths ORL uncertainty (dB) Resolution (dB) Store reference power measurement Save at least 100 results in internal memory PC interface (USB) Rechargeable Li-Ion battery for 8 hours of normal operation NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 14 OF 34 1310 / 1550 / 1625 56 0.25 (for loop back) 200 ± (10m + 1% length) 65/55 ±0.5 0.01 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Specifications. OTDR Single Mode Wavelength range (nm) Dynamic range 10 µs² (dB) Dynamic range 20 µs² (dB) Event dead zone (m) Attenuation dead zone (m) 1310 ± 20/ 1550 ± 20/ 1625 ± 10 41/39/38 42.5/40.5/39.5 3/3/3 8/10/10 General Specifications Distance range (Km) 1.25, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 260 10, 30, 100, 275, 1000, 2500, 10000, 20000 ±0.05 Pulse width (ns) Linearity (dB/dB) Loss Threshold (dB) 0.01 0.001 0.08 to 5 Up to 52000 ±(1+0.0025% x distance) User-defined (60 min maximum) Loss Resolution (dB) Sampling Resolution (m) Sampling points Distance uncertainty (m) Measurement time Real-time refresh (s) <1 Stable source output power (dBm) -5 Visual fault locator Laser, 650±10nm, max pwr 800µW Internal 60GB Hard Drive with G-shock protection, 2GB Flash USB drive. Touch screen display color TFT, 800 x 600 TFT PC interface (USB), Serial, Ethernet Rechargeable Li-Ion battery for 8 hours of normal operation Additional Test Modules Support PMD- Polarization Mode Dispersion Analyzer supporting TIA/EIA-455-124 CMD-Chromatic Dispersion Analyzer supporting TIA/EIA-455-175B 2.07 INNERDUCT A. B. Constructed of flame retardant PVC material and shall meet the following flammability requirements: 1. Inside building horizontal ladder tray, and inside building riser inner duct shall meet the UL 224 flame test. 2. Outside Plant (OSP), Inner duct installed in tunnel or air plenum environment shall be halogen-free, meet BSR/UL 224, and NFPA 130. OSP innerduct shall be installed in embedded signal/communications (SC) conduits and duct banks where required. 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING OSP Innerducts shall be 1.25-inch and/or 1.5-inch I.D. selected to optimize current and future cable routing through underground conduits. OSP innerduct shall include the following features: SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 15 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. C. 2.08 2.09 a. Constructed of semi rigid flexible halogen free tubing with longitudinally ribbed inner wall, smooth exterior walls. b. Furnish with factory installed nylon pull ropes. c. Suitable for pulling into conduit/ducts and provided with fittings/connectors necessary to make up a complete raceway system. Innerduct system with connectors/fittings shall be suitable for blowing fiber at a pressure of 125 psi. d. Reel lengths shall be provided as necessary to insure that ducts are continuous; one piece runs from maintenance hole/handhole to maintenance hole/handhole. No innerduct connectors are allowed between maintenance holes/handholes. e. Pulling accessories used for innerduct shall be compatible with materials being pulled. Accessories shall be furnished as required to complete the installation, including but not limited to, innerduct lubricants, spreaders, applicators, grips, swivels, harnesses, and line missiles. Station Equipment Room Cable Tray Innerduct. a. Inside building horizontal/cable tray innerduct suitable shall be flexible corrugated type. b. Utilize corrugated horizontal innerduct for fiber optic patch cords installed from systems equipment to fiber distribution panels. c. Inner Diameter: installed within. 1 inch minimum, compatible with fiber patch cords Acceptable Manufacture: Carlon, Pyramid, or approved equal. IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Material: Plastic, heat-shrinkable radiation cross-linked, thermally stabilized, flameretarded modified polyolefin sleeves. B. Label: List device or terminal block destination and origin, and cable number. Utilized Sound Transit Link System Station Identifier and existing fiber cable label scheme. C. Sleeves: Smear resistant prior to shrinking, achieve mark permanency when shrunk without the need for permatizing equipment, or when standard ballpoint pens or highcarbon content fabric ribbons are used. D. Chemical Resistance: Resistant to common industrial fluids including but not limited to, Freon TF, isopropyl alcohol, and Ethylene Glycol. FIBER CABLE FACTORY TESTS A. Provide certified test reports for each fiber cable type, per the following standards: 1. NFPA-130. 2. Telcordia GR-20-CORE. 3. EIA-455-B 4. IEEE 383 flame test. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 16 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. 5. NES 711/713 smoke/toxicity index. 6. UL 910. Factory Production Tests: Provide certified test reports for each cable on-reel prior to shipment. These tests shall be performed in accordance with TIA/EIA-455-B. 1. Record end to end loss for each fiber at 1310 nm and 1550 nm for single mode. 2. Provide OTDR trace with both soft trace file, and hardcopy record for each fiber strand. 3. Record cable footage, in accordance with markings and in accordance with OTDR trace. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION PLAN A. Develop a written cable installation procedure and check-off list for approval prior to cable installation in accordance with TIA/EIA 568-C and TIA/EIA-569-C. B. Submit information for each segment of cable to be installed. C. Site Verification. 1. Verify cable lengths through field verification. 2. Prior to installation, verify conduits, inner ducts, and general site conditions are suitable for the installation of cables and equipment. Verify conduit size, conduit fill, conduit bend radii, manhole spacing, manhole size, raceways, ducts, and associated hardware are proper for the intended installation. 3. Verify required cable length for each cable run prior to installation. Civil stationing appearing on referenced drawings may be used for defining locations and estimating cable lengths. Do not use existing drawings to determine final lengths and cuts. Determine actual lengths by making on-site inspections and measurements. 4. Verify installation design is correct and adequate for cables to be installed. D. Provide installation plan based on site verification activities and in accordance with Section 01 12 16, Work Sequence. E. Fiber Cable Installation Work Plan to include but not be limited to: 1. Pulling or blowing fiber cable into duct-banks, conduit, and inner-duct. 2. Installing and dressing cable into ladder trays, fiber racks/cabinets, and fiber terminal equipment. 3. Splicing fiber cable in FDP fiber panel splice trays. 4. Site Location: Describe and diagram installation area. 5. Provide list of Materials and Equipment to be installed and used. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 17 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% F. 3.02 6. Chronological Plan: List order of cable installation, including estimated time for each cable pull. 7. Plan must indicate a reasonable average time period to perform each task. 8. Pulling Layout: Provide distances and pull tension calculations for each fiber cable at each section of installation. 9. Installation Methods: Use least damaging installation method to install cables in order to ensure maximum cable life and maintainability. 10. Innerduct: Where specified and where practical use innerduct within larger ducts to: optimize conduit usage, prevent damage to cable, and allow for fiber blowing installation methods. Innerduct must be compatible with fiber cable installed within. 11. Slack Cable: Design installation with 50-foot slack coils at either end of cable run, and at splice locations. 12. Bend Radius: Minimum 10 times the diameter of cable or manufacturers' recommended minimum bending radius, whichever is greater. 13. Set Up and Pull Locations: Protect cable on reel and in slack loops. Protect cable after working hours where cable installation is not completed during a single shift. 14. Pull/Blowing Lengths: Allow a 20 percent margin in cable tensile strength. Do not exceed the lesser of 80 percent of the cable's maximum tensile rating or 600 pounds during installation. Identify assist points for blowing cable. 15. Maximum Vertical Rise: Calculate distance over which cable is self-supporting. Provide cable strain relief at top of each vertical rise and every time 80 percent of vertical rise rating of cable is exceeded. 16. Dynamometer: If a winch or pulling machine is used during installation, use a dynamometer to monitor cable tension. Provide pulling equipment and tension monitoring device list. 17. Drawings: Provide a detailed cable plan for each cable pull. 18. Provide proper procedures for feeding cable into conduit, to maintain proper bend radii and minimize friction. 19. Innerduct: Provide innerduct compatible with fiber optic cable installed within. Contacts: Provide company name of installer, and name and contact information (cell phone) of site supervisor to Resident Engineer. FIBER CABLE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Provide cable as indicated in the Contract Drawings. 2. Install cable in accordance to submitted installation plan. 3. Provide Resident Engineer 48 hours notice prior to installing cables. 4. Cable Installation within Ductbanks: Install cable in SC conduits as shown on Contract Drawings. If field conditions prohibit the use of the Sound Transit NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 18 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% designated duct, select a duct for use and coordinate selection with Resident Engineer prior to cable installation. 5. B. Installation Methods: Utilize the least damaging installation method to install cables in order to ensure maximum cable life and maintainability. Preferred methods shall include: a. Cable Blowing – Use Air-jet assist methods in innerduct. b. Cable Pulling – Hand Pull, or Winch and Capstan methods. c. Cable Laying – In cable trays. 6. Use of Innerduct: Provide inner duct within larger ducts to optimize conduit usage and prevent damage to cable both in current installation and in future installations. Provide smooth-wall/ribbed inner-duct to reduce friction. Apply Pneumatic couplers during cable blowing installation methods. 7. If existing communication cables are already installed within a duct without innerduct, pull new cable into duct (also without innerduct) alongside existing cables, provided that the new cable can be pulled without damage to itself or to other existing cables already in place. 8. Conduit fill ratio for all cable pulls in ducts is not to be exceeded. 9. Material and workmanship shall be of the highest quality assuring durability for minimum life expectancy of 40 years. 10. Replace cables damaged during installation at no cost to Sound Transit. 11. Provide conduit to connect Sound Transit furnished raceways to equipment, enclosures, and devices. 12. Provide installation hardware to route, support, terminate, and protect cable installation. 13. Provide service loops sufficient for maintenance and free movement of attached electrical equipment. 14. Vertical Rise: Ensure no residual tension remains on cable after installation except due to cable weight in a vertical rise. Installation in Conduit or Ducts. 1. Inspect, mandrel, swab, and clean conduits and ensure a clean, smooth, concentric interior surface prior to cable installation. 2. Before any wire or cable is pulled into a conduit, a ball, the diameter not less than 85 percent of the nominal diameter of the conduit, shall be pulled through the conduit from one end to the other. 3. If any one of the existing ducts mandrelled in accordance with these specifications is obstructed so that more than 60 minutes is required in attempting to clear the obstruction in a length of duct between adjacent manholes, bring the obstruction to the notice of the Resident Engineer. The Resident Engineer shall verify the duct obstruction and notify the Contractor to proceed with one of the following: a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Rod obstructed duct. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 19 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. b. Utilize alternate duct. c. Remove unused cable from duct and rod duct. d. Install cable by alternate method. 4. Clean manholes and determine location of pulling eyes prior to cable installation. 5. Use lubrication when pulling cables into conduit, pipe, or duct bank. 6. Avoid crossover of cables pulling cables. 7. Do not pull tight or kink cables in conduit fittings or boxes. 8. Pull cables installed in a single conduit simultaneously. 9. Fiber optic cable pulling equipment shall include a dynamometer to indicate the pulling force in pounds. 10. Pulling force shall not exceed 550 pounds or 90 percent of the maximum allowable installation tension as specified by the fiber optic cable manufacturer whichever is the least. 11. When utilizing pulling methods, the pulling speed of the fiber optic cable shall not exceed 20 meters/minute. 12. Any excess slack between a winch and the cable reel must be taken up slowly. Maintain an even speed ensuring constant turning of cable reel without surging or jerking. 13. Continuously monitor cable tension with dynamometer or approved equal during cable pull. 14. Dynamometer: Certify dynamometer as calibrated and able to hold peak value of cable pull. Record peak pull value and submit as part of test results. 15. Fit conduit ends with plastic bell ends. Air-Assist Cable Jetting. 1. Utilize air assisted cable jetting methods for fiber cable installation, within sealed continuous innerducts. 2. Install innerducts as needed for proper Air-Jetting installation of fiber cable, utilize existing innerducts where available. 3. Verify proper installation of innerduct system utilizing pressure tight duct splice fittings, in accordance with innerduct manufacture requirements. 4. Perform duct pressurization test, by sealing one end of the duct and pressurizing the duct using a sealed blowing machine. 5. Clean, dry, and prove the duct. If it was not done previously, blow through a hard mandrel to establish that the duct is not crushed. 6. Blow a tight fitting foam carrier through the duct at high pressure. The foam should travel through at approximately 100 foot/second in a clean duct. If excess water or dirt comes from the duct, repeat the process. If necessary, dry the duct with dry airflow. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 20 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. E. F. G. Installation Field Conditions. 1. Pump water out of manholes or other enclosures before installing any cables. 2. Pumping water out of manholes and removal of mud, silt and debris, if required, shall be done by the Contractor, at Contractor’s expense. 3. Provide the necessary power and pumping equipment. 4. Keep manholes or other enclosures or ducts clear of water during cable installation. 5. Water in manholes and handholes to be handled in accordance with state and local regulations, at Contractors expense. Special Protection. 1. Secure fiber cable slack, and splice cases to wall of manhole on approved cable racking device. Fiber optic cable and enclosures must be properly secured in a manner which will not obstruct the installation of future communications cables within the manhole. 2. Provide appropriate special protection for cables in areas where cables are unavoidably exposed to hazardous conditions such as vibration or sharp corners on equipment. 3. Protect fiber optic cables during installation while cables are exposed in-between work shifts. 4. Replace, at no additional cost to Sound Transit, any existing or new cable which is damaged as a result of failure to provide such special protection. Sealing. 1. Seal cable entrance openings in equipment enclosures, rooms, and junction boxes with either a compression type fitting or pliable sealing compound after the cable is in place. 2. Use sealing compound seal area around cable where cable emerges from conduit, pipe or duct bank. Seal or cap spare conduits. Installation in Trays or Troughs. 1. Lay cable loosely, neatly, and with a minimum of crossovers. 2. Do not pull cable in trays or troughs. 3. Do not pull tightly around bends. 4. Install dividers to segregate cables of different media types. 5. Route cables between racks or cabinets in overhead cable trays. 6. Provide one foot of slack between the cable tray and each rack to which the cable is connected. 7. Secure cable to last strap of cable tray before transitioning to equipment racks or cabinets. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 21 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.03 INNERDUCT INSTALLATION A. General: Install inner duct in each conduit as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Where multiple inner ducts are required in one conduit, pull innerducts at the same time. B. Pull Rope: Install in each inner duct, double back 2 feet of pull rope at each termination. C. 3.04 1. Install pull rope or cable having a minimum tensile strength of 225 kg (500 pounds). 2. Double back 600 mm (2 feet) of pull rope at each termination. 3. The use of nylon rope for pulling cable is prohibited. Couplers: 1. Use couplers to mechanically and pneumatically connect two pieces of innerduct without reducing the inside diameter of the inner duct. 2. Install lubricated pull tape or line in unused inner duct. FIBER SPLICING AND TERMINATION A. Splicing shall be completed in optic termination panels with splicing trays as indicated on the Contract Drawings, and per approved splicing procedure. B. Supply materials required for fiber optic splicing, including but not limited to: 1. De-Natured Alcohol. 2. Fusion Splice Protection Sleeve. 3. Velcro cable ties. 4. Labels. 5. Sealing Tape. C. Splicing shall be completed using fusion-splicing equipment. Protect individual splices with a reinforced heat shrink sleeve affixed to splice tray. D. Splice Trays: Firmly mount into outdoor rated splice enclosure or into cabinet mounted splice enclosure as shown on Contract Drawings. E. Minimum 2 feet (610 mm) of bare fiber shall be coiled and stored in the splice tray in a protected manner. Plastic Cable ties may not be utilized to directly secure exposed bare fiber. F. Minimum 3 feet (914 mm) of each buffer tube in the fiber optic cable shall be coiled and stored in the splice enclosure or distribution panel. G. Properly fasten cables to prevent against pulling out of the splice enclosure or distribution panel. The fiber cable central strength member shall be attached to the FDP, the outer jacket of the cable shall be attached to the FDP with a cable clamp. All securing hardware shall be in accordance with FDP manufactured supplied kits and instruction. H. All fiber optic splices shall be fusion splices. Splices shall be stored within FDP or Splice Case splice trays for the purpose of passing optical connections to FDP pre-connectorized pigtail assemblies, or to an additional OSP fiber cable. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 22 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.05 I. Fusion splicing shall be performed by qualified personnel utilizing a splicer equipped with Local Injection Detection (LID) to optimize splices. Maximum Splice Loss Attenuation: max 0.1dB at 1310, 1550, and 1625nm. J. Fusion Splicing equipment shall be capable of working on battery power. Provide spare battery units when no local power source is available. K. Terminate fibers with factory polished pre-connectorized pigtails. L. Location: Splicing shall be within Fiber Distribution Panels, and Splice Case Enclosures. M. Fusions splice pigtails shall be labeled with the fiber number using a pre-printed vinyl number tag. N. Splice trays shall be labeled including fibers spliced in the tray. Cables at each location shall be designated with the next termination point at the other end of the cable. O. Design and maintain splice trays as re-enterable. P. Loop-through splicing shall be used at locations as shown on contract drawings in lieu of dedicated cables to a served location. In loop-through splicing, only the fiber strands branching off from the main cable to enter a communication room site are cut and spliced. The other fibers are not cut. The jacket is cut from the cable exposing the buffer tubes, fibers being “dropped” are cut and spliced, the remaining fibers are carefully dressed within the splice case (not cut) and continue out of splice case. Q. For fiber optic cables that are the 900um tight buffered designed specifically for direct field connectorizing, install field connectors in accordance with manufacture instruction, utilizing manufacture supplied tools. Prior to field installation. Demonstrate to Resident Engineer for approval, proper installation of field installable type fiber connectors. R. Notify the Resident Engineer in writing at least 2 weeks in advance of terminating each section of optical cable. CABLE IDENTIFICATION A. 3.06 Tag cables at the following locations: 1. Termination points. 2. Fiber Distribution Panels. 3. Where cable enters or exits Communications Rooms, manholes, handholds, and housings. 4. On each side of barriers the cable passes through. 5. At aerial exits from conduit risers. 6. Innerducts within handholes/manholes that contain cables must be tagged to identify cables that are within. FIELD TESTING-GENERAL A. Demonstrate the functionality of the installed system through testing as specified bellow and in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. B. Tests shall be conducted in accordance with an approved test plan that shall cover the key functional requirements of the Work. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 23 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Provide suitable test equipment, instruments and labor for the purpose of tests. D. Test shall be performed after installation is complete. E. Provide sufficient notice of not less than 5 Working Days prior to the commencement of testing. Submit with this notice a schedule of all tests covered by this notice. A Resident Engineer representative shall be invited to witness each field testing event. F. Optical Attenuation and OTDR testing shall be recorded: from FDP to FDP (both Inter and Intra station), and for Radio Cabinet fiber cable connector link between stations. G. All Attenuation and OTDR testing shall be done bi-directionally on each strand. For Fiber Cable strands that are dedicated for future terminations as part of Link expansion, temporary fiber pigtail connectors shall be spliced to bare strands as required for the purpose of bi-directional testing. H. All fiber optic strands shall be tested in accordance with the field tests specifications defined by the TIA/EIA-568-B.1-2, TIA-568-C.2 and FOA testing procedures I. TIA/EIA-568-B.1-2, shall be used to define the passive cabling network, to include cable, connectors, and splices (if present), between two Fiber Distribution Panels (connecting hardware). This TIA/EIA document shall be used to describe all applicable link segments. J. All of fiber cabling links installed shall be tested and shall pass the requirements of the standards mentioned above, including patch cords after they have been installed between equipment and FDP. Any failing links shall be diagnosed and corrected prior to system acceptance. The corrective action shall be followed with a new test to prove that the corrected link meets the performance requirements. Final passing results of tests for all links shall be provided in the test results documentation. All terminations will be cleaned and inspected with an electronic microscope and a soft and hard copy kept and presented with the testing results. K. Fiber optic technicians shall be qualified and have obtained a certificate, as proof thereof to execute all fiber optic testing. Certificates may have been issued by any of the following organizations or an equivalent organization. 1. The manufacture of the fiber optic cable or connectors. 2. The manufacture of the test equipment used for the field certification. 3. Training organizations authorized by BiCSi (Building Industry Consulting Services International). L. Field test instruments for single mode fiber cabling shall meet the requirements of TIA/EIA526-7A-B and TIA-568-C M. Test instrument calibration date shall be within the calibration period recommended by the vendor in order to achieve the vendor specified measurement accuracy. N. Fiber optic test launch cables and adaptors shall be of high quality and the cables not show excessive wear resulting from repetitive coiling and storing of the test instrument interface adaptors. O. Prior to testing, all fiber optic connectors and bare fiber ends are to be properly cleaned using a residue free alcohol solution (better than 91 percent de-natured alcohol and distilled water) and compressed air. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 24 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.07 P. The pass or fail condition for the link under test is determined by the results of the required individual tests. Q. A pass or fail result for each parameter is determined by comparing the measured values with the specified test limits for that parameter. R. All field testing requires signature of an independent witness approved by Resident Engineer. FIELD INSTALLATION TESTING A. B. Pre-Installation Testing. 1. Pre-installation tests shall be conducted on the cable reels after shipment to but prior to installation. These tests shall be performed in accordance with TIA/EIA455-B. 2. Verify fiber strand continuity and cable length for fiber cables on shipment reel, verify cable length with printed footage marking on cable jacket. Verify Buffer tube construction and fiber strand count. 3. Provide OTDR trace at 1550 nm, with both soft trace file, and hardcopy record for each fiber strand including the electron microscope files. Fiber Cable Plant Testing- Attenuation Loss. 1. In compliance to TIA/EIA-568, the performance parameter for field testing of fiber optic links shall be link attenuation (insertion loss). 2. Link attenuation shall be calculated by the following formulas as specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568: 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Link Attenuation = Cable Attenuation + Connector Attenuation + Splice Attenuation. b. Cable Attenuation (db) = Attenuation Coefficient (db/km) x Length (km). c. Connector Attenuation (db) = number of connector pairs x connector loss (db). Maximum allowable connector loss = 0.75 db. d. Splice Attenuation (db) = number of splices (S) x Splice loss (db). Maximum allowable splice loss = 0.2 db. e. The maximum values for the Attenuation Coefficient are listed below: 1) Single mode fiber cable (outside plant), 1310 nm: 0.5 db/km. 2) Single mode fiber cable (outside plant), 1550 nm: 0.5 db/km. f. Link attenuation shall not include any active devices or passive devices other than cable, connectors, and splices. g. Test equipment that measures the link length and automatically calculates the link loss based on the above formulas is preferred. In the above link test parameters, attenuation is based on the use of the One Reference Jumper Method specified by TIA/EIA-526-7, Method A.1; or the equivalent method. The tester shall follow the procedures established by these standards or application notes to ensure accuracy of tests results. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 25 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. C. Single-mode fiber links shall be tested at 1310 nm and 1550 nm in accordance with TIA/EIA-526-7, Method A.1, One Reference Jumper or the equivalent method. Single-mode links shall be certified with test tools using laser light sources at 1310 nm and 1550 nm. Fiber Cable Plant - (OTDR) Testing. 1. Fiber Optic Testing utilizing an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) shall adhere to the following specifications: TIA/EIA 455-78,TIA/EIA 455-133. 2. OTDR Acceptance Testing: Fiber Links and Splices: a. OTDR testing to be completed on each section of the fiber network after splicing is completed. b. A fiber link shall be defined as a continuous section of fiber from connector to connector that may pass through a number of intermediate splices. c. Test each fiber link in the cable at 1310 nm and 1550 nm (for single-mode) operating wavelengths for anomalies and to ensure uniformity of cable attenuation and connector insertion loss. d. Use a dedicated “launch-cable” patch cord of sufficient length to ensure that start of the fiber under test is not in the “dead zone” of the OTDR. The first connector of the link under test shall be visible on the trace. e. Optical Return Loss (ORL) for each link shall be measured. f. Fiber link length shall be measured. g. Test Results: h. 3.08 1) Reflective events shall not exceed minus 40 dB. 2) Connections shall not exceed 0.75 dB of attenuation. 3) Non-reflective events (splices) shall not exceed 0.2 dB (bidirectional average). Fusion splice losses in excess of 0.2 dB requirement shall be re-spliced and re-tested until compliant at the contractors expense. Deviations from maximum splice loss may be approved by Resident Engineer on a per splice basis. 4) Point discontinuities shall not exceed 0.1 dB. 5) ORL shall be less than minus 30 dB. OTDR Test results shall include OTDR link and channel traces and event tables at the required wavelengths, and the length for each optical fiber as calculated by the OTDR. FIELD SYSTEM TESTING - FIBER SPAN CHARACTERIZATION A. General Requirements. 1. Perform fiber optic Characterization testing on 10GigE and GigE Inter-station fiber strand links. 2. For traffic carrying 10GigE or GigE Links, Fiber Characterization Testing shall be from equipment node patch cord to equipment node patch cord and include all NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 26 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% intermediary FDP fiber patch cross-connections that make up the full optical path of the link under test. B. 3. These Fiber Characterization Tests are in addition to the General Fiber cable strand testing required for fiber cable strands (active and dark). 4. Fiber characterization is defined as a series of tests taken on a fiber optic span to determine the integrity of the fiber, installed practices, and performance for a desired transmission rate (1Gb/s or faster) and or Service to be implemented (DWDM). Fiber Qualification tests: Optical Return Loss (ORL): 1550nm wavelength from both fiber ends. b. Optical Loss Test Set (OLTS): End to end Insertion Loss at 1550nm & 1625nm wavelengths, bi-directionally averaged. c. OTDR: 1550nm & 1625nm wavelengths, bi-directionally averaged. d. Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD): 1550nm wavelength, single ended. e. Chromatic Dispersion (CD): 1520nm to 1630nm at 10nm wavelength increments, single ended. ORL and Optical Loss Test Parameters. 1. 2. C. a. Required fiber spans shall be tested with optical power meter and light source combination. ORL measurements shall be conducted at 1550nm only. The loss results must be conducted at 1550nm and 1625nm and include measurements for: a. ORL results from A to B and B to A. b. Actual loss of the fiber span under test from A to B and B to A. c. Average bi-directional loss of the fiber span under test. All loss readings must be within calculated loss budget for link under test. Exceptions must be communicated to Resident Engineer prior to leaving test location. Fiber test contractor to recommend corrective action that will resolve any span test exceptions prior to use by network equipment. ORL and Optical loss reports to be submitted as part of final report to Resident Engineer for approval. OTDR Test Parameters. 1. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Required fiber spans shall be tested with an OTDR. The OTDR tests must be conducted at 1550nm and 1625nm and include measurements for: a. Total end to end average loss (bi-directionally) of fiber under test. b. Total length of fiber span under test. c. Average loss (bi-directionally averaged) of each spice in the fiber span under test. d. Reflectance and average loss of each connector in the fiber span under test. Bi-directional OTDR reports shall be generated with the OTDR manufacture’s software. Fiber spans must meet calculated test threshold criteria. Exceptions must be communicated to Resident Engineer prior to leaving test location. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 27 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% Recommend corrective action that will resolve any span test exceptions prior to use by network equipment. OTDR test reports, including raw trace files to be submitted as part of final report to Resident Engineer for approval. D. Dispersion Test Parameters (PMD and CD). 1. 2. 3. E. Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD) results must be conducted at 1550nm (broadband) and include: a. PMD results for fiber span under test (in ps). b. PMD coefficient result for the fiber under test (in ps/√km). c. Pass / Fail indication for the fiber under test. Chromatic Dispersion (CD) measurement tests are conducted across the spectral range from 1520nm to 1630nm at 10nm increments. Include results for: a. Zero dispersion point for fiber under test (in nm). b. Dispersion at wavelengths to be transmitted (in ps/nm). c. Dispersion normalized to the length of the fiber span under test (in ps/nmKm). PMD and CD results to be generated by equipment manufacture software. Test results must be span thresholds per Link bit rate speeds. Fiber test contractor to recommend corrective action that will resolve any span test exceptions prior to use by network equipment. PMD/CD test reports to be submitted as part of final report to Resident Engineer for approval. Fiber Characterization Test Acceptance Criteria. 1. Attenuation Threshold. Splice/Connector Specifications Average Splice Loss (bi-directional) (ea) (max) Connector Loss (ea) (max) Connector Reflection 0.20dB 0.50dB UPC: -50dB APC: -55dB Fiber Attenuation Guidelines Attenuation (dB/Km) 1550 nm 1625 nm 0.25 0.25 Max loss budgets (in dB) will be determined by: (Length in km * 0.25)+(#connector pairs * 0.5)+(#splices * 0.2@1550nm) 2. ORL Threshold: ORL results will be 27dB or greater for both 1550 nm and 1625 nm 3. PMD Threshold: Based on industry standards and are specific to the transmission rate of the network system. PMD Thresholds NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 28 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Bit Rate PMD (Delay) PMD Coefficient 2.5 Gb/s 10 Gb/s 40 Gb/s 40 ps 10 ps 2.5 ps <2.0 ps/√Km <0.5 ps/√Km <0.125 ps/√Km CD Threshold: Based on industry standards and are specific to the transmission rate of the network system. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 29 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CD Thresholds Bit Rate 2.5 Gb/s 10 Gb/s 40 Gb/s 5. 3.09 CD (Delay) 16640 ps/nm 1040 ps/nm 65 ps/nm Fiber Characterization Test Results. a. Test procedures and results shall be documented precisely and complete reports shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer. b. Based on field test results, a detailed fiber span analysis report with recommendations identifying the transmission capabilities shall be generated. Links under test must support the GigE or higher transmission speeds suitable for MPLS Network backbone links. c. Submittals shall include, but are not limited to, test plans and procedures, pass/fail criteria for each link, the forms for recording of test and test results including test witness signature areas, results analysis and recommendations. CABLE PLANT TEST RESULT DOCUMENTATION A. The test result information for each link shall be recorded in the memory of the field test equipment upon completion of the test. B. The test result records saved by the test instrument shall be transferred into a Windowsbased database utility that allows for the maintenance, inspection and archiving of these tests records. Test results must be transfer to PC unaltered. C. Test results must be turned over to the test witness at the end of each testing work shift. The fiber testing technician must provide the stored OTDR trace files of the fibers under test via a USB output port for transfer to a portable USB flash thumb drive. The OTDR trace file results shall be in an electronic format to allow Resident Engineer to view the trace files utilizing standard OTDR trace file viewer software. D. OTDR traces shall be recorded in suitable electronic format. OTDR vendor approved software tools and applicable licenses required to view, inspect, sort, and print the OTDR traces shall be provided to Resident Engineer at no additional charge. E. Expand the vertical and horizontal scales used on the OTDR to maximize the amount of detail shown on the OTDR trace, even if these parameters can be adjusted later using display software. F. Ensure that traces identify the end points of the fiber under test and the fiber designation. If this information is not provided by the trace itself, provide a cross-reference table between the stored trace file name and the fiber designation. G. A paper copy of the test results shall be provided that lists the links that have been tested with the following summary information: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Identification of the link in accordance with the optical fiber cable naming convention defined in the overall system documentation. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 30 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% H. I. 3.10 2. The overall Pass/Fail evaluation of the link under test including the attenuation worst-case margin (margin is defined as the difference between the measured value and the test limit value). 3. The date and time the test results were saved to the test equipment memory. General information shall be provided in the electronic database containing the fiber test result information for each link: 1. Identification of the site. 2. Overall Pass/Fail evaluation of the link under test. 3. Name of the standard selected to execute the stored test results. 4. Fiber cable type and the value of the ‘index of refraction’ used for length calculations. 5. Date and time the test results were saved to the test equipment memory. 6. Model, serial number, and calibration date of the optical test equipment. 7. Revision of the tester software and the revision of the test standards database within the tester. Provide detail test results data in the electronic database for each tested optical fiber shall contain the following information: 1. Identification of the link/fiber in accordance with the naming convention defined in the overall system documentation. 2. Insertion loss (attenuation) measured at each wavelength, the test limit calculated for the corresponding wavelength and margin (difference between the measured attenuation and the test limit value). 3. Link length shall be reported for each optical fiber for which the test limit was calculated based on the formulas specified herein under Fiber Cable Plant Performance Testing Parameters. FIBER OPTIC SYSTEM LABELING A. Fiber Optic Cable. 1. Fiber optic cable shall be identified whenever entering and exiting a splice enclosure, manhole, cabinet, FDP, pull point/box, and at all FDP terminals. 2. Label fiber cable strand counts that are in each splice tray by affixing a permanent label to surface of splice tray cover. 3. Permanent marking tags fastened securely to the cables shall be used for identification. 4. Cable designation shall consistently conform to the overall scheme approved by Sound Transit to indicate location, circuit, device, cable number, node, port position etc. 5. Letters and numbers shall be used. Identification shall be made with a clear, machine produced, indelible marking. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 31 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. C. 3.11 1. Innerduct shall be labeled at each end and where it is passed through a vault as “ccc - iii”, where ‘ccc’ is the conduit number from the site as-built drawings and ‘iii’ is the innerduct number, within the conduit. 2. Indicate cables that are within a section of innerduct in accordance with above Fiber Optic Cable labeling. Fiber Distribution Termination Panels. 1. Label each termination panel at each termination point for each fiber. 2. Termination labels shall conform to the overall scheme approved by Sound Transit to indicate location, device and next access point. 3. Identification shall be made with a clear, machine produced, indelible marking. FINAL INSPECTION A. 3.12 Innerduct. Final Inspection will include the following activities: 1. ‘As-built’ drawings and manuals will be examined by Sound Transit for conformance to the Drawings, Codes, Regulations, and General Accuracy. Any variation from specifications will be highlighted. 2. Test results will be reviewed, both electronic and paper copies. Verify supplied fiber cable test database results is complete for cables tested as part of contract. 3. Work will be physically inspected to ensure that work has been completed in accordance with the specifications. 4. Upon completion of final inspection activities, any deficiencies will be recorded. Deficiencies shall be corrected by the appropriate party and will be re-inspected by the Resident Engineer. 5. Final Inspection shall not be deemed complete until deficiencies are corrected. SYSTEM SUPPORT A. B. Maintenance. 1. Develop a maintenance plan that details preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for systems optical fiber equipment prior to Final Acceptance. 2. List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures. Training Requirements. 1. Provide training and training materials in accordance with Section 01 79 10, Training of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. 2. Train Sound Transit's maintenance and operations personnel in details of furnished equipment and systems and enable them to operate, service, and maintain fiber cable systems such that systems will perform and continue to perform in accordance with requirements of this Contract. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 32 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. 3. Provide a logically related sequence of separate courses covering System Administration and Equipment Operation and Maintenance. 4. Provide Training Materials prepared specifically for use as training aids. Use reference manuals, operating and maintenance manuals, and user's manuals as supplementary training materials. Tailor principal documents used for training to reflect Sound Transit equipment and specific user requirements. Use Operations and Maintenance Manuals as reference during training. 5. Provide extended, duplicate, or additional training for the systems provided, as deemed necessary by the Resident Engineer, due to modification of systems and equipment configuration made after completion of the scheduled training courses. Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 1. D. Test/Maintenance Equipment. 1. Provide test equipment for maintenance and management in order to support fiber cable equipment. 2. Equipment to Include: 3. E. Submit Network Equipment Operations and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. a. Maintenance Laptop, with required fiber trace viewing application software. b. Hand held fiber strand Visual Fault Locator: Wavelength 630-645nm, Emitter type laser, power output 0.6mW, Range 5 km. Pocket Pal, Exfo FLS-240 or approved equal. c. Optical Fiber Identifier: Identifies traffic carrying fiber for 200 µm, 900µm, or 3mm jacketed strands/patch cords, identification without traffic disruption, provides indication of strand traffic dBm level. AFL-Noyes OFI400 or approved equal. d. Optical connector ferrule cleaning Kit: Cletop-S Type A (2.5mm – SCUPC), Blue Tape, or approved equal. Equipment to be turned over to Resident Engineer at Substantial Completion. System Documentation and Record Drawings. 1. Provide in accordance with Section 01 78 39, Project Record Documents. 2. As-Built Documents. Provide the following documents as part of the as-built set: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Cable Plant Test Results documentation in accordance with the above specifications. b. Optical fiber cable plant schedule including: Cable ID, cable length, conduit/duct bank installation location, splice locations, fiber distribution panel port and tray terminations locations, patch cord routing. c. Drawings: Fiber Plant schematic, Riser diagram, Point to Point fiber strand termination details, Fiber Distribution Panel details. d. Final Equipment BOM lists. SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 33 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.13 SPARE PARTS A. Provide spare fiber splice case as specified herein, fully equipped with splice trays, and splice sleeves to support 144 splices. B. Provide spare SC bulkhead connectors, panels, SC-APC pigtail assemblies, splice trays, and splice sleeves compatible with the Fiber Distribution Panels as specified herein. Provide for a total of 72 spare fiber splice/terminations. C. Provide spare fiber patch cords for Intra-FDP, FDP to FDP, and equipment to FDP connections as specified herein. Provide number patch cords equal to 50% of the total of traffic carrying patch cords installed per final acceptance of the network communications requirements. Patch cords lengths and connector types to be site specific per equipment requirements. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 13 23 SYSTEMS OPTICAL FIBER CABLING PAGE 34 OF 34 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section includes requirements for design, procurement, installation and testing wires, cable, cable connectors, and physical connections for inside plant (ISP) cabling requirements. REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM) 1. ASTM E814 Stops Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire B. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BICSI) C. International Standard Organization (ISO) D. ISO 9001 E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) F. G. 1. NFPA 72 National Fire Code 2. NFPA 130 Systems Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail 3. NFPA Annex C Enclosure Integrity Procedure Telecommunication Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance (TIA/EIA) 1. TIA/EIA 568-B Commercial Building Telecommunications Standard 2. TIA/EIA-569 and Spaces 3. TIA-568-C cabling and components standard 4. TIA-607-B-2011 Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding 5. TIA-1152-2009 Requirements for field test instruments and measurements for balanced twisted-pair cabling Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunication Pathways National Electrical Code (NEC) 1. H. Quality Management Systems NEC 2011 installation Chapters, articles, and sections that impact telecommunications Underwriters Laboratories (UL) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 1 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE / QUALITY CONTROL A. Wire and cable manufacturers, quoted products, and installation vendors shall be approved by Resident Engineer. Provide qualification data and make arrangements for all required demonstrations and tests. 1. 1.04 UL 910 Test for Flame Propagation and Smoke-Density Values for Electrical and Optical-Fiber Cables Used in Spaces Transporting Environmental Air Cable Manufacturer Qualifications. a. Past Performance and Experience: Cable manufacturers shall demonstrate previous successful experience in supplying wire and cable specified herein. Provide a list of three such installations of similar size and scope for each cable manufacturer to be considered. b. Quality Assurance Program: Cable manufacturers, in accordance with requirements of these Specifications, are required to have in place or implement, an effective quality assurance program adhering to the requirements of ISO 9001 to ensure purchase control performance. Resident Engineer reserves the right to audit the manufacturer's facilities for conformance to the Contract including, but not limited to first article inspections, source inspections, and on-site surveys. c. Technical Data: Provide technical data that demonstrates compliance with the requirements of these Specifications for each cable type Contractor plans to supply (i.e. White Papers, Certifications). d. Factory Design Tests: Make arrangements with prospective cable manufacturers to perform factory design tests. e. Sample Specimens: If requested, furnish Resident Engineer sample specimens in 1200 mm (4 foot) lengths off the delivered reel including connectors and peripherals. Sample specimens shall remain property of Sound Transit. SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 33 00, Submittal Procedures, for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Conceptual Design Document. C. 1. Submit complete technical data for the cable and ancillary devices proposed to furnish. Demonstrate compliance with mechanical and electrical properties specified herein. 2. Submit information for each proposed manufacturer describing its experience in manufacturing copper, network and optical cable for rapid transit and railroad applications, and quality assurance program and warranty. Testing Documents. 1. General: Submit documents in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. 2. Submit Test Program Plan. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 2 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. 1.05 Submit Test Procedures and Test Results for each test. In addition to requirements of Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration, test results to include: a. Complete cable or wire description. b. Lot, batch, or reel identification number. c. Information on the components of the cable tested to include batch numbers and physical and electrical properties. D. Submit Installation Plan 120 Days prior to installation start. E. Splicing Instructions: Provided by manufacturer, submit with test results for each reel of cable, specify splicing materials and procedure. F. Cable Inspection Report: 10 Days after every shipment of cable reels received. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. B. Packing. 1. Ship cable on non-returnable wooden reels. 2. Drum Diameter: Minimum 20 times the diameter of cable. 3. Reels: Substantial enough to withstand reasonable handling, designed with inner end of accessible but protected from injury. 4. Cable Ends: Sealed to prevent entrance of moisture and securely fastened to prevent them from becoming loose during transit. Marking. 1. C. D. Mark each reel on outside flange with the following information: a. Manufacturer's name. b. Contract name and number. c. Cable identification number. d. Cable length. e. Date of manufacture. Delivery. 1. Inspect cables at time of delivery to the construction site to ensure no damage was done in shipping. 2. Inspect every reel for physical damage such as nails driven into reels to secure shipping blocks, lagging, or reel covering missing and cable and seals missing or damaged. 3. Cable Reel Inspection Report: Record findings of delivery inspections shall be submitted to Resident Engineer. 4. Replace damaged or rejected cable promptly at no cost to Sound Transit. Storage. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 3 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% E. 1. Store cables on solid surfaces designed to support the cable reels which drained adequately and do not allow accumulation of liquids, oils, or chemicals. 2. Align and protect cable reels so as not to allow reel flanges to damage other reels. 3. Provide adequate aisles and barricades to allow accessibility but prevent construction equipment from damaging the cable reels. 4. Reseal cable ends promptly when a length is cut from the reel. Handling. 1. Handle cable reels using a sling and spreader attached to a shaft through the reel hubs, or by cradling both flanges between lift truck forks. 2. Do not lift reels by top reel flange or drop from any height. 3. Ensure lift truck forks do not touch cable surfaces on the reel. 4. Roll reels in the direction opposite the cable wind on the reel. 5. Do not lay reels flat. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CABLING A. Jacket: Fire retardant, low smoke zero halogen. B. Environment: Operating range minus 20 to 60 degrees C. C. Coax Cable. 1. Terminations of the RG-59 or RG-11 coaxial will be on a patch panel mounted on a 19-inch rack for video terminations. 2. Cable length recommendations: a. Less than 250m: RG59. b. Greater than 250m and Less than 500m: RG59 with amplification or RG11. c. Greater than 500m and less than 1.5km: RG11 with amplification 70. D. Loudspeaker/Audio Cables: In accordance with Section 27 51 00, Audio Systems – General. E. CAT6 Cable. 1. Cable: CAT6 UTP, in accordance with TIA/EIA-568B.2-1. 2. Conductors: Soft or annealed copper, solid 22 AWG. 3. Conductor Resistance: 75 ohms maximum. 4. Characteristic Impedance: 100 ohms plus or minus 15 percent maximum from 1600MHz. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 4 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.02 2.04 2.05 Nominal Outside Diameter: 0.24 inches (max). 6. Voltage: 300 Vac or Vdc. 7. Jacket: CMP in accordance with UL 910, LSZH, blue, gray, or white. F. Alarm Cable: In accordance with Section 25 10 20, Field Control Systems, Jacket: Black. G. Power Cable: In accordance with Division 26 H. Multi-Conductor Cable (SCADA): In accordance with Section 25 10 20, Field Control Systems. I. Ground Wire: #6 AWG insulated, green jacket. CABLE TRAY A. 2.03 5. Provide cable tray in accordance with Section 26 05 33, Raceways and Boxes. MISCELLANEOUS A. Terminals: Compression type, Wire eyes. B. Lubrication: Harmless to cable jacket. C. Sealing Compound: Fire retardant in accordance with ASTM E814. IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Material: Plastic, heat-shrinkable radiation cross-linked, thermally stabilized, flameretarded modified polyolefin sleeves. B. Label: List device or terminal block destination and origin, and cable number. C. Sleeves: Smear resistant prior to shrinking, achieve mark permanency when shrunk without the need for permatizing equipment, or when standard ballpoint pens or highcarbon content fabric ribbons are used. D. Chemical Resistance: Resistant to common industrial fluids including but not limited to; Freon TF, isopropyl alcohol, and Ethylene Glycol. INSTALLATION PLAN A. Develop a written cable installation procedure and check-off list for approval prior to cable installation in accordance with TIA/EIA 568-B.1 and TIA/EIA-569. B. Submit information for each segment of cable to be installed. C. Provide Pulling layout including distances and tension calculations, for each cable pull. D. Provide Pulling equipment and tension monitoring devices. E. Provide Chronological plan for installing cable, including estimated time for each pull and plan for protecting cable on-reel and in slack loops during installation. F. Design procedure shall be based on Contractor’s review of the conduit plans, and field site survey. G. Include a cable plan and installation information for each cable pull. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 5 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% H. Verify conduit size, conduit fill, conduit bend radii, manhole spacing, manhole size, raceways, ducts and associated hardware are proper for the intended installation. I. Verify required cable length for each cable run prior to installation. Civil stationing appearing on referenced drawings may be used for defining locations and estimating cable lengths. Do not use existing drawings to determine final lengths and cuts. Determine actual lengths by making on-site inspections and measurements. J. Include proper procedures for feeding cable into conduit, to maintain proper bend radii and minimize friction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install ISP wiring in accordance with BICSI standards and as shown on installation drawings. B. Material and workmanship shall be of the highest quality assuring durability for minimum life expectancy of 40 years. C. Replace cables damaged during installation at no cost to Sound Transit. D. Wires and cables shall be continuous without splices between junction boxes, terminals, pull boxes, manholes and hand holes. E. Bend Radius: Minimum 10 times the diameter of the cable or manufacturers' recommended minimum bending radius, whichever is greater. F. Notify Resident Engineer 48 hours prior to installing cables. G. Install cable in accordance with submitted installation plan. Do not commence installation until Resident Engineer comments have been incorporated. H. Provide installation hardware to route, support, terminate, and protect cable installation. I. Provide conduit to connect Sound Transit furnished raceways to equipment, enclosures, and devices. J. Use a lubrication when pulling cables into conduit, pipe, or duct bank. K. Sealing. L. 1. Seal cable entrance openings in equipment enclosures, rooms, and junction boxes with either a compression type fitting or pliable sealing compound after the cable is in place. 2. Use sealing compound seal area around cable where cable emerges from conduit, pipe or duct bank. Seal or cap spare conduits. Installation in Trays or Troughs. 1. Lay cable loosely, neatly, and with a minimum of crossovers. 2. Do not pull cable. 3. Do not pull tightly around bends. 4. Install dividers to segregate cables of different media types. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 6 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% M. Route cables between racks or cabinets in overhead cable trays. 6. Provide 1 foot of slack between the cable tray and each rack to which the cable is connected. 7. Secure cable to last strap of cable tray before transitioning to equipment racks or cabinets. Installation in Conduit or Pipe. 1. Inspect, mandrel, swab, and clean conduits and ensure a clean, smooth, concentric interior surface prior to cable installation. 2. Clean manholes and determine location of pulling eyes prior to cable installation. 3. Avoid crossover of cables pulling cables. 4. Do not pull tight or kink cables in conduit fittings or boxes. 5. Pull cables to be installed in a single conduit simultaneously. 6. Fit conduit ends with plastic bell ends. N. Provide appropriate special protection for cables in areas where cables are unavoidably exposed to hazardous conditions such as vibration or sharp corners on equipment. O. Modifications to communications room including installation of cable in conduits shall preserve room seal in accordance with NFPA 2001 Annex C – Enclosure Integrity Procedure. Conduits shall be sealed after cable installation. P. Multi-Pair Cables. Q. 3.02 5. 1. Install multi-pair cables continuous, without splices, between termination locations. 2. Locate terminations within distribution cabinets and wayside equipment enclosures, as shown on the Contract Drawings, except as approved by Resident Engineer. Cable Shields. 1. Install cable shields electrically continuous between terminations on terminal blocks. 2. Ground the shield of each section cable on the terminal block location at one end of the cable section only. 3. Connect ground wire to ground bus. TERMINATIONS A. Observe minimum bending radius when training cables into final position. B. Provide slack at terminals sufficient for two re-terminations. C. Provide cable length sufficient to allow access for removal and inspection of equipment. D. Provide cables continuous, without splices, between terminals within a housing, enclosure, or piece of equipment. E. Terminate cables in order according to color code. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 7 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.03 3.04 F. Data Cable Termination: In accordance with TIA/EIA T568-B. G. Identify individual cable pairs at each cable termination with plastic tags. H. Terminate and identify spare pairs and conductors in each cable. I. Perform terminations under clean and dry conditions. J. Install terminals with tools and techniques recommended by the terminal manufacturer. K. Carefully remove cable outer sheath to the point of cable entrance at terminations. At the end of the cable sheath or covering, two layers of plastic electrical tape shall be applied. SPLICING A. Wires and cables shall be continuous between terminals. Splices will only be allowed with the expressed written permission of Resident Engineer, only at the locations specified, and then only when there are no practical alternatives. B. Show splices on track and cable plans. Only those splices shown on the approved track and cable plans will be allowed. C. Perform splices only in readily accessible junction boxes or approved enclosures. D. Follow cable manufacturers' methods, recommendations, materials and techniques for splicing. E. Multiple-Conductor Splicing: Conductors of one cable shall match the conductors of the other cable being spliced. F. Seal ends of cable as recommended by manufacturer to prevent entrance of moisture. G. Cleanliness and freedom from contamination shall be strictly observed with respect to splicing materials and joint construction. H. Provide tools, protection, and provisions for proper splicing. CABLE IDENTIFICATION A. 3.05 Tag cables at the following locations: 1. Termination points. 2. Where cable enters or exits Communications Rooms, manholes, handholes, and housings. 3. On each side of barriers the cable passes through. 4. Every 3 feet along run of cable in cable troughs. SYSTEM WIRING A. Closed Circuit Television Cables: Provide data cables with a gray jacket between each camera and the associated distribution cabinet. B. Public Address/VMS Cables 1. System Requirements: In accordance with emergency notification requirements of NFPA 72. 2. Provide loudspeaker cables for each speaker. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 8 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. 3.06 3.07 Design loudspeaker cables to run in separate conduit or raceways from voice and data circuits. 4. Provide loudspeaker cables in accordance with Section 27 51 13, Overhead Audio Paging Systems, and with Contract Drawings. Emergency Telephone System Cables. 1. System Requirements: Wiring shall be in accordance with NFPA 72. 2. Provide a data cable with a blue jacket between each emergency telephone and the edge switch the phone routes to. 3. Slack storage configuration shall be arranged so copper pairs are provided with no less than a 1/2 inch bend radius. D. PABX Cables: Provide a data cable with a white jacket between each PABX phone and the edge switch the phone routes to. E. Access Control System Cables. 1. Provide an alarm cable between each Access Card Reader and the associated Access Control Panel (ACP) as shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Provide alarm cables between each ACP and the main ACP in the Communications Room as shown on the Contract Drawings. FIELD INSTALLATION TESTING A. Connectivity Test: Apply a ringer to each end of the cable to ensure electrical continuity throughout. Perform test on each cable installation. B. Insulation Resistance Test. 1. Measure between conductor to grounded shield and shield to ground using methods provided by cable manufacturer. 2. Ensure values provided by cable manufacturer are met. 3. Perform test after cable installation, but before splicing or terminating. 4. If the splicing or terminating is not performed immediately after cable installation, perform a second insulation resistance test just before splicing or terminating. 5. Test each cable installation after splices and terminations are complete. Do not connect equipment cable system during test. INTEGRATION TESTING A. 3.08 3. Perform Horizontal Cabling Integration testing in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. SYSTEM SUPPORT A. Maintenance. 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Develop a maintenance plan that defines preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for communications horizontal cabling and equipment prior to Final Acceptance. SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 9 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. B. C. Training Requirements. 1. Provide training requirements and materials in accordance with Section 01 79 10, Training of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. 2. Train Sound Transit's maintenance and operations personnel in details of furnished equipment and systems and enable them to operate, service, and maintain horizontal cable systems such that systems will perform and continue to perform in accordance with requirements of this Contract. 3. Provide a logically related sequence of separate courses covering System Administration and Equipment Operation and Maintenance. 4. Provide Training Materials prepared specifically for use as training aids. Use reference manuals, operating and maintenance manuals, and user's manuals as supplementary training materials. Tailor principal documents used for training to reflect Sound Transit equipment and specific user requirements. Use Operations and Maintenance Manuals as reference during training. 5. Provide extended, duplicate, or additional training for the systems provided, as deemed necessary by the Resident Engineer, due to modification of systems and equipment configuration made after completion of the scheduled training courses. Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 1. D. E. List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures. Submit Network Equipment Operations and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. Test Equipment. 1. Provide test equipment for maintenance and management in order to support Horizontal cable equipment. 2. Equipment to Include: Maintenance Laptop, with required application software. 3. Equipment to be turned over to Resident Engineer at Substantial Completion. System Documentation and Record Drawings. 1. Provide in accordance with Section 01 78 39, Project Record Documents. 2. As-Built Documents. Provide the following documents as part of the as-built set: a. Cable Plant Test Results documentation in accordance with the above specifications. b. Horizontal cable plant schedule including: Cable ID, cable length, conduit/duct bank installation location, termination locations, and patch cord routing. c. Drawings: Horizontal cabling schematic, Riser diagram, Point to Point cable termination details, termination panel details. d. Final Equipment Bill of Materials lists. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 15 00 COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING PAGE 10 OF 10 RA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This specification includes design, furnish, install, and test of network equipment for the Emergency Fan/Fire Network (EFN) and Train Control Network (TCN). 1.02 REFERENCES The latest edition, at time of Notice to Proceed (NTP), of the following referenced standards shall apply and also govern the work covered by this Section unless otherwise noted. A. IEEE 802.1 – Local and Metropolitan Area Networks – Specific Requirements. B. IEEE 802.3 - Local and Metropolitan Area Networks C. IEEE 1588 – Precision Clock Synchronization Protocol for Networked Measurement and Control Systems D. UL 508 - Safety requirements for Industrial Control Equipment. E. FCC Part15-B - Regulation for unintentionally radiated emissions F. IEC 60068 - Environmental Testing G. NFPA 72 – National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the existing network baseline test results one-hundred eighty (180) days after NTP. B. Preliminary Design 1. Submit EFN Fire/Life Network, system architecture. 2. Submit preliminary optical loss budget calculations for each link span between network switches. 3. Provide manufacturer’s specifications and product data for equipment to be provided. Include switch slot modules and Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) optical transceivers. 4. Drawings. a. Network Topology Diagram: Show network device connections. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 1 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b. Equipment riser diagram. 5. Network equipment, optical port link budget analysis. C. Final Design 1. Submit functional block drawing, and switch configuration. Include relevant information related to IP traffic to be carried over the network (e.g., number of remote and central sites, where traffic is generated, estimated traffic generated per site, estimated total traffic carried over network, type of service level required). 2. Submit Network System Availability report for EFN compliance with NFPA 72. 3. Submit TCN Network switches to be installed in accordance with approved list of switch equipment provided by Sound Transit IT. Submit switch port requirements for each switch. 4. Submit Equipment List, Drawings, Schematics, Bandwidth Utilization tables, Traffic Engineering, Network Security, and IP address schema. IP address schema to be developed based on overall Sound Transit Network address requirements to be provided by Sound Transit IT. 5. Drawings. a.) Point to Point wiring detail. b.) Grounding Drawings: Show power, alarm, and frame ground for sites that have network devices installed. c.) Equipment Layout Drawings: location. Include detailed rack and cabinet layouts for each 6. Network equipment tagging scheme including: patch cords, power, alarm, and grounds. 7. Submit update of Preliminary Design a.) Ethernet VLAN configuration. b) Ethernet QoS configuration. c) Network IP address scheme for networked devices. d) Network Security Plan. c. Final equipment and component lists, per node location. 8. Ensure, and issue a written confirmation to Sound Transit, upon finalization of the IP addressing scheme 30 Days after equipment is ordered. D. Submit Network Integration Migration Plan, ninety (90) Days before the start of integration. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 2 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Submit installation plan for each location. Develop a written EFN switch installation procedure and check-off list for approval prior to equipment installation. This procedure shall be prepared based on Contractor’s review of the installation location, and field site survey (Site Verification). Include equipment installation, and information for cabling and wiring connections. 2. Existing network integration and cutover plan. Detailed procedure defining how EFN switches interface with existing and new Fire/Life and EVS equipment. Include: a.) Procedure for testing with existing system without causing revenue service interruption. b.) Submit plan showing stages of cutover, failure mitigation, rollback procedures, and testing documents. 3. Existing equipment not required to be removed and affected by the work under the network cutover plan, shall be kept in active service unless permitted otherwise by the Resident Engineer. E. Test Documents. 1. Submit a “Base-Line” Test plan and procedures to validate the existing EFN and TCN architecture, topology, and configuration. a.) The Base-line test plan and procedures shall be completed with six (6) months of NTP. 2. Submit one Test Program Plan for the entire network migration. 3. Submit a network impact analysis that models the introduction of new network nodes for North and East Link to the existing TCN. a.) Determine network latency with calculation based upon North and East Link network node additions. b.) Determine network reliability and performance characteristics. 4. Submit Factory Acceptance Testing (FAT) procedure detailing Network equipment functions, configurations, settings, and equipment selections in accordance with requirements herein. 5. Submit test results from factory testing. 6. Submit Site Acceptance Test (SAT) Plan procedure for approval detailing Network equipment functions, configurations, settings, troubleshooting procedures and equipment selections in accordance with requirements herein. 7. Submit site acceptance test reports 8. Monthly Test Summary, include the following data in the monthly test summary: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 3 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Submit a complete list of issues encountered as part of SAT, including but not limited to, equipment/assembly/component incompatible physical attributes, test failures, and physical and electronic interference encountered during installation and field testing, when they occurred and how they were corrected. b.) Deliver a complete list of open problems, differences between original design and final implementation, and requirements not met at the completion of integrated testing. F. Record Documentation. 1. Submit Record Documents. 2. Supply final as-built drawings that include System Architecture, detailed Network schematics, and detailed installation drawings for communication Network Equipment. 3. Supply complete Network System Configuration documentation, indicating network equipment configuration settings, Internet Protocol (IP) address scheme, Virtual Local Area Network (VLAN) configuration, and quality of service assignments. Provide as formatted Excel document, in version to be approved by Resident Engineer. G. System Support. 1. Submit a Maintenance Plan to describe activities required for maintenance and repair activities and requirements 60 Days prior to Final Acceptance. 2. Submit copies of manufacturer support and warranty agreements for equipment, software, and systems provided. Provide contact information for equipment and software manufacturers in accordance with delivered support and warranty agreements. 3. Submit Operating and Maintenance instructions, Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals for each system provided, Operation and Maintenance Data, and a Renewal Parts Catalog. H. Contractor Qualifications. 1. Submit network contractor qualifications, and Network Engineer resume for approval by Resident Engineer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Network Engineer. 1. For the duration of the Contract, designate a single person to serve as the Network Engineer and Network Systems Engineering Integrator. The Network Engineer shall be associated with all phases of planning, designing, network integration, cut-over supervision, testing, and deployment of the communications networks as set forth under this Contract. The Network Engineer must attend all required meetings, and act as a single point of contact with Sound Transit. 2. The Network Engineer shall have a minimum of ten (10) years of hands-on professional experience and proven knowledge of network technologies including Fiber Optic, Ethernet, MPLS, Layer-2/Layer-3, and IP communications systems with project NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 4 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% references of similar size and scope to this contract. This shall include design of network systems and providing comprehensive system engineering and integration services, on a turnkey basis. 3. The Contractor shall submit the name of the Network Engineer within thirty (30) days after NTP to Sound Transit for approval. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Emergency Fan/Fire-Life Network (EFN). 1. Implement additions to the Sound Transit existing EFN to incorporate North and East Link. This network will consist of a new separate physical Ethernet Network consisting of new switch equipment that will serve as the dedicated communication links for the Emergency Ventilation System (EVS), and Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) IP communication data. 2. Design a network based on Industrial Ethernet Layer 3 managed switches in a ring architecture. Scope includes providing, installing, configuration and testing of switches, a.) Sound Transit will provide network design and switch configuration settings. B. Train Control Network (TCN). 1. Procure and install Network Switches to be configured by Sound Transit and incorporated into the existing Sound Transit Link Train Control Network. 2. Provide Network switches in accordance with approved Sound Transit vendor list of switch equipment. Determine switch equipment port quantities per tunnel and station device network requirements. Scope includes providing switches, installation, and testing. a.) Sound Transit will provide switch configuration settings and network design. 2.02 EFN ETHERNET SWITCHES A. EFN switches shall be Industrial Modular Managed Layer 3 Gigabit Ethernet switches. Approved Manufacturers: MOXA Inc, or approved equal. B. Switch shall support the following Ethernet Standards: 1. IEEE 802.3 for 10BaseT. 2. IEEE 802.3u for 100BaseT(X) and 100Base FX. 3. IEEE 802.3ab for 1000BaseT(X). 4. IEEE 802.3z for 1000BaseLX. 5. IEEE 802.3x for flow Control. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 5 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 6. IEEE 802.1D-2004 for Spanning Tree Protocol. 7. IEEE 802.1w for Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol. 8. IEEE 802.1s for Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol. 9. IEEE 802.1Q for VLAN Tagging. 10. IEEE 802.1p for Class of Service. 11. IEEE 802.1X for Authentication. 12. IEEE 802.3ad for Port Trunk with Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP). C. Protocols. 1. Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) v1/v2 device. 2. Multicast Registration Protocol (GMRP). 3. GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP). 4. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) v1/v2c/v3. 5. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Server/Client. 6. Bootstrap Protocol (BootP). 7. Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP). 8. Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). 9. Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP). 10. Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP). 11. Remote Network Monitoring Protocol (RMON). 12. Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP). 13. Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS). 14. Teletype Network Protocol (Telnet). 15. Secure Shell (SSH). 16. Syslog Protocol. 17. DHCP Option 66/67/82. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 6 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 18. Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 19. Modbus/Transmission Control Protocol (TCP). 20. SNMP Inform 21. NTP Server/Client D. Layer 3 Switching. 1. Static Routing, RIP V1/V2, OSPF, VRRP for router redundancy, DVMRP, PIM-DM. E. Switch Properties. 1. Priority Cues: 4 2. Max Number of Available VLANs: 64 3. VLAN Range: VID 1 to 4094 4. IGMP groups: 256 5. MAC Table Size: 16K 6. Packet Buffer Size: 32 MB F. Interface. 1. Fast Ethernet: 6 slots for any combination of 4-port interface modules, 10/100BaseT(X) or 100BaseFX. 2. Gigabit Ethernet: 2 slots for any combination of 2-port interface modules, 10/100/1000BaseT(X) or 1000BaseSFP slot. 3. Console Port: RS232 (RJ45 connector). 4. System LED Indicators: T.RING. STAT, PWR1, PWR2, FAULT, MSTR/HEAD, CPLR/TAIL, 5. Mode LED Indicators: LNK/ACT, FDX/HDX, RING PORT, COUPLER PORT, SPEED. 6. Alarm Contact: 2 Relay outputs with current carrying capacity of 1 A at 24 Vdc 7. Digital Inputs: 2 inputs with the same ground, but electrically isolated from electronics. G. Power Requirements. 1. Input Voltage: 24 Vdc (12 to 45 Vdc), redundant dual inputs. 2. Input Current: 0.96 A at 24 V. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 7 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Overload Current Protection: Present. 4. Connection: 2 removable 6-contact terminal blocks. 5. Reverse Polarity Protection: Present. H. Physical Characteristics. 1. Housing: IP30 protection. 2. Dimensions: Note that switches will be installed in constrained areas. Contractor shall confirm switch site accommodations and restrictions. 3. Installation: DIN-Rail mounting, wall mounting (with optional kit). I. Environmental Limits. 1. Operating Temperature Range: 20 to 140 degrees F. 2. Ambient Relative Humidity: 5 to 95 percent. (Non-condensing). J. Standards and Certifications. 1. Safety: UL listed for use in the safety network. 2. EMI: FCC Part 15 subpart B Class A. 3. Shock/Freefall/Vibration: IEC-60068-2-27/60068-2-32/60068-2-6. K. MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures). 1. Time: 160,000 hrs. L. Warranty. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years. 2.03 TCN ETHERNET SWITCHES A. Distribution Layer. Brocade NetIron BR-CER-2024F-4x-RT-DC, in accordance with Sound Transit IT requirements. B. Access Layer. Brocade FastIron ICX6450-48P, in accordance with Sound Transit IT requirements. 2.04 ANCILLARY ETHERNET SWITCHES A. Layer 2, small form factor, low port density, industrial hardened managed Ethernet switches that serve to extend either EFN or TCN communications Networks. B. Manufacturer: Moxa, in accordance with Sound Transit IT requirements. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 8 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.05 MAINTENANCE LAPTOP A. Provide network equipment maintenance Laptop. Laptop to be loaded with required application software to support network installation, testing, and maintenance. B. Provide Dell Laptop. The model number is to be coordinated with Sound Transit. C. Provide each laptop equipped with the following software version or software applications that are coordinated with Sound Transit.: a.) Microsoft Windows operating system b.) Microsoft Office. c.) McAfee Antivirus d.) DVD+RW and CD-RW editing software, and 10 blank DVD+RW DVDs. e.) Software necessary for viewing CD-ROM O&M Manual. f.) Utilities necessary for management of the network of controllers and devices including but not limited to: Network Management, IP/Ethernet traffic generator, and IP Packet Sniffer PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Deliver a fully functioning Ethernet Network to support equipment IP communications as shown on Contract Drawings that fully integrates into the existing overall Sound Transit Central Link System. B. For Train Control Network (TCN) switch equipment, Sound Transit will be responsible for overall design and switch equipment configuration. Coordinate with Sound Transit for TCN equipment configuration requirements. C. EFN is part of the Emergency Ventilation System (EVS) for purposes of Systems Assurance requirements. D. Supply software, manuals, licenses, and training as required by these Specifications and as required to operate and maintain the Communications Backbone/WAN equipment and including sundry equipment as intended. 3.02 DESIGN AND CONFIGURATION A. Design and Configuration Document shall include: 1. Description of network requirements. 2. Network Architecture Drawing: Topology and detailed port interconnections. 3. Link budgets, for each optical port link. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 9 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Type and quantity of port interfaces, for each switch. 5. Include the following Traffic Information to be carried over the Network: a.) Communication server application data. b.) Number of node sites. c.) Traffic generation per site. d.) Total bandwidth usage. e.) Network switch configuration (e.g. VLAN; uplinks, protocol configuration parameters, Port speed, device addresses, Traffic Engineering, QoS, Security, and back-up Link path failover). B. Provide functionality as required by these Specifications and as agreed to by Resident Engineer. 1. Implement EFN at node locations as shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Provide Ethernet switches to support EFN. Leverage Layer 2 and layer 3 design requirements to support field equipment, operator graphics, and central servers. 3. Determine end device Ethernet port requirements, connectivity needs, port type, and quantity. Design switches to accommodate existing devices requiring IP network communications. 4. Set traffic recovery prioritization for switch, port, or link failures. 5. Switch equipment configuration application suite shall support vendor equipment models seamlessly and be based on modular and scalable software architecture to support switch equipment configuration management and upgrades. 6. Sound Transit shall provide EFN configuration information for Contractor EFN implementation. 3.03 NETWORK SCOPE 1. Extend Sound Transit EFN and TCN to station and tunnel locations as shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Provide 10/100Mpbs, 1Gps, 10Gbps Ethernet interfaces, in accordance with Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications herein. 3. Determine end device Ethernet port requirements, connectivity needs, port type, and quantity. Design new switches to accommodate existing devices requiring IP network communications. 4. Switch equipment configuration application suite shall support vendor equipment models seamlessly and be based on modular and scalable software architecture to support switch equipment configuration management and upgrades. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 10 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 5. Distribution Nodes: Provide Distribution Node locations as shown on Contract Drawings. Sound Transit to configure. 6. Access Nodes: Provide Access Nodes as shown on Contract Drawings. a.) Access Nodes serve station and tunnel IP Ethernet devices. Each Access node will have lower total bandwidth requirements, and shall gain access to core data-center node sites via uplinks to station Distribution Nodes. b.) Access Node switches shall provide power over Ethernet ports for connected VoiP PBX phones. 7. Sound Transit shall provide TCN configuration information for Contractor implementation. 3.04 IP ADDRESSING SCHEME AND VLAN ASSIGMENTS A. Coordinate with Sound Transit Engineer to develop the IP addressing Scheme, and VLAN assignments required for the integration of network switches. B. IP device addresses and VLANs must be in accordance with current Sound Transit address space and current VLAN assignments shall allow for full secure integration of network equipment. C. IP addresses provided by Sound Transit are considered sensitive information and must be safeguarded. The Contractor must handle addresses in a strictly confidential manner. D. Submit request for IP addressing to Sound Transit at least eighty (80) days prior to the need for configuration of switches 3.05 QUALITY OF SERVICE A. TCN 1. Data transmitted over the TCN shall have Quality of Service (QoS) requirements in accordance with QoS as configured by Sound Transit. 2. Provide to Sound Transit list of IP devices and IP traffic type for installed IP devices. B. EFN 1. Data transmitted over the EFN shall have QoS requirements in accordance with the Quality of Service table. Leverage QoS protocols to ensure requirements of the following table are met: Quality of Service EFN System NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Layer 3 PHB DSCP Layer 2 CoS FLS Data AF33 30 3 NMS Protocols CS6 48 6 SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 11 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Data transmitted over the EFN shall have the maximum bandwidth and latency requirements in accordance with the following Bandwidth and Latency table: Bandwidth and Latency EFN 3.06 System Latency (+/- seconds) Bandwidth Max (Mbps) FLS Data 0.05 34.304 NMS Protocols None 10 SECURITY A. Implement a full featured Network Security plan that shall deal with both internal and external threats. B. General. 1. Follow network industry security best practices, consisting of provisions and policies to be adopted by the network contractor to prevent and monitor unauthorized access, misuse, modification, or denial of the computer network and network accessible resources. 2. Follow PCI (Payment Card Industry) for TCN and EFN. Utilize Access Control Lists at Core Node sites, in front of database servers, and between IP traffic types. Isolate network from outside connections. Disable unnecessary services. Filter and rate-limit control-plane IP traffic. 3. Actively monitor networks for viruses, worms and denial of service attacks both from external media brought in and internally generated. Use intrusion prevention systems (IPS) to ID internal hackers, and be able to remove access rights of internal violators instantly. C. Routing Infrastructure: Authenticate routing neighbors. Use default passive interfaces. Log neighbor changes D. Network Telemetry: Implement Network Time Protocol (NTP) to synchronize time to the Sound Transit network clock. Maintain and monitor device global and interface traffic statistics. Maintain system status information (memory, CPU, and process). Log and collect system status, traffic statistics, and device access information. E. Network Device Access. 1. Implement dedicated management interfaces to the out-of-band (OOB) management network. 2. Limit the accessible ports and restrict the permitted communicators and the permitted methods of access. 3. Present legal notification. Authenticate and authorize access using AAA. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 12 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Log and account for access. Protect locally stored sensitive data (such as local passwords) from viewing and copying. 5. Upon completion of a network switch installation and connection of attached Ethernet MAC address devices, implement Switch LAN port security. a.) Enable switch to dynamically learn attached MAC addresses. Switch shall only allow learned valid attached MAC address devices to have Network access. Non valid MAC addresses shall be blocked and cause the port to shut down. b.) Implement “sticky” MAC addresses for valid attached equipment. Port security with sticky MAC addresses retains dynamically learned MAC addresses during a linkdown condition. c.) Disable unused switch ports to not accept any MAC addresses. F. Broadcast Domains. 1. Restrict Broadcast Domains Using the Following Techniques: a.) STP, RSTP, & MSTP: Implement the switch manufactures recommended Spanning Tree (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree (RSTP), and Multiple Spanning Tree (MSTP) Protocol versions, Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) Guard, and spanning tree Root Guard. If Feature is not available implement comparable functionality. b.) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Protection: Implement DHCP snooping on access VLANs to protect against DHCP starvation and rogue DHCP server attacks. c.) IP Spoofing Protection: Implement IP Source Guard on access ports. d.) Access Resolution Protocol (ARP) Spoofing Protection: Implement dynamic ARP inspection (DAI) on access VLANs. e.) Media Access Control (MAC) Flooding Protection: Enable port security on access ports. f.) Broadcast and Multicast Storm Protection: Enable storm control on access ports. 2. VLAN Security Requirements. a.) Disable unused ports and place in unused VLAN. Do not use VLAN 1. Use tagged mode for native VLAN on trunks. b.) Configure user-facing ports as non-trunking and disable Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP). Disable VLAN dynamic trunk negotiation trunking on user ports. Explicitly configure trunking on infrastructure ports rather than auto-negotiation. 3.07 NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 13 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% A. Network Management System provided by Sound Transit. Sound Transit currently uses Solarwinds Orion. Provide additional user licenses in accordance with Sound Transit IT requirements. B. Endpoint Connectivity. Implement management of endpoint connectivity. Based on end device node type, monitor utilizing simple ping-based tools to ensure the nodes are online. For additional monitoring control, utilize a software package that monitors the switches the endpoints are connected to. Monitor network in real-time, or close to real-time, verify endpoint node connectivity. C. Switch Management. 1. Implement Ethernet Switch Management for Managed Switches: a.) Provide Link diagnostics with network visibility. b.) Manage network infrastructure and network growth. c.) Diagnose network issues and provide effective monitoring. d.) Sound Transit IT to provide a set of syslog servers, with analyzing Netflow monitors, utilizing switch SNMP for configuration management. Contractor to configure. e.) Diagnose a switch interlink with a bad port, misconfigured QoS, or VLAN rule. f.) Log items including but not limited to port up/down, errors, reboots, and configuration changes. g.) Locate Switch Management at central location. 2. Logging: Log switch activity. Implement logging analysis to identify network or security issues. 3.08 NETWORK SYSTEM AVAILABILITY A. Design for and ensure the operation of the Emergency Fire/Life Network meets the intent of NFPA 72 by compliance with NFPA 72 Section 6.9.4, survivability from attack by fire by the following methods: 1. Redundant fiber link paths have maximum separation so that a single fire or event cannot destroy both paths. 2. No single event shall disconnect more than one station or facility from communications with the Operations Control Center or the Link Control Center. 3. EFN network equipment shall be monitored, by EVS PLC’s. 4. Provide local UPS back-up power at each station for EFN switches. 5. Continuous Operation: Design systems to operate 24 hours per Day, 7 Days a week. While operating, faults in or failures of equipment shall not result in: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 14 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d. Missed reporting and logging of received indications and alarm conditions. e. Issuance of device control commands not commanded by a user. f. Failure to issue device control commands commanded by a user. 6. System as designed shall allow for a failed component/subsystem to be repaired and reintroduced in full operation without disrupting the continuing operation. Contractor is responsible for continuous operations for duration of contract, including any warranty period. 3.09 SITE VERIFICATION A. Verify installation, and location requirements for network equipment. B. Verify and document current architectural plan of communications rooms with dimensions, and elevations. Indicate locations and rack elevations of equipment proposed for installation. C. Verify ac power feeds to equipment cabinets with reference to source electrical panel circuit breaker and size: 1. Document current ac power outlet use for existing network switch equipment. 2. Indicate spare rack ac power outlet quantities. 3. Indicate locations of existing and new cabinets/racks, cable trays, and communications conduits with size and types indicated. 4. Provide actual (installed) locations as determined by field measurements. 3.10 NETWORK EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General. 1. Network equipment shall be installed and configured in accordance with approved detailed network design and configuration document. 2. Network equipment and material to be furnished and installed under this contract shall be approved by Resident Engineer and Sound Transit, prior to ordering. 3. Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufactures’ recommendations. Manufactures installation documentation shall be included as part of network design submissions. 4. Prior to installation, verify submitted drawings accurately represent the current field condition. Make any modifications to drawings to reflect changes based on current field conditions. B. Provide a minimum of a 100Mbs Ethernet connection for the EFN for Fire Life Safety field devices as defined in Contract Specifications, and in accordance with Contract Drawings. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 15 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Furnish and install required hardware and brackets to install the equipment as specified and indicated in the Contract Drawings. Provide required rack mounting kits and rack screws to install equipment. D. Provide temporary equipment racks including mounting hardware to support relocation of existing network equipment as part of interim cutover requirements. E. Provide electrical wiring, electrical panel breaker, conduit, hardware and brackets to support the installation of network switch equipment within existing communications racks or cabinets. Utilize existing rack ac power where available, network switch equipment to be installed in rack/cabinet location made available by removal of existing network switches. Provide additional power outlet strips where required. F. Provide equipment Cat6/Fiber patch cords, patch panels, wiring and cables to support the new network equipment installation and to support existing network equipment during interim cut-over period. Cables entering cabinets or racks shall first terminate in the respective terminal blocks, e.g. patch panels, prior to connection to equipment. Cables installed shall meet the minimum bend radius according to cable manufacture. Utilize temporary patch panels in order to support any interim cutover installation requirements. G. In communications rooms, utilize cable tray as primary data cable pathway. On cable tray, install patch cords in flexible split innerduct for protection. H. Network equipment shall be demonstrated to be fully configured and bench tested in a completely built out test environment that simulates the installed field conditions prior to installation on site. Network equipment must undergo 48 hour burn-in time prior to integration with existing network. 3.11 NETWORK INTEGRATION REQUIREMENTS A. Existing network switch equipment, communications servers, control equipment, and associated communications systems software/databases, must remain in operation and not be disrupted as part of any cutover method of procedure. B. Disruption shall be defined as the following: 1. Interruption or rerouting of traffic flow from its original intended route. 2. Any communication or application failure of Fire Life Safety systems. 3. Any functional failure of active Control application software system. C. Any planned disruptions shall be coordinated with and approved by Resident Engineer. D. Provide on-site maintenance support 24/7 for the duration of any integration period. Integration period to begin with the first connection to, or change of equipment, that is part of the active production environment that can effect on link operations. On site 24/7 support ends 48 hours after completion of any work that was part of a specific cut-over event. E. Provide Sound Transit access to install firewalls anywhere in the network the deemed necessary for the isolation of active production network from any new network or equipment. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 16 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% F. Any damage to existing systems shall be fully replaced and restored by the contractor, at no additional expense to Sound Transit. G. Network Equipment Cut-over Integration Phasing. 1. Implement new parallel nodes, and then station by station bring in additional nodes. Connect to access (existing followed by new). 2. Implement network integration: a.) Install, test, and establish connection between new switches. H. After Cut-over integration, equipment must run thirty (30) Consecutive Days without failure. Gather and submit to the Resident Engineer statistics from installed equipment showing up time results for first 30-Day period, separately for each piece of equipment installed. 3.12 NETWORK EQUIPMENT CUT-OVER INTEGRATION BULLETIN PROCEDURE A. Bulletin Requirements. Submit for approval bulletin procedure for work that affects revenue service. 3.13 TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. General. 1. Test network for proper connectivity and performance in accordance with requirements of Contract Specification. 2. Perform a proof of concept Factory Test of Network design and equipment fully configured to represent the field Installation Conditions. After Factory testing has been performed to satisfaction of Resident Engineer, installation and Field testing can be performed. 3. Analyze network performance by network traffic measurement in the as-built environment, using a network traffic generator such as iperf, and bwping. 4. Send dummy packets, via traffic generator, with a unique packet identifier, keep track of the packet delivery in the network. 5. Demonstrate VLAN, Traffic prioritization, and QoS for IP end device types of traffic (VoIP, video, data, and control). 6. Demonstrate full network functionality under possible fault conditions, fiber cable failure, power failure, port failure, switch CPU failure. 7. Perform “Base-Line” tests to establish performance conditions for the existing EFN and TCN. B. Test Procedures 1. Perform Factory Acceptance Testing in accordance with approved submitted procedure. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 17 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Perform Site Acceptance Testing in accordance with approved submitted procedure. 3. Perform Base-Line Testing in accordance with approved submitted procedures. 4. Test Documentation: a.) Submit monthly report tracking failures and network events (e.g., reconvergence, packet loss) and corrective actions taken for each network event or failure. b.) Submit for each piece of network equipment performance statistics showing consecutive “up time” for first 30-Day period after installation and turn up. 3.14 FIELD INSTALLATION TESTS A. Document the results of all tests specified in this section. B. Equipment Installation Verification. 1. Verify equipment is securely mounted in designated cabinets and racks. Utilizing vendor approved mounting hardware. 2. Equipment must be mounted clear of any obstructions. 3. Verify equipment and properly grounded to rack/cabinet ground. Test cabinet ground continuity. 4. Verify Patch cords (fiber and copper) are properly labeled, dressed, and are clear of sharp bends or kinks in excess of bend radius. C. Verify Error-Free Boot and Self-Diagnostics: Verify error-free booting (start-up) including successful completion of boot-up self-diagnostic tests, including a series of hardware, NVRAM, and port loop back tests. D. Verify Hardware Integrity: Verify switch hardware integrity including the console port, system LEDs, powers supplies, and internal fans. E. Verify Manageability. 1. Verify switch can be managed out-of band (console port) and in band (IP/Telnet). 2. Verify login and security level access. 3. Verify equipment and modules are displayed in the management system and connections between equipment are according to approved design. 4. Verify functionality if switch I/O alarm contact points perform according to switch configuration. 5. Update System Software. Verify and update system software, as necessary, to provide the most current set of system features and demonstrate that the switch is capable of receiving, saving, and booting from a new software image. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 18 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 6. Test Ethernet Ports. a.) Verify that the installed 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports (both Copper and Fiber), provide Ethernet/IP connectivity, and that their respective LEDs function. b.) Verify Power over Ethernet ports function as required. F. Measure Optical Transmission Level of Active Ports: Record results G. Measure Optical Receive level from incoming connected Network Devices. Record results. 3.15 FIELD SYSTEMS TESTS A. Base-Line North and East Link measurements as described in this section. 1. Document and submit test results for Sound Transit evaluation and comment. B. Field test for North and East Link shall be performed before connection to the operational network. And then repeated after the integration phase. C. Layer 2 Tests. 1. Transmission Tests. For each LAN segment, generate Ethernet frames of the following size between two switches within the LAN segment: a.) Transmit and Receive 64-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. b.) Transmit and Receive 128-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. c.) Transmit and Receive 256-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. d.) Transmit and Receive 512-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. e.) Transmit and Receive 1024-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. f.) Transmit and Receive 1280-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. g.) Transmit and Receive 1518-byte Frame Size. Perform for 10 frames. 2. Link Speed and Ping Tests. a.) Transmit and receive Ethernet traffic at maximum speed of the link. Run for 10 minutes and ensure no frames are dropped. For Link speed tests only a sample of links per network switch required, i.e. one per switch blade backplane. b.) Test end-device communications within each VLAN to ensure correct configuration. For each end-device within a VLAN, pin each other device within the same VLAN. For each ping session, allow ping to run for 1 minute. 3. Traffic Fail-Over Tests. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 19 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Perform tests for each VLAN trunk link locally between Layer 2 Access switch and Layer 3 station Distribution switch. b.) Ensure correct configuration of switch vendor specific Layer 2 protection mechanism (RSTP+) Verify traffic is transported over normal path. Simulate failure of the normal path and measure time it takes to switch over to backup path. Recover normal path and measure time it takes to switch back to normal path. c.) Ensure correct configuration of link aggregation. Verify traffic is transported over aggregated link. Simulate failure of on link and measure frame loss. Recover link and measure frame loss. Simulate failure of the other link and measure frame loss. D. Layer 3 Tests. 1. Traffic Generator Tests. a.) With a standard laptop running a traffic generator software application, transmit and receive IP packets (between two LAN segments across Layer 3 devices) at maximum speed of the link. Run for ten minutes and ensure no packets are dropped. Run this test for 64-byte, 128-byte, 1280-byte, and 1518-byte frame size. 2. Ping Test. For each end-device within a VLAN, ping each other end-device on other VLANs. 3. Station Distribution Backbone Ring - Link Failover Tests. a.) Ensure correct configuration of distribution switch network links. Verify traffic is transported over normal path and uplink traffic is transported to adjacent station distribution switches. b.) For Each Inter-Station Link (Node to Node), Perform the Following: 1.) Simulate failure of the normal path and measure time it takes to switch over to backup path. Links must have sub 50ms path switch time. 2.) Recover normal path and measure time it takes to switch back to normal path. 3.) Verify that normal and backup paths were used during the test. c.) For Each MPLS Inter-Station Link Perform the Following: (for TCN only) 1.) Run continuous ping from end-device to another device across the network. Run trace route, during each phase of this test, from end-device to another device across the network. 2.) Simulate failure of the uplink connected to the MPLS Label switch router and measure time it takes to switch back to normal path. Links must have sub 50ms path restore time. 3.) Recover normal path and measure time it takes to switch back to normal path. 4.) Verify that the normal and backup paths were used during the test. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 20 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Routing Protocol Tests. a.) Verify traffic is transported over normal path and uplink traffic is transported core switch. b.) Trace route path between two end-devices for normal condition. c.) Simulate two link failures (one at a time), choosing non-adjacent links. For each failure perform the following: 1.) Perform trace route between the two end-devices. 2.) Measure time it takes to route around node failure. 3.) Ensure time is consistent with standard values. d.) Simulate two node failures (one at a time), choosing non-adjacent nodes. For each failure perform the following: 1.) Perform trace route between the two end-devices. 2.) Measure time it takes to route around node failure. 3.) Ensure time is consistent with standard values. 3.16 SYSTEM SUPPORT A. Maintenance. 1. Develop a maintenance plan that details preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for both fiber and network equipment prior to Final Acceptance. 2. List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures. B. Training Requirements. 1. Provide training and training materials in accordance with Training of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. 2. Train Sound Transit's maintenance and operations personnel in details of furnished equipment and systems and enable them to operate, service, and maintain systems such that systems will perform and continue to perform in accordance with requirements of this Contract. 3. Provide a logically related sequence of separate courses covering System Administration and Equipment Operation and Maintenance. 4. Provide Training Materials prepared specifically for use as training aids. Use reference manuals, operating and maintenance manuals, and user's manuals as supplementary training materials. Tailor principal documents used for training to reflect Sound Transit NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 21 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% equipment and specific user requirements. Use Operations and Maintenance Manuals as reference during training. 5. Provide extended, duplicate, or additional training for the systems provided, as deemed necessary by the Resident Engineer, due to modification of systems and equipment configuration made after completion of the scheduled training courses. C. Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Submit Network Equipment Operations and Maintenance Manuals. D. Test Equipment. 1. Provide test equipment for maintenance and management in order to support network equipment. 2. Equipment to Include: Maintenance Laptop, with required application software including but not limited to; Network Management, IP/Ethernet traffic generator, and IP Packet Sniffer. 3. Equipment to be turned over to Resident Engineer at Substantial Completion. E. System Documentation and Record Drawings. 1. As-built documents. Provide the following documents as part of the as-built set: a.) Final Network Schematics and Detailed Rack Elevations b.) Patch cord Port Assignments (Fiber & Copper) c.) Optical port Transmit and Receive Level for all optical links. d.) Final Equipment BOM lists, including Switch Equipment Configuration Files. e.) Device IP Address Lists, VLAN Assignments. F. Support 1. Provide support for hardware, configuration, and fiber for a year after final acceptance. Contractor support shall be supplemented by manufacturer support. 2. Provide a maintenance agreement for a level of support that meets the following requirements: a.) Manufacturer support shall be available 24 hours a Day, 7 Days a week. 3.17 SPARE PARTS A. Provide four new and unused EFN switches. B. Provide two new and unused TCN access switches. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 22 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Provide two new and unused ancillary switches. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 23 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 24 OF 24 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 31 13 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL SUMMARY A. Section includes design, procurement, installation and testing requirements for a Private Branch Exchange (PBX) Telephone System including requirements for interface with the existing PBX System. REFERENCES A. The latest edition, at time of Notice to Proceed (NTP), of the following referenced standards shall apply and also govern the work covered by this Section unless otherwise noted. B. Should there be a conflict between referenced standards, or between a referenced standard and the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall seek clarification from the Resident Engineer. In general, the more stringent requirement shall apply unless the Resident Engineer approves otherwise. 1. Alliance for Telecommunications Industr y Solutions a. ATIS-0600010.03.2011 Heat Dissipation Requirements for Network Telecommunications Equipment b. ATIS-0600329.2008 Network Equipment Earthquake Resistance c. ATIS-0600332.2010 Electrical Protection of Network-Powered Broadband Facilities d. ATIS-0600333.2007 Grounding and Bonding of Telecommunications Equipment 2. APTA a. APTA RT-SC-S-015-03, Standard for Emergency Telephone Assistance Device Inspection, Testing and Maintenance. and Passenger 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) a. IEEE 1512.1-2006 - Standard for Common Traffic Incident Management Message Sets for Use by Emergency Management Centers b. 802.3 2014 Edition NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 1 OF 5 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. 802.3af (for 15.4 W of DC power via MDI). d. 802.3ah (for Ethernet OAM). e. IEEE 802.3at Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Power over Ethernet (PoE) f. 802.1D 2004 edition (for MAC bridging). g. 802.1G (for remote MAC bridging). 4. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) a. 42 U.S.C. 12181 Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Title III) (ADA) b. Part 36, App. A ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities 5. Telecommunications Industry Association a. TIA/EIA-855 Telecommunications Telephone Terminal Equipment 6. Underwriters laboratories a. UL 864 has been the Standard for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Product specification sheets. 2. PBX System Design Documents Including: a.) PBX System functional block diagram. b.) PBX System riser diagram; including cable wiring schedule. Include estimated cable lengths in design. c.) PBX System point to point wiring detail. d.) PBX System interface drawings with existing Central Link PBX System. 3. Installation drawings including mounting details with proposed mounting method for each type of PBX phone mounting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PBX PHONE A. Approved Manufacturer: Cisco 8800 Series, Model #Cisco IP Phone 8841 or an approved NORTHGATE / EAST LINK LIGHT RAIL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 13 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE TELEPHONE SYSTEM Page 2 of 5 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 /750 90% equal. B. Full-featured, multi-line telephone providing voice communication over an IP network. C. Digital solid-state, modular design, utilizing the latest hardware and software technologies available at the time of manufacture. D. Power: 48 Vdc Power over Ethernet (POE) or 110-240 Vac 50-60Hz. E. Feature Requirements. 1. Answer Supervision: Return answer supervision signals to the public network when calls are answered by the called telephone, routed to a recorded announcement, and routed to a dial prompt. 2. Authorization Codes: Provide capability to allow users to override a PBX station Class of Service by dialing a valid authorization code in order to place outgoing calls from a restricted telephone. 3. Automatic Route Selection: Provide automatic routing of calls over alternative facilities with optimization based on the number dialed. 4. Busy Out: Prevent a telephone, which is left off-hook, from tying up common equipment in the PBX. 5. Call Accounting (Station Message Detail Recording (SMDR) Output). a.) Provide calling details on incoming, outgoing, and internal calls. b.) Include calling extension and dialed telephone number. 6. Call Forwarding: Any extension shall be capable of being automatically routed to other destinations based on the source of the call. 7. Call Hold: Allow a telephone user to hold any call in progress. 8. Call Transfer: Transfer an established connection without distinction between internal and external connections to any non-restricted telephone set within the PBX or any trunk. User need not have to depress the switch-hook. 9. Caller ID: Provide capability for call recipient to view caller’s telephone number before answering call. 10. Direct Inward Dial (DID): Allow incoming calls from public network to be completed to specific telephone without attendant assistance. 11. 911 Emergency: Capability to determine psychical location of each phone initiating a call. In addition, ensure every 911 call is routed to the appropriate 911 jurisdiction. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 3 OF 5 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% F. Dialing Requirements. 1. External Dialing: Provide connectivity for internal users to dial externally by pressing one digit prior to dialing the phone number to reach an outside line. 2. Internal Dialing: Provide four-digit extension dialing to internal users and to Resident Engineer designated users from the King County Metro PBX switch and the Sound Transit Union Station PBX switch. 3. Distinctive Ring: Provide separate ringing tones for internal calls, incoming internal calls, intercom calls, and special purpose calls as necessary. 4. Intercept: Provide Intercept service, which allows for the automatic re-routing of calls that cannot be completed to be routed to the attendant, a tone, or an announcement. 5. Last Number Redialing: Automatically store the last number that was dialed, whether the call rings, is busy, or answered. 6. Line Selection: Allow a user to select any line available to that user to connect to that line. 7. Message Waiting: Provide the capability for a message waiting indication. 8. Memory Protection: Volatile memory, generic and customer PBX attributes software shall be preserved in case of commercial power failure. 9. Multi-Line Calling: Provide multi-line calling. G. Recorded Announcements. 2.02 1. Remote Traffic Management: Allow telephone set traffic and feature usage statistics to be read from the PBX by a distant terminal. 2. Self Diagnostics and Fault Isolation: Allow the controlling computer(s) to test itself and the rest of the PBX, including trunks. If a fault is found, the PBX shall disable that portion of the PBX and display an alarm. 3. Speed Dial: Provide capability to dial frequently called internal and external telephone numbers on a speed dial list with only two or three keystrokes. 4. Switching: Provide capability of switching calls internally to any user within Sound Transit and King County Metro. INTERFACE TO TRAIN CONTROL NETWORK (TCN) A. Provide connections between new PBX phones and local TCN switch to connect to Cisco Call Manager at the Operations Maintenance Facility. Sound Transit IT Department to configure phones. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK LIGHT RAIL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 13 PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE TELEPHONE SYSTEM Page 4 of 5 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 /750 90% PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide PBX telephones at locations as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Mount phone on wall between 3 feet 6 inches and 4 feet 6 inches high. C. Install clear of obstructions. D. Install in accordance with submitted installation plans. 3.02 TESTING B. Field Installation Testing: Test PBX switch and associated equipment to verify requirements specified herein. Specifically verify the following: 1. Voice services described herein. 2. Performance specifications for IP phone connections (end to end latency of no more than 150 milliseconds). END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 21 29 NETWORK EQUIPMENT PAGE 5 OF 5 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes design, procurement, installation, and testing requirements for the Emergency Telephone (ETEL) and Passenger Emergency Telephone (PET) Systems including requirements for interface with the existing ETEL and PET Systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 1. IEEE 802.3at Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Power over Ethernet (PoE) B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code 2. NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guide way Transit and Passenger Rail Systems C. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1.03 1. 42 U.S.C. 12181 Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (TitleIII) (ADA) 2. Part 36, App. A ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities SUBMITTALS A. General 1. Preliminary Design Review. 2. Product specifications of equipment for intended use. 3. Draft Use Case documents for user and systems interfaces. B. System Assurance Program Plan (SAPP). Final Design Review. 1. Submit before release for construction. comments have been incorporated. Do not begin construction until submittal 2. Description of operations of the ETEL System. 3. Product specification sheets. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 1 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Detailed schematics of the ETEL System. C. Installation drawings including mounting details with proposed mounting method for each type of ETEL with Speaker/Beacon and PET location. 1. System Riser Diagram: Including cable wiring schedule. Include estimated cable lengths in design. Ensure that cable lengths are sufficient for functionality of equipment being installed. 2. Point to point wiring detail. 3. System interface drawings with existing Emergency Phone System. D. User and Maintenance manuals in accordance with, Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Test documents, for Factory and Field tests, System Testing and Integration. Documents to include Test Program Plan and Test Procedures and Results for each test. F. Training Plan and Manual, Training of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. G. Submit back box to be used for PET installation 180 Days after Notice to Proceed. Back box submitted will be used to ensure proper size mounting provisions are provided by civil contracts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Reliability 1. Provide Reliability Program Plan analysis. 2. Standards: In accordance with NFPA 72 and NFPA 130. 3. Cable System: 2-hour fire rating. 4. Emergency Power: PET and ETEL system must have 90 minute UPS back up power. 5. Communication Path: Path to Operations and Maintenance Facility (OMF) and Link Control Center (LCC) shall be redundant. B. General Requirements. 1. Integrity of Operation: Emergency voice, real-time traffic shall be intelligible with no lost data or gaps in conversation. 2. Communications: Via 10-Base-T or 10-Base-F circuits. 3. Communications Protocol: H.323 (version 2 or later) compliant VoIP utilizing real-time transport protocol (RTP) and IP multicasting. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 2 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Each emergency phone must be individually addressable. 5. Design system capable of placing calls from a remote facility to each of emergency phones as a four digit extension off of a PBX. Provide capability of programming emergency phones from this remote facility. 6. Call Termination: Phones must de-activate after call completion after a programmable period of time. C. ETEL Operational Requirements. 1. Party Line: Phone system connects up to seven users on a specific circuit with the ability to page over non-operating ETEL phones anywhere on the network. 2. ETEL phones, independent of the ETEL Controller, shall be able to connect to the two closest ETEL controllers in an A or B fashion. D. Network Communications. 1. ETEL system shall connect through the Train Control Network (TCN). Configure ETELs with an IP address to allow for communications to TCN Ethernet switches. Reference Section 27 21 29, Network Equipment, for network connection requirements. 2.02 FAULT INDICATIONS A. Design system to report ETEL and PET health bits to Integrated Communications Controller (ICC) workstation at LCC. B. ETEL Health Bits. 1. Power Failure. 2. Battery Failure. 3. Transmit loss of signal. 4. Receive loss of signal. 5. Bit Error Rate in excess of threshold. 6. Speaker/Amplifier Failure. 7. Speaker/Beacon Failure. 8. Handset Failure. 9. Handset ‘Off-hook’. 10. Auxiliary Headset Active. C. PET Health Bits. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 3 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Power Failure. 2. Vandalism or tampering with device. 3. Transmit loss of signal. 4. Receive loss of signal. 5. Bit Error Rate in excess of threshold. 2.03 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE (ETEL) A. Approved Manufacturer: Emcom Systems. B. Approved Model: IP6030 Handset VoIP Telephone, or approved equal. C. Enclosure: 1. NEMA 4X, fire retardant with a 30-minute rating, and impact and vandal resistant. 2. Pantone Color: Canary yellow, with raised black lettering spelling “EMERGENCY”. 3. Interior Cover of Enclosure: Provide site specific map and directions of use. 4. Latching Mechanism: Easily accessible, easy to open manually without aid, using corrosive resistant to prevent seizing of mechanical parts. 5. Door Mechanism: Spring loaded to maintain a fully open or fully closed position. D. Handset Cord. 1. Not to be less than 18 inches long. 2. Armored and resistant to 500 pounds of pull strength. E. Keypad: Sealed metallic keypad. F. Display: 16 character 2-Line LCD display. G. Call Indication: Visual indication indicating when a call is placed and another indication for when it is answered. H. Power: 48 Vdc (PoE) or 110-240 Vac 50-60Hz, in accordance with IEEE 802.3 standards. I. Aux Contacts: Two Aux Contacts 120ma-250 Vac rating. J. Telephone Hook Switch: Electronic/ magnetic with no moving parts. K. Connectors: IP 67 rated. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 4 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.04 SPEAKER/BEACON A. Approved Manufacturer: Emcom Systems. B. Approved Model: A400 Speaker/Beacon, or approved equal. C. Design Speaker/Beacon to function as a call annunciator and paging system. D. Speaker Enclosure: Stainless steel. E. Beacon Enclosure: Polycarbonate, Blue. F. Speaker: 16 Ohms, 15 W at 120 to 8,000 Hz. G. Beacon: 5 Vdc, 350 Ma. 2.05 ETEL AUX POWER SUPPLY A. Provide power supply as required to support installation of Speaker/Beacon. B. DIN Rail power supply, by SOLA SDN or approved equal. C. Nominal Input Voltage: Ac 115/230 V user select D. Nominal Output Voltage: 24 Vdc E. Nominal Output Current: 2.5 to 5 A (size per number of power devices). F. H x W x D (inches): 4.88 x 2.91 x 4.04 G. Status Indicators: Green LED on, when Vout "OK". 2.06 PET PHONE A. Approved Manufacturer: Emcom Systems. B. Approved Model: IP6030 Hands-Free VoIP Telephone, or approved equal. C. Face Panel. 1. NEMA 4X, fire retardant with a 30-minute rating, and impact and vandal resistant. 2. Pantone Color: True Red with raised or recessed lettering white in color. 3. Text accompanied by Braille translation as required by ADA. 4. ‘Hands-free’ operating device without cords or keypads. 5. Two Light Indicators. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 5 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Calling. b.) Received. D. Back Box: NEMA 4X, stainless steel, sized in accordance with Contract Drawings. Emcom Systems H300 Mounting Box, or approved equal. E. Power: (PoE) 48 Vdc or 110-240 Vac 50-60 Hz, in accordance with IEEE 802.3 standards. F. Aux Contacts: 2 Aux Contacts 120ma-250 Vac rating, one alarm contact, one for CCTV activation. G. Connectors: 1 RJ-45, 2 Aux contacts, 1 Power H. Connectors: IP 67 rated. 2.07 POWER OVER ETHERNET MIDSPAN INJECTOR A. Approved Manufacturers: Microsemi PowerDsine, PD9000G or approved equal. B. Utilize PoE ports to support Emergency Telephones field installation power requirements. C. Reference Section 28 23 00, Closed Circuit Television System, for PoE Midspan power injector technical specifications. 2.08 INTERFACE TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. Configure emergency phones in accordance with routing table to route calls per Sound Transit existing call routing configuration at time of installation. If the Primary call routing server at OMF is unavailable route calls through the local EmVista Server. EMERGENCY PHONE CALL ROUTING TABLE Attempt No. Device 1 2 3 4 Comm Server 1 Comm Server 2 EmVista Local Station EMP B. Design new emergency phone calls to display on the ICC workstation at LCC in the same format as calls from existing emergency phones. C. Configure existing Sound Transit ETEL system to incorporate the addition of new ETEL devices for seamless interface to EmVista Call Manager System and LCC operators. D. Provide license and support equipment to provide a functional system that integrates with the existing Sound Transit ETEL System. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 6 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.09 EMVISTA LOCAL SERVER A. Hardware: Systems. Server requirements in accordance with Section 25 10 10, Central Control B. Software: EmVista Server, version backwards compatible with existing software at the OMF. C. Configure local server with each emergency telephone extensions in the system. In the event of a failure to communicate with the main call server at the OMF, route calls through the local server. D. Load EMP ETEL IP Address into each phone. Station ETEL shall call EMP if EmVista Local is out. E. Provide latest copy of EMVista Agent graphical software package on each stations local server. F. Compatibility: Ethernet and IP compatible, support multi-port ATA functionality for analog phones, SIP protocols for VoIP. G. Provide local office survivability in the event of a LAN/WAN failure. H. Able to bridge a PSTN to an IP network for emergency calls as well as normal inbound and outbound calling. I. Able to implement emergency transfer (power-out fail over). J. Provide voice, signaling, call management of emergency telephones. K. Provide simple network management protocol (SNMP) agents that are monitored by the network management system (NMS). L. Generate in-band DTMF and utilize the G.7111 protocol. M. Ports: Minimum eight ports. N. Server must support FXS/FXO on each channel for direct analog connection to PSTN Lines, PBX Trunks, PBX Extensions, and Key Telephones. O. Configuration: Managed using a Web browser or Windows. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide emergency phones at locations shown on Contract Drawings. B. Provide midspan for PoE at Distribution Cabinets as required to power PET’s, and ETEL’s including attached ETEL Speaker and Blue Light assembly. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 7 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Provide Local EmVista Servers at Capitol Hill Station and University of Washington Station communications rooms. Coordinate with Sound Transit IT for configuration and call routing of servers. D. Connect ETELs and PETs to TCN access switches in communications rooms and distribution cabinets as shown on the contract drawings. E. Install phones in accordance with Contractor submitted installation drawings. F. Ensure no tension is put on cable connection to RJ-45 port. G. Provide sufficient maintenance service cable slack. H. Observe minimum cable bend radius when storing slack. I. Ground back box to communications conduit junction box. J. ETEL Installation. 1. Provide a Speaker/Beacon above each ETEL. 2. Provide extension directory for station and adjacent tunnels, site specific map, and directions of use on laminated cards on in a pocket on the inside of the door. 3. Follow manufacturer’s recommended installation practices and Contract Drawings during construction. 4. ETEL hinged door and Beacon/Speaker not required in FCC Rooms. K. Install PET face plate flush with mounting surface. 3.02 TESTING A. Test emergency phone cables. B. Perform Factory Production Testing on the phones. In Factory Production Testing, verify that every piece of equipment installed works as described herein. C. Field Installation Testing: Verify emergency phone requirements specified herein. Specifically verify the following: 1. Circuits are free from static or other interference and have a clear signal. 2. Resident Engineer shall have final approval on ETEL and PET performance, clarity and intelligibility under varying network conditions (e.g. peak and non-peak operations, loaded and non-loaded network conditions). 3. Verify both intelligibility of PET speaker at the PET location, and the intelligibility of PET user by the operator at the OMF. 4. Verify ETELs and PETs delivered features meet NFPA 72 and NFPA 130 requirements. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 8 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.03 SPARE PARTS A. Provide four new and unused ETELs including speaker/beacon and auxiliary power supply. B. Provide two new and unused PETs including auxiliary power supply. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 9 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% This Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 15 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 10 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM - GARAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes design, procurement, installation, and testing requirements for the garage and parking facilities Emergency Telephone (ETEL) and Costumer Emergency Station (CES) Systems. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 1. IEEE 802.3at Local and Metropolitan Area Networks - Power over Ethernet (PoE) B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code 2. NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guide way Transit and Passenger Rail Systems C. Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 1.03 1. 42 U.S.C. 12181 Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (TitleIII) (ADA) 2. Part 36, App. A ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities SUBMITTALS A. General 1. Preliminary Design Review. 2. Product specifications of equipment for intended use. 3. Draft Use Case documents for user and systems interfaces. B. System Assurance Program Plan (SAPP). Final Design Review. 1. Submit before release for construction. Do not begin construction until submittal comments have been incorporated. 2. Description of operations of the ETEL and CES System. 3. Product specification sheets. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 1 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Detailed schematics of the ETEL and CES System. C. Installation drawings including mounting details with proposed mounting method for each type of ETEL (with Beacon) and CES location. 1. System Riser Diagram: Including cable wiring schedule. Include estimated cable lengths in design. Ensure that cable lengths are sufficient for functionality of equipment being installed. 2. Point to point wiring detail. 3. System interface drawings for the ETEL and CES System. D. User and Maintenance manuals in accordance with Operation and Maintenance Data. E. Test documents, for Factory and Field tests, System Testing and Integration. Documents to include Test Program Plan and Test Procedures and Results for each test. F. Training Plan and Manual, Training of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. G. Submit back box to be used for ETEL and CES installation 180 Days after Notice to Proceed. Back box submitted will be used to ensure proper size mounting provisions are provided by civil contracts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Reliability 1. Provide Reliability Program Plan analysis. 2. Standards: In accordance with NFPA 72 and NFPA 130. 3. Cable System: 2-hour fire rating. 4. Emergency Power: CES and ETEL system must have 90 minute UPS back up power. B. General Requirements. 1. Integrity of Operation: Emergency voice, real-time traffic shall be intelligible with no lost data or gaps in conversation. 2. Communications: Via 10-Base-T or 10-Base-F circuits. 3. Communications Protocol: H.323 (version 2 or later) compliant VoIP utilizing real-time transport protocol (RTP) and IP multicasting. 4. Each emergency phone must be individually addressable. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 2 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 5. Design system capable of placing calls from a remote facility to each of emergency phones as a four digit extension off of a PBX. Provide capability of programming emergency phones from this remote facility. 6. All equipment used in this specification must be UL Listed. C. Operational Requirements. 1. ETEL a.) Party Line: Phone system connects up to seven users on a specific circuit with the ability to page over non-operating ETEL phones anywhere on the network. b.) ETEL phones, independent of the ETEL server, shall be able to connect to the two closest ETEL server in an A or B fashion. 2. CES a.) CES connects to a specific circuit with the ability to call directly to the Operations Center. b.) CES shall be able to connect to the nearest Call Manager Server and the event that there is a problem, the CES should connect to next nearest Call Manager server. D. Network Communications. 1. ETEL and CES shall connect through the Train Control Network (TCN). Configure ETELs and CESs with an IP address to allow for communications to TCN Ethernet switches. 2.02 FAULT INDICATIONS A. Design system to report ETEL and CES health bits to the Call Manager workstation at the Operations Center. B. ETEL Health Bits. 1. Power Failure. 2. Battery Failure. 3. Transmit loss of signal. 4. Receive loss of signal. 5. Bit Error Rate in excess of threshold. 2.03 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE (ETEL) A. Approved Manufacturer: Talk-a-Phone. 1. Approved Phone, Model: VOIP-500D – Dual Button Native VOIP Emergency Phone NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 3 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Call Indication: Visual indication indicating when a call is placed and another indication for when it is answered. b.) Power: 48 Vdc (PoE) or 110-240 Vac 50-60Hz, in accordance with IEEE 802.3 standards. c.) Connectors: IP 67 rated. 2.04 ETEL ENCLOSURE, A. Approved Manufacturer: Talk-a-Phone 1. Model: ETP-WM Wall Mount Emergency Phone Station a.) Polycarbonate Beacon -Blue included. 2.05 CUSTOMER EMERGENCY STATION (CES) A. Approved Manufacturer: Talk-a-Phone. 1. Approved Phone, Model: VOIP-500D – Dual Button Native VOIP Emergency Phone 2. Raised letter and Braille signage translation as required by ADA. 3. ‘Hands-free’ operating device without cords or keypads. 4. Built in Auto Dialer 5. Three LED Indicators. a.) Call placed. b.) Call Received. c.) Help is on the way 2.06 POWER OVER ETHERNET MIDSPAN INJECTOR A. Approved Manufacturers: Microsemi PowerDsine, PD9000G or approved equal. B. Utilize PoE ports to support Emergency Telephones field installation power requirements. C. Reference Section 28 23 00, Closed Circuit Television System, for PoE Midspan power injector technical specifications. 2.07 INTERFACE TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. Configure emergency phones in accordance with routing table to route calls per Sound Transit and King County existing call routing configuration at time of installation. If the NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 4 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% Primary call routing server at King County Operations Center is unavailable route calls through the local Unified Communications Call Manager Server. EMERGENCY PHONE CALL ROUTING TABLE Attempt No. Device 1 2 3 Call Manager Server 1 Call Manager Server 2 Garage/Parking Facility Local Call Manager Server B. Design new emergency phone calls to display on the King County Operations Center workstations. C. Configure ETEL and CES to integrate seamlessly with the existing Call Manager VoIP System. D. Provide Cisco license and support for Talk-a-Phone equipment. 2.08 UNIFIED COMMUNICATIONS CALL MANAGER SERVER A. Software Support: Cisco UCM 7.1 and CUM 8.6 support for Talk-a-Phone devices. Configure local Call Manager Server with each ETEL and CES addition to the system. B. In the event of a failure to communicate with the main Call Manager Server at the Operations Center, route calls through the local Call Manager Server. C. Compatibility: Ethernet and IP compatible, support multi-port ATA functionality for analog phones, SIP protocols for VoIP. D. Provide local office survivability in the event of a LAN/WAN failure. E. Able to bridge a PSTN to an IP network for emergency calls as well as normal inbound and outbound calling. F. Able to implement emergency transfer (power-out fail over). G. Provide voice, signaling, call management of emergency telephones. H. Provide simple network management protocol (SNMP) agents that are monitored by the network management system (NMS). I. Generate in-band DTMF and utilize the G.7111 protocol. J. Ports: Minimum eight ports. K. Server must support FXS/FXO on each channel for direct analog connection to PSTN Lines, PBX Trunks, PBX Extensions, and Key Telephones. L. Configuration: Managed using a Web browser or Windows. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 5 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide emergency phones at locations shown on Contract Drawings. B. Provide midspan for PoE at Distribution Cabinets as required to power CES’s, and ETEL’s. C. Coordinate with Sound Transit IT for configuration and call routing of servers. D. Connect ETELs and CESs to TCN access switches in communications rooms and distribution cabinets as shown on the contract drawings. E. Install phones in accordance with Contractor submitted installation drawings. F. Ensure no tension is put on cable connection to RJ-45 port. G. Provide sufficient maintenance service cable slack. H. Observe minimum cable bend radius when storing slack. I. Ground back box to communications conduit junction box. J. Install CES face plate and CES flush mount wall enclosure. K. Install CES face plate flush with mounting surface. 3.02 TESTING A. Test emergency phone cables. B. Perform Factory Production Testing on the phones. In Factory Production Testing, verify that every piece of equipment installed works as described herein. C. Field Installation Testing: Verify emergency phone requirements specified herein. Specifically verify the following: 1. Circuits are free from static or other interference and have a clear signal. 2. Resident Engineer shall have final approval on ETEL and CES performance, clarity and intelligibility under varying network conditions (e.g. peak and non-peak operations, loaded and non-loaded network conditions). 3. Verify both intelligibility of CES speaker at the CES location, and the intelligibility of CES user by the operator at the OMF. 4. Verify ETELs and CESs delivered features meet NFPA 72 and NFPA 130 requirements. 3.03 SPARE PARTS NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 6 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% A. Provide twelve (12) Talk-a-Phone Model: VOIP-500D – Dual Button Native VOIP Emergency Phones B. Provide four (4) Talk-a-Phone ETP-WM Wall Mount Emergency Phone Stations END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 7 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% This Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 31 20 EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM PAGE 8 OF 8 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS - GENERAL – EAST LINK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section contains the general requirements for basic materials and installation methods that apply to related Sections. B. Section Includes C. 1. Provide for the completion of design details, furnishing, installing, testing, and configuring to provide an operational system. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, devices, and necessary appurtenances to provide complete and operational systems. 2. Connection to and integration with head end of existing paging system (GE Isys) and other equipment and systems. 3. For boundaries of Acoustically Distinguishable Spaces (ASD’s), refer to Contract Drawings. Other Systems and Products Connected: 1. 1.02 Systems and equipment not specified in this Section and related Sections, shall be connected to and integrated with new AV systems by AV contractor: a. Fire Alarm and Voice Evacuation Systems, specified in Civil Contract. b. Messaging and Paging Control System. c. Video Content Systems. REFERENCES A. Codes and Standards 1. Perform all work and provide materials and equipment in accordance with the codes, laws, and regulations as adopted or enforced by the local Authorities Having Jurisdiction for the project site. 2. Provide UL listed products. 3. Conform to the following Codes, as adopted and amended by the Local Jurisdiction: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code, NEC). b. NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code). c. NFPA 101 (Life Safety Code). d. UBC (Uniform Building Code). SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 1 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. e. ICBO. f. Local regulations, as applicable. The Following Standards are Referenced: a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). b. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 1) 5. 1.03 Including, but not limited to NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems. c. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). d. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL). e. EIA/TIA. The Referenced Codes and Standards Establish a Minimum Level Of Requirements. a. Where provisions of the codes/standards or the Contract Documents conflict with local laws, regulations, or codes, the local provisions shall govern. b. Where provisions of the codes/standards conflict with each other, codes shall take precedence over standards, and the more stringent provisions shall govern. c. If any conflict occurs between referenced codes and the Contact Documents, the codes shall govern. d. The regulatory requirements establish minimum standards for the work, but do not relieve the Contractor from work shown or specified that exceeds such standards. SUBMITTALS A. B. General 1. Submit as specified under Division 01 - General Requirements, except as otherwise specified in this Section. 2. Submit prior to Final Completion: a. Record Documents. b. Operations Manuals. c. Maintenance Manuals. Product Data Submittals: Submit PDF files: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Detailed Equipment list in addition to manufacturer product data, on Contractor's letterhead listing equipment and materials including but not limited to: a. Items listed in the specifications. b. Wire and cable. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 2 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. 3. c. Interfaces. d. Connectors and termination devices. e. Housings, mounting frames and hardware. For Each Item of Equipment, include: a. A reference number. b. Manufacturer and model number. c. Description. d. Approximate quantity being furnished. e. Special conditions or exceptions (if any). f. Attach a copy of the manufacturer's catalog or specification sheet for each item. Mark each sheet with the same item reference number(s) used on the equipment list. If more than one item or version is shown on a sheet, clearly mark the sheet to indicate which item(s) or version(s) are being furnished. g. If required elsewhere, also attach laboratory test data on specific items of equipment. For each item, clearly mark or indicate listing by UL or other approved testing agency. a. C. For audio power amplifiers, indicate the listed NEC Class of output wiring. Shop Drawings: Showing floor/ceiling plans with complete device layout and diagrams showing point-to-point wiring and connection diagrams between all components of the system. 1. Shop Drawings are required for: a. Floor plans, showing the layout of devices and cabling and wiring between devices. For each run, show the number of cables, type of cables, size of raceway, and fill calculations. b. Single line diagrams showing model numbers of each component. Include wire/cable numbers for each connection. 1) c. Wiring diagrams showing point to point connections components. Include color-coding for each connection point. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Show all items, ports, and signal paths; “typical” drawings are not acceptable. between “Typical” drawings are acceptable, if referenced at each point from the Single Line diagrams. d. Rack panel elevation layout for each equipment cabinet. e. Scaled and dimensioned drawings of all custom assemblies and fabricated items, including but not limited to the following. Include details of all components, materials, finishes, and colors. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 3 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1) 2. D. E. F. With the Shop Drawings, submit: a. Preliminary cable numbering lists. b. Detailed description of the proposed cable numbering system, complying with specified requirements. Copies of Permits: 1. Photocopy of specialty electrical contractor’s license for the AV contractor. 2. Photocopy of each permit issued for the AV work. Software Design Documents: 1. Control panel layouts. 2. DSP configurations and programming. Required Software 1. The following documents shall be submitted electronically using the following software. a. DSP Software 1) 1.04 Loudspeaker mounting details and attachments to structural members. Biamp Audia, Audio Architect, Rane Mongoose or other manufacturer configuration software. RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 39, Project Record Documents, except as otherwise specified in this Section. 1. B. Operations Manuals 1. C. Include work installed under addenda and change orders in the Record Documents. Include only operating and instructional material in Operations Manuals; do not include technical material or other servicing items. Maintenance Manuals 1. As a Combined Manual for all AV Systems: a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Recorded Test Data, including: SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 4 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.05 1) Final equalization settings 2) Internal and fixed control settings 3) Signal delay and processor settings 4) Software configurations, programming code, source code, and IR codes 5) Include the names of the individuals performing and witnessing the tests, and the manufacturer and model of each item of test equipment which was used. Include block diagrams of the test setup for tests that involve more than one item of test equipment. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Systems and equipment specified under this Section and related Sections shall be provided and installed by a single Subcontractor specializing in audio/visual, communications, and electronics systems. B. Licensing 1. AV contractor shall be licensed as a required by local regulations and Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including as a specialty low-voltage electrical contractor in the project jurisdiction where such licensing is available. 2. Installing contractor shall have held a valid and applicable contractor's license, such as a specialty electronics contractor's license, for at least 5 years. a. C. Having held a general business or retailer's license shall not be construed as meeting this requirement. Requirements for AV Contractor Experience 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING As an attachment to its bid, the prospective AV contractor shall submit evidence that it is or has been: a. In the business of installing and maintaining the types of AV systems and equipment specified for this project, under the Contractor's present corporation or business license, for a period of at least 5 years. b. Experience as a regular electrical contractor or surveillance television systems contractor shall not apply to this requirement. c. This experience shall include at least three of each of the following types of projects: SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 5 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. 3. 1.06 1) Large paging systems that have included at least 100 loudspeakers. 2) Sound systems with programmable DSP, and multiple zones of 1/3 octave or parametric equalization and ambient-noisecontrolled amplifiers. 3) Systems that included CobraNet audio distribution. 4) Data communications systems, including terminations and pulling. Upon request, submit a list of installations performed for verification by the Resident Engineer. Include: a. Project name, description, and location. b. Date completed. c. Dollar amount of contract for AV (excluding raceway, electrical, and other general construction). d. Contact names, with an email address and telephone number for each name. e. Indicate which projects may allow visits by Sound Transit. f. Where not prohibited by Non-Disclosure Agreements, submit: 1) Photographs of the completed work 2) Excerpts of Record Documents ("as-built" Operations and Maintenance Manuals, etc). drawings, A manufacturer-authorized dealer or distributor for at least 3 years for each major brand of equipment to be supplied as part of this project. Based on the brands of equipment on which these specifications are written, the major brands of equipment shall be considered to include: a. Speaker Manufacturer: AMK, Soundtube, Community, TOA. b. Electronics Manufacturer: Bosch, Biamp, Rane, Symetrix. c. Sound Transit may grant specific exceptions for limited items of equipment, provided that a request is submitted with the Bid and is approved by Sound Transit prior to equipment procurement or installation. d. This provision does not apply to items of equipment being furnished by Sound Transit or other vendors. COORDINATION A. Prior to roughing-in, verify the exact location of all devices with Resident Engineer. B. Continually interface and coordinate the work with the work of the other contractors and trades, including that being done under separate Contracts, and examine all drawings and specifications of other trades including the mechanical, architectural, and structural for construction details and coordination. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 6 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.07 1. Obtain submittals, shop drawings, and other information for all equipment to be furnished by Sound Transit or under other Divisions of these Specifications. 2. Schedule work to prevent conflicts with other activities in the building. Execute without claim for extra payment moderate moves or changes as are necessary to accommodate other trades and equipment, or preserve symmetry and pleasing appearance. 3. No increase in the Contract Amount will be allowed or due to the AV contractor for work of relocation of equipment, conduits, cabling, or any other materials resulting from insufficient coordination. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Contract Documents 1. B. C. Equipment racks, connection panels, and all other associated devices are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Furnish, install and place in satisfactory condition, all AV equipment, cabling and all other materials required for the systems shown or noted in the contract documents, so that it is a complete system which is fully operational and fully tested. Permits, Inspections 1. Obtain and pay for all licenses, permits, and inspections required by laws, ordinances, and rules governing work specified herein. 2. Arrange for, and pay fees and charges for, inspection of work by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Software Ownership 1. Commercial software that is provided as accessories to products shall be provided to Sound Transit, with Sound Transit to be registered as the owner of the software’s licensing agreement. 2. For software (including configuration of commercial software and firmware) that is developed by Contractor and provided as part of the project, the Contractor shall provide a non-exclusive license to Sound Transit, fully paid in perpetuity, allowing full use and creation of derivative works, on Sound Transit’s premises. Transfer of ownership of the Copyrights is not required. a. 1.08 Include fully-commented source code. WARRANTY A. Provide warranty in accordance with Division 01 - General Requirements. B. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall repair or replace, at its own expense, defective work, equipment, and materials. 1. Warranty work shall be performed at the project site, and is intended to occur in normal working hours. a. C. On-site service at other than normal working hours shall be available at additional cost to Sound Transit, at current labor rates. Response Time. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 7 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.09 1. Warranty diagnosis and repair shall commence not more than 4 hours after notification of Contractor. 2. If warranty repairs or replacements take more than 4 Working Days, provide temporary equipment to maintain usability of complete systems at no additional cost to Sound Transit. D. The warranty shall cover the accuracy of technical documentation, and signal quality as specified and documented during the testing process of this project. E. In addition to the warranty provided by the Contractor, the manufacturers' warranties shall be endorsed to Sound Transit. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Loudspeakers: Ceiling or wall mounted in high density overhead-distributed arrays. 1. Connection to loudspeakers in elevator cars provided under Civil Contract. B. Electronics rack-mounted in centralized equipment rooms. C. Sources 1. Paging microphones. 2. Audio and control from Fire Alarm and Voice Evacuation System (FA/VES) as shown on Civil Drawings. 3. Existing systems (GE Isys) 4. D. a. Prerecorded announcements from message repeaters. b. Live announcements from Operations Control Center (OCC) and Fire Command Center (FCC). c. Live announcements from Building Management System (BMS). Inputs for future background music or advertising. Head End Systems 1. Existing (GE Isys): a. 2. E. Interfaced to new system via Cobranet for audio and contact closure for control. New head end for each station: a. Audio DSP b. Interfacing c. Modular DSP Amplifiers Redundancy 1. Dual, parallel systems for each speaker zone (A and B groups), so that failure of any speaker, speaker wiring, amplifier, or amplifier signal feed will affect not more than half of the speakers of that zone. a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Every other speaker wired to different amplifier chassis/channel. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 8 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% F. b. A Group amplifiers powered by separate branch circuits from B Group amplifiers. c. Supervision of amplifier outputs, with automatic fail-over to spare amplifier(s) and automatic trouble reporting. DSP Processing 1. Automatic level controls a. 2. 3. 1.10 For each input, to minimize variations in level (loudness). Ambient Noise Control (ANC) a. Level of pages automatically increases during increased noise levels (such as passing trains). b. Sensing microphone(s) for ANC loudspeaker zones. Equalization a. To optimize frequency response to maximize intelligibility and provide natural sounding speech. b. Provide for capability to set emergency paging with different equalization, to allow a different spectrum with elevated midrange for enhanced clarity. c. Fixed and dynamic notch filtering for feedback suppression. THEORY OF OPERATION A. Groupings of Loudspeakers: 1. B. C. Speaker zones, which are the speakers connected to the output of a single amplifier channel. The block diagrams are organized as follows: 1. Paging Riser Diagrams: show interconnections between equipment rooms and other systems, and feeds to speaker circuits labeled by zone. 2. Head-end Block Diagrams: shows the general system components and topology, data and signal processing, interconnections to other systems, and feeds to local and remote amplifiers groups (expanding the detail of the corresponding single block of the Riser Diagram). 3. Amplifier Block Diagrams: show interconnections of data, signal processing and power amplifiers within each equipment room (expanding the detail of the corresponding single block of the Riser Diagram). 4. Speaker Riser Diagrams: continuation of Riser Diagrams, showing each loudspeaker connected to its zone. Interfacing: 1. Signals to and from GE-Isys, via Station Control Unit (SCU). a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Audio from GE-Isys: one CobraNet bundle of 8 channels, each channel corresponding to one paging zone. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 9 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b. c. 2. 2) Assign station zones, including an all-call zone, to speaker zones as directed by Resident Engineer. Contact Closures for control from SCU: 1) SCU fault. 2) Emergency mode active (current page or message has emergency priority). Contact Closures for control to SCU: 1) Busy (message or page in progress). 2) Amplifier fault. 3) Speaker line fault. 4) Audio DSP or general audio fault. 1) Analog balanced audio via shielded twisted pairs. 2) Audio output from FA/VES to Paging. 3) Audio output from Paging to FA/VES. Contact closures for control: 1) FA/VES muting: controlled by paging, becomes active when Paging system is in emergency mode and to enable muting of Fire Alarm speakers that are in (public) zones covered by Paging system. 2) Paging muting: controlled by FA/VES, becomes active when FA/VES are generating alarm tones or paging/voice messages. To enable muting of paging, this muting will not occur if the Paging system is in Emergency mode. Signals to elevator speakers. a. D. Programmable assignment of speaker zones to each of the 8 station zones. Signals to and from Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System (FA/VES) Interface. b. 3. 1) Analog audio, 70-volt loudspeaker lines from power amplifiers, with inline attenuators where shown. Priority: 1. Programmable. Program as directed by Resident Engineer. a. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Note: GE-Isys has 5 levels of priority internally. At a minimum, provide the following priority groups (order of priority to be selected by Resident Engineer): a. Emergency paging from FCC Microphones b. Emergency paging and messages from FA/VES. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 10 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% E. c. Paging and messages from FA/VES. d. Other inputs (future background music, advertisement audio). Reporting of Warnings and Failures 1. General faults of Paging System (Biamp) to BMS a. F. 1.11 Via the control network (Ethernet) to main DSP to logic box via RCB to BMS system via contact closure: 1) Power Amplifier Alarms (that initiate a channel or chassis failover.) 2) Power Amplifier Warnings. CobraNet bundles and Channels: 1. Program as follows or as otherwise directed by Resident Engineer. 2. SCU to main DSP: one unicast bundle, 8 channels/zones. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Coverage (variation of level throughout listening areas): plus or minus 6 decibels from 1000 to 4000 Hertz. B. Output capability: 1. Minimum sound pressure level of 100 decibels A-weighted throughout the listening area, measured at typical listener’s ear level with less than 5 percent acoustic harmonic distortion, when driven with continuous pink noise. 2. Adjust for a maximum sound pressure level of 110 decibels, A-weighted throughout the listening area, measured at typical listener’s ear level. 3. When driven in excess of maximum output, clipping shall occur first in the power amplifiers. C. Frequency response: measured acoustically at typical listener’s ear level in contiguous one/third octave bands: within plus or minus 2 decibels of flat from 100 to 2,000 Hertz, then rolling off at 3 decibels per octave to 10,000 Hertz. D. Intelligibility, to comply with NFPA 72 18.4.10 (2010 version): 1. Average measured STI of at least 0.50 (0.70 CIS) throughout each ADS. 2. Measured STI of at least 0.45 (0.65 CIS) for at least 90% of each ADS. E. Noise: system noise floor, measured at loudspeakers with inputs activated and silent signals, shall not exceed 80 decibels below maximum peak output (20,000 Hertz bandwidth, A-weighted). Use of any system control shall not produce audible clicks, pops, thumbs, or spurious noises. F. The Resident Engineer shall be the sole judge of these criteria having been met. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT USED NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 11 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. 3.02 3.03 Prior to installation, verify performance of each and every item of equipment (including those furnished by Sound Transit or others) to be equal to or better than manufacturers’ published specifications. 1. For items or components that do not meet specifications, and which are furnished by Contractor, repair or replace items or components prior to installation. 2. For items furnished by Sound Transit or others, inform Resident Engineer of deficiencies. WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION A. Completed work shall represent a neat and orderly appearance. B. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at all times by representatives of the Resident Engineer. CUTTING, PATCHING, PAINTING A. Obtain written permission from Sound Transit and coordinate with work of other trades prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with diamond core drills or concrete saws except where space limitations prevent the use of such tools. B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work shall be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled labor experienced in that particular building trade. C. Painting will be provided under other Divisions, except for refinishing of items furnished by the AV Contractor that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation. 1. 3.04 3.05 Under this Section, coordinate painting of speaker boxes and grilles with General Contractor. Coordinate speaker painting color with Resident Engineer. PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ELEMENTS A. Provide so that rating is retained. B. Fill sleeves with fire-stopping material in compliance with NEC. 1. Where sleeves open into areas occupied or in use for non-construction activity, maintain fire-stopping at all times throughout construction. 2. Acceptable Products: T&B Flame Safe Compound, 3M Fire Barrier Caulk, Nelsen Electric Fireseal. RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS A. Raceway 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Install wire and cable only within raceway systems. Do not install wire or cable in wall cavities or ceiling plenums/attic spaces without the use of raceway (conduit or cable tray), without the explicit written permission of Sound Transit, or as otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 12 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. B. Maintain conduit fills equal to or less than those given by Table 1 of Chapter 9 of the NEC, regardless of the class of wiring. Conductors and Cables 1. Use only cable lubricants that are compatible with the jacket materials. a. 2. 3. C. Upon completion of pull, clean exposed cables and surfaces to be completely free of lubricant and residue. To the greatest possible extent, cables shall be installed in continuous runs without splices. a. Where splicing is unavoidable, submit documentation showing locations and details for proposed splices for approval prior to pulling. b. Splice only in accessible junction boxes, using insulated crimp-on connectors, wire nuts, or other methods approved by the Resident Engineer. c. Do not splice in conduits or cable tray. d. Do not splice data or microphone wiring without specific written permission from the Resident Engineer. Install the following types of circuits in separate raceway. Where not installed in raceway, install in separate bundles with maximum separation between types of circuits. a. Microphone circuits. b. Analog line-level audio circuits. c. Digital audio/video circuits, analog video circuits, and broadband circuits (CATV). d. Class 2 Loudspeaker circuits. e. Class 1 Loudspeaker circuits. f. Control circuits. g. Telephone/data circuits. h. Power and lighting circuits. 4. Maintain the minimum bend radius of cables as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Protect installed conductors from painting, overspray, and taping/patching compounds. Cable Installation 1. Install cables and wiring neatly, forming straight lines and smooth corners, without deformation, kinks, scrapes, or cuts of the jacket or insulation. Secure with tie-wraps. a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Do not cinch cable ties too tightly; leave loose enough so each cable can be easily moved through the bundle. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 13 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Where installed without raceway, support cables with D-rings or J-hooks at minimum intervals of 48 inches. a. 3. Do not use cable ties in the cable tray or overhead junction boxes, except where otherwise shown or otherwise directed in writing by Sound Transit. 4. On backboards, use support cables with D-rings on the outside edges of backboards. 5. Where bundles enter racks, arrange neatly without crossovers. Secure cable bundles within racks and equipment consoles with cable ties. a. Bundle separately, or install in separate plastic ducts, the microphone, line-level audio, speaker, control, video, and power wiring. 6. Where bundles are subject to flexing, enclose bundle with nylon webbing or spiral wrap; do not use tie-wraps. 7. Provide flexible service loops for cable assemblies for: 8. a. Equipment in casework or racks which have less than 3 feet of clearance for rear access. b. Equipment with sliding mounting hardware. c. Provide sufficient loop length so that equipment can be fully pulled out for service without disconnecting circuits, cutting wire ties or putting undue stress on cable assemblies. Where cables are installed vertically, provide support at regular intervals. Maximum distance between supports shall not exceed 80 percent of the manufacturers' recommended maximum vertical drop, or 50 percent of the recommended maximum pulling tension, whichever is less. a. 3.06 Do not put cable ties or J hooks at equal distances; place at random spacing. At a minimum, support cables at each floor with clamping strain relief. MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION A. Boxes and equipment shall be plumb and square, except as otherwise shown. B. Equipment (except portable equipment) shall be firmly held in place. Fastenings and supports shall be adequate to support their loads with a safety factor of at least three. Equipment shall be braced for seismic conditions according to applicable codes and regulations. C. Loudspeakers: 1. Verify polarity of each speaker voice coil prior to installation and connect to maintain uniform polarity. 2. Where line matching transformers are used, tap as shown, or to provide an amplifier load between 60 percent and 90 percent of rated capacity with all speaker-line attenuators (if any) set for minimum attenuation. 3. Flush-mounting Speaker Assemblies: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 14 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. 3.07 Install so speaker grille is centered in tile or building element, with sides of grille or line between mounting fasteners parallel to building lines. b. Do not support speaker enclosures with lay-in tiles or GWB. Provide adequate support (using attachments to structural elements or metal mounting bars) for back-boxes so that no perceptible sag will occur once speaker and grille are mounted. Self-Enclosed "box" Speakers a. Install at indicated angles, to permit individual adjustments of tilt and yaw angles of at least plus or minus 5 degrees for each horn and full-range speaker assembly. b. Wall-bracket or Ceiling-Bracket Mounting: c. Except where otherwise shown, install using manufactured mounting apparatus such as OmniMount. d. Provide mount rated at a minimum of 150 percent of the weight of the installed speaker. e. Where it is possible to stand or sit under the loudspeaker, provide safety cable attached directly to speaker box and to structure; do not attach safety cable to mounting apparatus. RACK-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT A. Install racks to permit full swing-out of front and rear door, and swinging cabinet sections. Coordinate with work of other Divisions and Contractors/subcontractors to ensure full swing-outs. B. Mounting: C. 3.08 a. 1. Install vent panels at top and bottom of rack, and between power amplifiers, except where otherwise shown or otherwise recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install blank panels to fill unused rack spaces. 3. Mount devices having operating controls or displays, such as monitors, control panels, and patch panels at convenient working height. 4. Within racks, install cables and wiring neatly, forming straight lines and smooth corners. Bundle separately, or install in separate plastic ducts, the microphone, line-level audio, speaker, control, video, and power wiring. Power Connections 1. Verify proper connections of grounding conductors, grounded conductors ("neutrals"), and identified conductors ("hot wires") for power branch circuits. 2. Coordinate installation of power outlets and plug strips, receptacles, power branch circuits, and special grounding conductors provided under Section 26 05 26, Grounding and Bonding. TERMINATIONS A. Prior to connection, verify freedom from shorts or grounds of all conductors (including shields and drain wires) of all cables. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 15 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. Terminate cables in terminal cabinets or other approved means on the walls of equipment rooms, to provide a demarcation/test point, with extension cables run to the rack/equipment. Do not run cables from devices directly to equipment racks. C. Terminate unused RF tap, splitter, video outputs, and distribution amp ports with 75 Ohm terminators. D. If a signal path requires that the signal pass through more than one device, each device shall have looping input capability, or a distribution amplifier must be used to feed the signal to the devices. Do not use a video "T" in place of a video distribution amp to route signals to more than one device. E. All audio circuits shall be balanced (high, low, shield) except where otherwise indicated. Where devices with unbalanced ports are used, provide balance boxes located at the device to convert all connected ports to balanced. F. Connections: 1. 2. Make connections to plugs, receptacles, connectors, or solder terminals using rosin-core solder. Make connections to screw connections using insulated spade lugs. a. Ensure that no uninsulated wire is exposed beyond its pin, and no stray strands (“whiskers”) are present. b. Soldering shall utilize good engineering practices, and completed solder connections shall appear shiny and smooth, without excessive solder and with no visible imperfections or cold-solder joints, and with wire strands visible. Serve shielded cables with clear heat-shrink tubing to insulate shield and drain wire. For unterminated drain wires, serve drain wire in normal fashion, then fold back onto jacket and cover with clear heat shrink, to insulate the exposed end and to allow future termination of drain. a. G. Do not overheat insulation when heating tubing; do not bend conductors until insulation has cooled. Repair or replace cables with partially melted or deformed insulation. 3. Cable jacket shall be fully engaged by the strain relief of the connector. 4. For all crimp-type connectors and pins, utilize only crimp tools rated for the crimp pin type, size and wire gage being assembled. Consult the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for crimping. Pinouts 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Wire all three and five pin audio connectors and 1/4-inch phone jacks (mono and stereo) in accordance with IEC-268. a. For three pin connectors, Pin 1 is ground, Pin 2 is positive, and Pin 3 is negative. b. For five pin connectors, Pin 1 is ground, Pin 2 is left positive, Pin 3 is left negative, Pin 4 is right positive, and Pin 5 is right negative. c. For 1/4-inch stereo phone jacks, Tip is positive, Ring is negative, and Sleeve is ground. d. For 1/4-inch mono phone jacks, Tip is positive and Sleeve is ground. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 16 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% e. H. 3.09 Where manufactured items deviate from the above, wire as required and record the deviation on the Record Documents. Signal Shielding and Grounding 1. Verify integrity of grounding systems and isolated-ground receptacles prior to connection of equipment. 2. For each equipment-room rack group, install a single-point grounding system for termination of shields. Where multiple systems are installed in a single grouping of racks, they shall be considered one system for grounding purposes. 3. Do not use three-prong to two-prong adapters ("ground lifters") on power cords. Do not remove or defeat grounding terminal of three-conductor power cords, and maintain safety grounding and bonding as required by the NEC. 4. Verify system is installed and grounded per manufacturer recommendations to reject RF interference from nearby broadcast radio sources (AM and FM) as well as EMI sources. 5. Connect shield and grounding conductors as follows: a. For devices with grounding power cords having separate circuit and chassis grounds, connect circuit ground to rack's ground buss. b. For devices with grounding power cords having common circuit and chassis ground, omit grounding wire (grounding will occur through power cord). c. For devices with non-grounding power cords (two-wire), connect circuit ground to rack's ground buss. d. Connect patch panel jack sleeves to rack's ground buss using heavy copper wire. e. Connect shields of microphone wiring to receptacle and mixer input. f. Insulate shields from connector shell, plates, boxes, and raceway. g. Connect shields of line level circuits, connect shields at output ends only; insulate at input ends. h. Maintain shield and drain wire continuity through junction boxes and intermediate termination points. Insulate shields from raceway or other conductive building elements. Maintain shields to within 3 inches of connected devices, and maintain twisting of pairs of wires to within 1/2 inch of connector or device termination. 6. Make any modifications to grounding and shielding which are necessary to eliminate extraneous noise and RFI, prevent oscillations, parasitics, and other signal instabilities, and to meet overall systems noise specifications. Record deviations from the above guidelines, and the reasons that each deviation was deemed necessary. 7. The overall governing requirements are that the wiring systems shall not induce or pick up perceptible noise, and that the predominant components of the noise floor of all signal paths shall be normal "thermal" noise of the upstream devices. CLEANING NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 17 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.10 3.11 A. Clean equipment and panels to remove plaster, taping or patching compound, overspray, paint spills, oil, grease, dust, fingerprints, or other dirt or contaminants to restore equipment to original finish and condition. B. Remove dust, wire and insulation clippings, dirt, and debris from the interior of enclosures, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and equipment racks and cabinets. TESTING AND COMMISSIONING - GENERAL A. Provide test documents in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. B. Testing and adjustment of equipment shall be performed by qualified technicians with prior knowledge of the particular items of equipment, and general knowledge of video and audio systems alignment and troubleshooting, and knowledge of the specific systems and installations of this project. FIELD INSTALLATION TESTING A. Prior to the site visit by the Resident Engineer, the Contractor shall perform preliminary measurements, testing, and adjustments as follows: B. General: C. D. 1. Test each and every device, input and output, device to device, and point-topoint input panel to patch-point/device. 2. Test ancillary equipment and loose items. Loudspeakers: 1. Measure and record impedance of each speaker zone at the main junction box or amplifier rack, and total load on each amplifier. At a minimum, make measurements at 100, 1000, and 10,000 Hertz. 2. Make corrections as required so that the load impedance of each amp is equal to or greater than rated load impedance. 3. Slowly sweep all low frequency and full range speaker systems with sine waves at 25 percent of rated maximum amplifier power output, or at 50 percent of rated continuous power capacity of loudspeakers, whichever is less, from 20 to 2000 Hertz. Listen for symptoms of audible or tactile vibration of speaker components, mounting apparatus, or building elements. Under this Section, correct vibration or rattling of speakers or mounting apparatus to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer. Report vibration or rattling of other building elements to the Resident Engineer; include frequency, characterization of observed rattling or vibration, and recommendations for corrections. General Audio: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING For Each System, Verify and Adjust: a. Signal polarity is correct for each circuit and path, and consistent for all circuits and paths. Reverse polarity if required, and record which circuit was reversed. b. Verify that positive pressure at microphones produces positive pressure from each loudspeaker. Reverse polarity if required, and record which circuit was reversed. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 18 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. Gain controls so all components except power amplifiers reach rated nominal output and onset of clipping at the same signal level (as system input). 1) For components which have rated maximum outputs between 18 and 25 dBm or dBu and inputs intended for the same levels, adjust each component for unity gain (i.e., assume all such components have maximum outputs equal to 20 dBu and nominal outputs of 0 dBu). 2) For components which have rated nominal outputs between minus 10 and minus 5 dBV and inputs intended for the same levels, adjust each component for unity gain (i.e., assume all such components have maximum outputs equal to plus 10 dBV, and nominal outputs of minus 10 dBV). d. Set audio distribution amplifiers for unity gain unless otherwise shown or specified. e. Power amplifier gains so power amplifiers just begin to clip at the onset of clipping of the upstream device, plus 0 or minus 2 decibels. f. Re-adjust gains if required for proper operation of each system and component, and to optimize normal operating and listening levels. Measure and record any such re-adjustments; also record the reason adjustment was deemed necessary. g. Adjust equalizers to optimize the specified frequency responses. Adjust notch filters to minimize "ringing" with open microphones; make adjustments with microphones in their normal operating positions. 1) h. Perform final equalization and filtering of feedback modes in the presence of the Resident Engineer. Ambient Noise Controller: 1) i. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a) Quiet ambient conditions (no occupants or trains running, fans normal). b) Exhaust fans in emergency (full speed) mode. c) Simulation (using portable loudspeakers) of the noise level of full occupant load, with train arriving. Microphones (when present): 1) j. At a minimum, adjust for the following conditions: Automatic mixers, automatic level controllers, feedback filters, and other signal processors to optimize use of microphones for intended purpose using the expected (normal) microphone positions. Assume a voice level of 70 dBA-SPL at 4 feet from the talker's mouth, with microphone in close talking position (2 inches from talker). Verify that the system is completely free from hum, noise, parasitic oscillation, and RFI. As part of the Field Installation Testing, measure and record the following for each system: SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 19 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a. Overall frequency response and signal to noise of each complete signal path. b. At least three locations in each listening area (ADS or amplifier output zone, whichever is smaller): c. 1) Acoustic frequency response. 2) Maximum sound pressure level of pink noise at onset of amplifier clipping. Make measurement using both A-weighted and unweighted (flat) settings of the Sound Level Meter (SLM). At multiple locations (as directed by AHJ), at maximum spacing of 15 feet, in each listening area (ADS or amplifier output zone, whichever is smaller): 1) d. 3.12 Intelligibility: Make STI-PA measurements in accordance with Annex D.2 of NFPA 72 (2013 version). Record all scores for all locations, and submit with averages and minimums for each ADS. Perform tests with the measuring microphone at the standing ear height of the audience, within designated seating areas. All interior finishes and furnishings shall be in place during measurements. PROGRAMMING A. General: 1. Provide programming for complete control of all paging equipment and related items. 2. Provide complete programming of programmable devices and controls to form complete and operating systems with specified functionality, and functionality of each product fully implemented. 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Exact functionality and layouts of controls, screens and panels subject to review and revisions and additions during submittal process. b. At a minimum, base initial layouts/design on the Construction Documents. c. Where they do not require additional equipment, such revisions shall be made without an increase in the Contract amount. Submit proposed programming for review and approval by Sound Transit and Resident Engineer. Include: a. Parameters for paging controller and other annunciation and logging of faults and events. b. DSP layouts and parameters. Include labeling and commenting for all objects, properties, and parameters. c. Submit hardcopy printout and electronic files. d. Layouts for control panels and screens. Include: e. Description of action for each button. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 20 OF 28 devices. Include RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. f. Graphical layouts, including artwork, button styles and colors. g. Refer to Related Sections for additional requirements. Networked Paging Amplifiers 1. For each loudspeaker zone and amplifier output: a. Equalization (5 band parametric) 1) C. To optimize frequency response of speaker type. b. Hi and low cut (low pass and high pass) c. Ambient Noise Control (ANC) d. Meter e. Limiter f. Delay (may not be used on all outputs) g. Gain h. Mute Audio DSPs 1. For each output: a. Equalization (5 band parametric) 1) 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING b. Meter c. Gain d. Mute To optimize frequency response to maximize intelligibility and provide natural sounding speech. For each input: a. Equalization (3 band parametric) b. Hi and low cut (low pass and high pass) c. Compressor / leveler d. Feedback suppression, if fed by local microphone 1) Configure for up to 5 fixed filters and 5 dynamic filters 2) Quantity and type of filters to be revised during final tuning. e. Meter f. Audio Volume: SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 21 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% g. 3. Up 2) Down 3) Mute 4) Include graphic level setting in real time Monitor Software (daVinci) Configure screen layouts to monitor and report status of alarms and warnings: a. b. 3.13 1) For each amplifier channel: 1) Alarm 2) Warning 3) Short circuit 4) Channel failure 5) Excessive clipping 6) Impedance too high 7) Impedance too low For each amplifier chassis: 1) Fan stuck (rotor) 2) High temperature 3) Primary / Secondary device good (port failover) CLOSEOUT A. Perform Field Testing and Submit Documentation. 1. Provide nameplates and labeling on equipment. 2. Refinish equipment finishes that are damaged. 3. Perform final cleaning. 4. Deliver Loose Items to Sound Transit. B. Following completion of the above, submit written notice at least 10 Days in advance so that Resident Engineer may at its discretion furnish representatives to witness and/or participate in the final tests and adjustments. C. Following the Resident Engineer's response to the above, perform final tests and adjustments as specified, and complete the following procedures. 1. Submit written certificate of 1-year warranty in Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Submit and obtain acceptance of Record Documents. 3. Submit and obtain acceptance of Operations and Maintenance Manuals. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 22 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. D. 3.14 Following completion of the above, submit a System Acceptance Inspection Request in accordance with Section 01 77 00, Closeout Procedures. Assist Resident Engineer in performing System Acceptance Testing and observing completion of the work. At Resident Engineer's option, any or all of the specified tests or adjustments, or additional tests or adjustments that may be deemed necessary by Resident Engineer, shall be repeated for observation. COMPLETION REPORT A. Request for Acceptance Testing: 1. B. 3.15 Provide training and instruction to Sound Transit's personnel. Upon completion of Field Installation Testing, submit Completion Report and Request for Acceptance Testing. Include: 1. Letters from the General Contractor and AV Subcontractor, on their respective letterheads, certifying that the AV systems are substantially complete, fully tested and adjusted, fully operational, and ready for inspection, final testing, and tuning. 2. Copies of Final Inspection Certificates, signed off by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. Submit the complete package of Completion Report to the Resident Engineer for review prior to scheduling of the site visit by the Resident Engineer for final observation and testing. D. The Resident Engineer will not schedule its site visit until the Contractor's Completion Report has been submitted and approved. Allow at least 10 Calendar Days between receipt of Completion Report by Resident Engineer and the earliest desired date for site visit by Resident Engineer. The Contractor is encouraged to communicate informally with the Resident Engineer prior to submission of Completion Report to coordinate the scheduling of the Resident Engineer's site visit. DEMONSTRATION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Site Visit by Resident Engineer 1. Assist the Resident Engineer in making final observations, demonstrations, tests, equalization, and other adjustments. 2. Contractor and Resident Engineer shall mutually perform acceptance testing and adjustments: 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Demonstration and measurements to verify measurements and adjustments specified in the previous section, as selected by Resident Engineer. b. Other measurements or demonstrations as requested by Sound Transit, Resident Engineer, or Installer. Make adjustments deemed necessary by Sound Transit or Resident Engineer, including but not limited to: a. Re-wiring of speaker taps. b. Resetting of gain, equalization, threshold, or other controls. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 23 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. B. c. Addition or deletion of passive attenuators. d. Changes in attenuator or tap values. e. Changes in shielding or grounding, and addition or deletion of capacitors and resistors to grounding and shielding connections. f. Minor changes in wiring and termination. g. Changes in speaker aiming. Such work shall be included in the base bid contract amount. Make the Following Available (On-Site) During the Acceptance Testing: 1. General a. The Contractor's personnel who participated in the installation and testing of the systems. b. Copy of the Completion Report, including a list of discrepancies and corrective actions. c. Installation, servicing, and alignment manuals for all items of equipment furnished by Contractor. d. The draft (markup) "as-built" drawings, and product data submittals. e. Software to adjust remotely controlled equipment, such as signal processors, with necessary computer and related hardware. 1) 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Provide wireless connectivity, or sufficient cabling to permit controlling computer to be located in viewing and listening areas while signal processors remain in equipment cabinets. f. Loose items (signal generators and other accessories) needed to form a complete and operational system. g. "Service-mode" remote controls. h. Dual-trace, triggered oscilloscope with calibrated settings, and minimum bandwidth of 100 megahertz. i. Sufficient patch cables and test cables to connect all IO of test equipment to all IO of installed equipment, in all possible combinations. j. Hand tools, ladders, lifts, and scaffolds sufficient to provide ready access to installed items, including ceiling loudspeakers and clusters. Audio a. Sine wave oscillator with balanced output and distortion below 0.1 percent. b. Ac voltmeter with 100 millivolt full-scale sensitivity and 50 to 10,000 Hertz frequency response. dBV: range (-56 to +60), resolution (0.01dB), accuracy (+/- 0.5dB max). c. Distortion Analyzer, equivalent to Leader. SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 24 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. 3.16 e. One-third octave real-time spectrum analyzer, or FFT analyzer, and calibrated microphone, equivalent to Ivie IE-30, SMAART with PC and calibrated microphone, or Goldline TEF. f. Pink Noise generator, equivalent to Ivie IE-20 or Goldline. g. Intelligibility meter to measure STI-PA, equivalent to Goldline DSP2 or DSP3- series, or NTI AL1 Acoustilyzer. Resident Engineer may request submittal of documentation of calibration. Additional site visits after the Demonstration and Acceptance Testing may be deemed necessary by the Resident Engineer if any of the following conditions are found during the Acceptance Testing: 1. Manuals or required information not available. 2. Items of equipment (including loose items) that are not available or nonoperational. 3. Items of equipment not in compliance with these Specifications or the manufacturers' published performance criteria. 4. Hum, buzz, or noise which degrade the signal to noise ratio of any circuit by more than 5 decibels from the manufacturer's rated signal-to-noise ratios for noisiest upstream component. 5. Audio distortion which is audible. 6. Any other conditions which are not in accordance with these Specifications, Contract Drawings, Contractor's submittals, or Completion Report. B. Make every possible effort, and the Resident Engineer will render reasonable assistance which does not hamper the other work of the site visit or extend the site visit, to correct the deficiencies during the site visit to avoid additional site visits. C. If additional or repeated Demonstration and Acceptance Testing are deemed necessary: 1. The Resident Engineer will submit a written notification of the reasons with descriptions of the deficiencies to be corrected. DELIVERY OF LOOSE ITEMS A. Deliver loose items, such as handheld remote controls and accessories, to Resident Engineer before the time of System Acceptance. B. Obtain the signature of the Resident Engineer acknowledging receipt of the loose items. 1. 3.18 Sound Level Meter, equivalent to Ivie IE-30, Ivie IE-10, Goldline SPL120. ADDITIONAL SITE VISITS BY RESIDENT ENGINEER A. 3.17 d. Include a copy of the list of loose items from the Operations and Maintenance manuals. TRAINING A. After the final Demonstration and Acceptance Testing, the Contractor shall instruct the personnel designated by Sound Transit in operation and routine maintenance of the systems. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 25 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. C. D. 3.19 1. Schedule in coordination with the Resident Engineer. 2. Prior to or at the first training session, provide a draft copy of the Operations Manual to the trainees. 3. Contractor's trainers shall include superintendents or foremen who installed and configured the systems. Trainers shall also include manufacturers' representatives when so specified, or as appropriate. The Training Sessions shall Cover the Following Areas: 1. General operation of all systems and functions. 2. Explanation and orientation of all technical documentation. 3. Explanation of signal flow including all signal paths through routing switchers and patching. 4. Basic system troubleshooting and preventive maintenance. 5. Explanation of system warranty, including procedures to obtain support from Contractor. At a minimum, provide the following sessions of training for systems users, covering operations. Each session shall be for at least the specified number of hours and number of attendees per session. 1. General: At least three sessions of 4 hours each, for 6 persons each, for operations and management staff. 2. Technical: At least two sessions of 6 hours each, for 6 persons each, for AV technical staff, covering detailed operations and maintenance. 3. At least two sessions (as selected by Sound Transit) shall include operating each system during actual passenger transit activity. 4. At the completion of installation, submit a written request to Sound Transit to schedule the training sessions, at least 2 weeks in advance of the requested dates. At least one of each type of class (as selected by Resident Engineer) shall be videotaped by the Contractor. Professional "talent" or equipment is not required. Deliver at least one copy on DVD or 1/2-inch VHS tape to Sound Transit. SPARE PARTS A. Provide four PF cables, four Speaker Relays, four Relays, and three 70-Volt line attenuators. B. Provide two of each type of loudspeaker provided. C. Provide two of each type of amplifier provided. D. Provide one of each type of networked audio electronics provided. E. Provide one of each type of electronics provided. F. Provide one of each type of microphone provided. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 26 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 27 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% This Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 00 AUDIO SYSTEMS – GENERAL – EAST LINK PAGE 28 OF 28 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS – NORTHGATE LINK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Multi-zone, DSP-based audio paging via loudspeakers. B. Complete Audio Paging Systems for the three Northgate Link transit stations: U District, Roosevelt, and Northgate. C. Connection to head-end of existing paging system (GE Isys). D. For boundaries of Acoustically Distinguishable Spaces (ADSs), refer to Contract Drawings. E. Section Includes: 1. Completion of design details, furnishing, installing, testing, and configuring to provide a fully operational system. Provide all labor, equipment, materials, devices, and necessary appurtenances to provide complete and fully operational systems. 2. Connection to and integration with other equipment and systems. 3. Preparation of a project management schedule, including a timeline for equipment procurement and installation of all paging systems. F. Other Systems and Products Connected: 1. Systems and equipment not specified in this Section and related Sections, shall be connected to new AV systems by AV contractor: a) Fire Alarm and Voice Evacuation Systems, specified in Civil Contract. b) Messaging and Paging Control System. c) Video Content Systems. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 1 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.02 REFERENCES A. Codes and Standards 1. Perform all work and provide materials and equipment in accordance with the codes, laws, and regulations as adopted or enforced by the local Authorities Having Jurisdiction for the project site. 2. Provide UL listed products where required and for which listing service is available. 3. Conform to the following Codes, as adopted and amended by the Local Jurisdiction: a) NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code, NEC). b) NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code), 2010 or later version. c) NFPA 101 (Life Safety Code). d) UBC (Uniform Building Code). e) ICC (International Code Council, formerly ICBO). f) Local regulations, as applicable. 4. The following standards are referenced: a) American National Standards Institute (ANSI). b) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). 1) Including, but not limited to NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guideway Transit and Passenger Rail Systems. c) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). d) Underwriter's Laboratories (UL). e) Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA, incorporates EIA). 5. The referenced codes and standards establish a minimum level of requirements. a) Where provisions of the codes/standards or the Contract documents conflict with local laws, regulations, or codes, the local provisions shall govern. b) Where provisions of the codes/standards conflict with each other, codes shall take precedence over standards, and the more stringent provisions shall govern. c) If any conflict occurs between referenced codes and the Contact Documents, the codes shall govern. d) The regulatory requirements establish minimum standards for the work, but do not relieve the Contractor from work shown or specified that exceeds such standards. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 2 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General 1. Submit as specified under Division 01, except as otherwise specified in this Section. 2. Submittals and shop drawings which are incomplete or which contain insufficient information will be returned without review, for corrections and re-submittal. 3. By submitting, the Contractor agrees that submittals are not change orders, and that: a) The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, that it demonstrates its understanding by indicating which equipment and material it intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods it intends to use. b) The Resident Engineer's reviews are for general conformance with the design concept and Contract Documents. Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from compliance with the project Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications, nor departures therefrom. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, and for techniques of assembly. B. Submittal Schedule: 1. Submit at least the following number of days before Substantial Completion: a) Programmable Panel Layouts: b) Software Design Documents (DSP programming): c) Labeling methods and nomenclature: d) Test and adjustment criteria: e) Completion Report: 1) Submit test documents in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. 2. Submit prior to Final Completion: a) Record Documents. b) Operations Manuals. c) Maintenance Manuals. C. Staffing Plan: 1. List of proposed project team members. Include name, title, and responsibility for this project. At a minimum, show: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 3 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a) Project Manager, who shall be the single point of contact between the Contractor and Resident Engineer. b) Field Foreman. c) Field Installers. d) Service Technicians. e) GC Contact for AV. D. Product Data Submittals: Submit bound or stapled together: 1. Revised Equipment list, on Contractor's letterhead listing equipment and materials including but not limited to: a) Items listed in the specifications. b) Wire and cable. c) Interfaces. d) Connectors and termination devices. e) Housings, mounting frames and hardware. 2. For each item of equipment, include: a) A reference number. b) Manufacturer and model number. c) Description. d) Approximate quantity being furnished. e) Special conditions or exceptions (if any). f) Attach a copy of the manufacturer's catalog or specification sheet for each item. Mark each sheet with the same item reference number(s) used on the equipment list. If more than one item or version is shown on a sheet, clearly mark the sheet to indicate which item(s) or version(s) are being furnished. g) If required elsewhere, also attach laboratory test data on specific items of equipment. 3. For each item, clearly mark or indicate listing by UL or other approved testing agency. a) For audio power amplifiers, indicate the listed NEC Class of output wiring. E. Shop Drawings: Showing floor/ceiling plans with complete device layout and diagrams showing point-to-point wiring and connection diagrams between all components of the system. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 4 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Shop Drawings are required for: a) Floor plans, showing the layout of devices and cabling and wiring between devices. For each run, show the number of cables, type of cables, size of raceway, and fill calculations. b) Single line diagrams showing model numbers of each component. Include wire/cable numbers for each connection. 1) Show all items, ports, and signal paths; “typical” drawings are not acceptable. c) Wiring diagrams showing point to point connections between components. Include color-coding for each connection point. 1) “Typical” drawings are acceptable, if referenced at each point from the Single Line diagrams. d) Rack panel layout for each equipment cabinet. e) Scaled and dimensioned drawings of all custom assemblies and fabricated items, including but not limited to the following. Include details of all components, materials, finishes, and colors. 1) Loudspeaker mounting details and attachments to structural members. 2. With the Shop Drawings, submit: a) Preliminary cable numbering lists. b) Detailed description of the proposed cable numbering system, complying with specified requirements. F. Copies of Permits: 1. Photocopy of specialty electrical contractor’s license for the AV contractor. 2. Photocopy of each permit issued for the AV work. G. Software design documents: 1. Control panel layouts. 2. DSP configurations and programming. H. Format and Methods 1. General a) Submit in accordance with Sections 01 33 00 and 01 31 23.10. I. Required Software NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 5 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. The following documents shall be submitted electronically using the following software. a) Control and Monitor Systems 1) Biamp daVinci b) DSP Software 1) Biamp Audia, Rane Mongoose 1.04 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 39, Project Record Documents, except as otherwise specified in this Section. 1. Include work installed under addenda and change orders in the Record Documents. B. Record (As-built) Drawings 1. Continually record the actual "as-built" installation on a set of prints kept readily available at the project during construction. These prints shall be used for this purpose alone. At the completion of the work, Contractor shall furnish the Designer a set of reproducible record drawings (PDF files) and the set of mark-ups. Final payment to the Contractor will not be authorized until these prints have been submitted to and accepted by the Resident Engineer. 2. Record drawings shall include, at a minimum, updates of all sheets of the Submittal Drawings. C. Operations Manuals and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operations and Maintenance Data. 2. The Contractor shall prepare four Operations Manuals for each system provided under these Specifications. 3. The Contractor shall prepare two Maintenance Manuals for all systems provided under these Specifications. 4. Maintenance Manuals shall be separate from Operations Manuals. 5. The O and M Manuals shall contain all the information needed to operate and maintain all systems and equipment provided in the project. 6. The information included must be the exact equipment installed, not the complete "line" of the manufacturer. Where sheets show the equipment installed and other equipment, the installed equipment shall be neatly and clearly identified on such sheets. 7. One preliminary copy, complete except for the bound cover shall be submitted 120 Days prior to completion of the project for checking and review. After checking and review, provide bound, final, corrected copies. D. Operations Manuals NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 6 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. As a separate manual for each system, include: a) Complete and comprehensive operating instructions prepared especially for this project. Include turn-on and turn-off procedures, typical operating methods and control settings for each method, and simplified block diagram with explanatory narrative. Standard documents published by the manufacturers shall not be acceptable to meet this requirement. b) Short-form operating instruction sheets prepared especially for this project, having simple and abbreviated instructions suitable for "non-technical" users with limited knowledge of the systems. Standard documents published by the manufacturers shall not be acceptable to meet this requirement. c) Manufacturers' standard operating instructions and owners manuals for all items of equipment. Omit installation, servicing, and other technical information. d) Updated equipment list, including Loose Items. 2. Include only operating and instructional material in Operations Manuals; do not include technical material or other servicing items. E. Maintenance Manuals 1. As a combined manual for all AV systems, include: a) A copy of the entire contents of each Operations Manual. b) Updated equipment list including serial number of each item. List loose items on a separate sheet. Include addresses and telephone numbers for each manufacturer. c) A copy of the delivery receipt for Loose Items. d) Warranty Information, including but not limited to: 1) An overall Statement of Warranty from the AV contractor for the complete systems. Include names, address(es), and business telephone number(s) of installing contractor. 2) Instructions for obtaining warranty service from the AV contractor, and from each Manufacturer. e) Manufacturers' publications for each item of equipment: 1) A copy of the Manufacturers' warranties, with names, address(es), and business telephone number(s) of installing contractor. 2) Recommended operation instructions. 3) Equipment brochures and cut sheets as appropriate. Do not include general catalogs. 4) Service manuals as published by the manufacturers, and other manufacturers' servicing data. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 7 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% f) Recorded test data, including: 1) Final equalization settings 2) Internal and fixed control settings 3) Signal delay and processor settings 4) Software configurations, programming code, source code, and IR codes 5) Include the names of the individuals performing and witnessing the tests, and the manufacturer and model of each item of test equipment which was used. Include block diagrams of the test setup for tests that involve more than one item of test equipment. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Systems and equipment specified under this Section and related Sections shall be provided and installed by a single Subcontractor specializing in audio/visual, communications, and electronics systems. B. Licensing 1. AV contractor shall be licensed as a required by local regulations and Authorities Having Jurisdiction, including as a specialty low-voltage electrical contractor in the project jurisdiction where such licensing is available. 2. Installing contractor shall have held a valid and applicable contractor's license, such as a specialty electronics contractor's license, for at least 5 years. a) Having held a general business or retailer's license shall not be construed as meeting this requirement. C. Requirements for AV Contractor Experience 1. As an attachment to its bid, the prospective AV contractor shall submit evidence that it is or has been: a) In the business of installing and maintaining the types of AV systems and equipment specified for this project, under the Contractor's present corporation or business license, for a period of at least 5 years. b) Experience as a regular electrical contractor or surveillance television systems contractor shall not apply to this requirement. c) This experience shall include at least three of each of the following types of projects: a. Large paging systems that have included at least 100 loudspeakers. b. Sound systems with programmable DSP, and multiple zones of 1/3 octave or parametric equalization and ambient-noise-controlled amplifiers. c. Systems that included CobraNet audio distribution. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 8 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d. Data communications systems, including terminations and pulling. 2. Upon request, submit a list of installations performed for verification by the Resident Engineer. Include: a) Project name, description, and location. b) Date completed. c) Dollar amount of contract for AV (excluding raceway, electrical, and other general construction). d) Contact names, with an email address and telephone number for each name. e) Indicate which projects may allow visits by Sound Transit. f) Where not prohibited by Non-Disclosure Agreements, submit: 1) Photographs of the completed work 2) Excerpts of Record Documents Maintenance Manuals, etc). ("as-built" drawings, Operations and 3. A manufacturer-authorized dealer or distributor for at least 3 years for each major brand of equipment to be supplied as part of this project. Based on the brands of equipment on which these specifications are written, the major brands of equipment shall be considered to include: a) Speaker manufacturer: AMK, Soundtube, Community, TOA, JBL. b) Electronics manufacturer: Biamp, Rane, TOA, Cisco. c) Sound Transit may grant specific exceptions for limited items of equipment, provided that a request is submitted with the Bid and is approved by Sound Transit prior to equipment procurement or installation. d) This provision does not apply to items of equipment being furnished by Sound Transit or other vendors. D. Provide adequate staff throughout the project, included a designated field foreman at the project site, who shall be in responsible charge during site visits, observations, and testing by Resident Engineer. Do not change the person assigned as foreman, unless required by illness or termination of employment, or other compelling circumstances. Promptly notify the Resident Engineer and Sound Transit of personnel changes. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Prior to roughing-in, verify the exact location of all devices with Resident Engineer. B. Continually interface and coordinate the work with the work of the other contractors and trades, including that being done under separate Contracts, and examine all drawings and specifications of other trades including the mechanical, architectural, and structural for construction details and coordination. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 9 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Obtain submittals, shop drawings, and other information for all equipment to be furnished by Sound Transit or under other Divisions of these Specifications. 2. Schedule work to prevent conflicts with other activities in the building. Execute without claim for extra payment moderate moves or changes as are necessary to accommodate other trades and equipment, or preserve symmetry and pleasing appearance. 3. No increase in the Contract Amount will be allowed or due to the AV contractor for work of relocation of equipment, conduits, cabling, or any other materials resulting from insufficient coordination. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Contract Documents 1. Equipment racks, connection panels, and all other associated devices are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Furnish, install and place in satisfactory condition, all AV equipment, cabling and all other materials required for the systems shown or noted in the contract documents, so that it is a complete system which is fully operational and fully tested. B. Permits, Inspections 1. Obtain and pay for all licenses, permits, and inspections required by laws, ordinances, and rules governing work specified herein. 2. Arrange for, and pay fees and charges for, inspection of work by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. Software Ownership 1. Commercial software that is provided as accessories to products shall be provided to Sound Transit, with Sound Transit to be registered as the owner of the software’s licensing agreement. 2. For software (including configuration of commercial software and firmware) that is developed by Contractor and provided as part of the project, the Contractor shall provide a non-exclusive license to Sound Transit, fully paid in perpetuity, allowing full use and creation of derivative works, on Sound Transit’s premises. Transfer of ownership of the Copyrights is not required. a) Include fully-commented source code. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty in accordance with General Conditions of the Contract. B. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall repair or replace, at its own expense, defective work, equipment, and materials. 1. Warranty work shall be performed at the project site, and is intended to occur in normal working hours. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 10 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a) On-site service at other than normal working hours shall be available at additional cost to Sound Transit, at current labor rates. C. Response time. 1. Warranty diagnosis and repair shall commence not more than four hours after notification of Contractor. 2. If warranty repairs or replacements take more than four Working Days, provide temporary equipment to maintain usability of complete systems at no additional cost to Sound Transit. D. The warranty shall cover the accuracy of technical documentation, and signal quality as specified and documented during the testing process of this project. E. In addition to the warranty provided by the Contractor, the manufacturers' warranties shall be endorsed to Sound Transit. 1.09 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Loudspeakers: Ceiling and wall mounted in high-density overhead-distributed arrays. 1. Connection to loudspeakers in elevator cars provided under Civil Contract. B. Electronics rack-mounted in centralized equipment rooms. C. Sources 1. Networked paging microphones. 2. Audio and control from Fire Alarm and Voice Evacuation System (FA/VES) as shown on Civil Drawings. 3. Existing systems (GE Isys) a) Prerecorded announcements from message repeaters. b) Live announcements from Operations Control Center (OCC) and Fire Command Center (FCC). 4. Inputs for future background music or advertising. D. Head End Systems: 1. Existing (GE Isys): a) Interfaced to new system via Cobranet for audio and contact closure for control. 2. New head end for each station: a) Audio DSP NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 11 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b) Interfacing c) Modular DSP Amplifiers E. Redundancy: 1. Dual, parallel systems for each speaker zone (A and B groups), so that failure of any speaker, speaker wiring, amplifier, or amplifier signal feed will affect not more than half of the speakers of that zone. a) Every other speaker wired to different amplifier chassis/channel. b) A Group amplifiers powered by separate branch circuits from B Group amplifiers. c) Supervision of amplifier outputs, with automatic fail-over to spare amplifier(s) and automatic trouble reporting. 2. Dual redundant networks for digital audio. a) Managed Ethernet/CobraNet data switches. b) Each amplifier chassis fed by two network ports for CobraNet, plus 3rd network port for Control and Reporting. 1) Spanning Tree connections between the two audio networks. 2) Operations shall not be affected by one failure or break in an Audio Network, except to report the fault. F. DSP processing 1. Automatic level controls a) For each input, to minimize variations in level (loudness). 2. Ambient noise control (ANC) a) Level of pages automatically increases during increased noise levels (such as passing trains). b) Sensing microphone(s) for ANC loudspeaker zones. 3. Equalization a) To optimize frequency response to maximize intelligibility and provide natural sounding speech. b) Provide for capability to set emergency paging with different equalization, to allow a different spectrum with elevated midrange for enhanced clarity. c) Fixed and dynamic notch filtering for feedback suppression. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 12 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.10 THEORY OF OPERATION: A. Groupings of loudspeakers: 1. Speaker zones, which are the speakers connected to the output of a single amplifier channel. B. The block diagrams are organized as follows: 1. Paging Riser Diagrams: show interconnections between equipment rooms and other systems, and feeds to speaker circuits labeled by Zone. 2. Head-end Block Diagrams: shows the general system components and topology, data and signal processing, interconnections to other systems, and feeds to local and remote amplifiers groups (expanding the detail of the corresponding single block of the Riser Diagram). 3. Amplifier Block Diagrams: show interconnections of data, signal processing and power amplifiers within each equipment room (expanding the detail of the corresponding single block of the Riser Diagram). 4. Speaker Riser Diagrams: continuation of Riser Diagrams, showing each loudspeaker connected to its Zone. C. Interfacing: 1. Signals to and from GE-Isys, via Station Control Unit (SCU). a) Audio from GE-Isys: one Cobranet bundle of 8 channels, each channel corresponding to one paging zone. 1) Programmable assignment of speaker zones to each of the 8 station zones. a. Assign stations zones, including an all-call zone, to speaker zones as directed by Resident Engineer. b) Contact Closures for control: 1) From SCU: a. SCU fault. b. Emergency mode active (current page or message has emergency priority) 2) To SCU: a. Busy (message or page in progress) b. Amplifier fault c. Speaker line fault NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 13 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d. Audio DSP or general audio fault 2. Signals to and from Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System (FA/VES) Interface. a) Analog balanced audio via shielded twisted pairs. 1) Audio output from FA/VES to Paging. 2) Audio output from Paging to FA/VES. b) Contact Closures for control: 1) FA/VES muting: controlled by paging, becomes active when Paging system is in Emergency mode: a. To enable muting of Fire Alarm speakers that are in (public) zones covered by Paging system. 2) Paging muting: controlled by FA/VES, becomes active when FA/VES are generating alarm tones or paging/voice messages. a. To enable muting of Paging. This muting will not occur if the Paging system is in Emergency mode. 3. Signals to elevator speakers. a) Analog audio, 70-volt loudspeaker lines from power amplifiers, with in-line attenuators where shown. D. Priority: 1. Programmable. Program as directed by Resident Engineer. a) Note: GE-Isys has 5 levels of priority internally. 2. At a minimum, provide the following priority groups (order of priority to be selected by Resident Engineer): a) Emergency paging from FCC Microphones b) Emergency paging and messages from FA/VES. c) Paging and messages from GE-Isys d) Other inputs (future background music, advertisement audio). E. Reporting of Warnings and Failures 1. General faults of Paging System (Biamp) to BMS a) Via the control network (Ethernet) to main DSP to logic box via RCB to BMS system via contact closure: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 14 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1) Power Amplifier Alarms (that initiate a channel or chassis failover.) 2) Power Amplifier Warnings. 2. Audio Network alarms a) From port traffic monitoring of Cobranet Ethernet data switches via SNMP 1) Loss of continuous traffic (CobraNet bundles) on Primary CobraNet ports 2) Activation of traffic on Secondary CobraNet ports 3. Details of Paging System devices to PCs in OCC a) Biamp Audio DSPs and Networked Power Amplifiers via control Ethernet to custom daVinci screens. 1) Amplifier warnings and alarms, as listed in Part 3. F. Cobranet Bundles and Channels: 1. Program as follows or as otherwise directed by Resident Engineer: 2. SCU to main DSP: one unicast bundle, 8 channels/zones. 3. Main DSP to Power Amps: one multicast bundle, 8 channels/zones. 4. VES DSP to Power Amps: one multicast bundle (separate from Main), 8 channels/zones. 5. Cobranet Interface to Power Amps: unicast bundles, one per destination amplifier, up to 8 microphone feeds per bundle. 1.11 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Coverage (variation of level throughout listening areas): plus or minus 6 decibels from 1000 to 4000 Hertz. B. Output capability: 1. Minimum sound pressure level of 100 decibels A-weighted throughout the listening area, measured at typical listener's ear level with less than 5 percent acoustic harmonic distortion, when driven with continuous pink noise. 2. Adjust for a maximum sound pressure level of 110 decibels, A-weighted throughout the listening area, measured at typical listener's ear level. 3. When driven in excess of maximum output, clipping shall occur first in the power amplifiers. C. Frequency response: measured acoustically at typical listener's ear level in contiguous one/third octave bands: within plus or minus 2 decibels of flat from 100 to 2,000 Hertz, then rolling off at 3 decibels per octave to 10,000 Hertz. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 15 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. Intelligibility, to comply with NFPA 72 18.4.10 (2010 or later version): 1. Average measured STI of at least 0.50 (0.70 CIS) throughout each ADS, and 2. Measured STI of at least 0.45 (0.65 CIS) for at least 90% of each ADS. E. Noise: system noise floor, measured at loudspeakers with inputs activated and silent signals, shall not exceed 80 decibels below maximum peak output (20,000 Hertz bandwidth, Aweighted). Use of any system control shall not produce audible clicks, pops, thumps, or spurious noises. F. The Resident Engineer shall be the sole judge of these criteria having been met. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Install complete and operating systems. Provide and install accessories as required (whether shown or specified or not) to form complete and operating systems. The overall governing requirement is to provide complete and operational systems. 2.02 STANDARDS A. Equipment shall be new, unused, and undamaged, except as otherwise shown, or otherwise agreed in writing. B. Where these Specifications include model or series numbers, provided equipment (including substitutions) shall meet or exceed the manufacturer's published specifications for the specified model or series the same as if the manufacturer's published specifications were enumerated within these Specifications. This requirement is in addition to the other requirements given in the Specifications. This requirement is not intended to apply to characteristics (such as color or appearance) which do not affect the performance, function, reliability, or durability. C. Manufacturer: 1. Where several manufacturers are listed, Contractor may choose which manufacturer to provide. 2. Do not provide an assortment. For each category, provide products of the same manufacturer; for each item, provide the same model for all instances. D. Substitutions: 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 25 00, Substitution Procedures, except as otherwise specified in this Section and related Sections. 2. Requests for substitutions for products of this Section and related Sections shall be submitted for approval. All requests shall be received by Sound Transit in writing no later than 60 Days after the Notice to Proceed. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 16 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a) Itemize any variation from the specifications. For each item, refer to the pertaining Section and paragraph, and indicate the reason for and the advantage of the substitution. 3. Under this Section, provide revisions and alterations to work of other Divisions which may be necessary as a result of such substitutions. E. Equality 1. Where product specifications indicate "or approved equal", other products of equal quality and function may be furnished, subject to prior approval by Resident Engineer. 2. Proof of equality rests with the submitter. 3. The Resident Engineer shall be the final judge of equality. 2.03 RACKS AND ACCESSORIES A. Communication Room Equipment Cabinets 1. Description: free-standing, modular racks for paging equipment in main Comm Rooms. 2. Provided under Section 27 11 16, Communication Cabinets and Racks. 3. Provide accessories under this Section. B. Remote Amplifier Equipment Racks 1. Description: Metal, wall mounted, swing-out rack cabinets for 19-inch wide, panelmounting equipment adhering to EIA standards, for remote Amplifier Racks. 2. Specifications: a) Material: 16 gauge cold-rolled steel. b) Pivoting Wall Rack on Floor Base. c) Finish: Factory standard enamel. d) Color: As selected by Architect from standard factory colors. e) Dimensions: 1) Height 74.23 inches. a. Panel Space: 40 EIA Rack Units. 2) Width: 23.54 inches. 3) Depth: 28.34 inches, overall. a. Usable interior depth: 28 inches. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 17 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Manufacturer: Middle Atlantic SR40-28 or approved equal. C. Rack Mounted Storage Drawers 1. Provide sizes and quantities as indicated on drawings. 2. Manufacturer: Middle Atlantic, Lowell or approved equal (match with rack manufacturer). D. Blank Panels for 19-inch Equipment Cabinets 1. Description: Blank panels to fill unused rack spaces, and for mounting of miscellaneous switches and controls. 2. Specifications: a) Finish and Color: same as equipment cabinet. 3. Manufacturer: Lowell, Mid Atlantic or approved equal (match with rack manufacturer). E. Rack Mounted Shelving 1. Provide sizes and quantities as indicated on Contract Drawings. 2. Manufacturer: Lowell, Mid Atlantic, or approved equal (match with rack manufacturer). F. Vent Panels for 19-inch Equipment Cabinets 1. Description: Panels to be mounted between amplifiers and at the top of each rack cabinet. 2. Specifications: a) Material: Perforated metal. b) Finish and Color: Same as equipment cabinet. 3. Manufacturer: Lowell, Mid Atlantic or approved equal (match with rack manufacturer). 2.04 TERMINATION DEVICES A. Plate Mounted Audio Connectors 1. Description: audio connectors. 2. Specifications: a) Locking hatch. b) Metal shells. c) Provide configurations and styles as indicated on Contract Drawings. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 18 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Manufacturer: Neutrik or approved equal. B. Plates for Receptacles 1. Description: Metal plates for wall-mounted audio receptacles, to mount on standard "gang" electrical boxes. 2. Specifications: a) Material: 1/8-inch Aluminum. b) Finish: brushed. c) Provide styles and sizes as shown on Contract Drawings. d) Nomenclature: Anodized, etched, directly engraved or as approved by Resident Engineer. 3. Manufacturer: ProCo, RCI, Soundolier, Sierra, RDL, or approved equal. C. Terminal Blocks 1. Description: Enclosed screw-type terminal blocks for use without spade lugs. 2. Specifications: a) Enclosed screw terminals. b) Numbered or labeled terminals. c) DIN rail mounting. d) Modular construction. 3. Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact, or approved equal. D. Punch Blocks for stranded conductors 1. Description: Punch blocks rated by the manufacturer for use with stranded wires. 2. Specifications: a) High pressure insulation displacement type. b) Rated by the manufacturer for use with stranded wires. c) Terminate wires only with the tools designed for the specific type of punch block. d) Punch blocks designed for use with solid wires, such as standard "66B" or "110" types, are not acceptable for use with stranded wires. 3. Manufacturer: ADC, Whirlind, or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 19 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% E. Punch Blocks for solid conductors 1. Description: Punch blocks for solid conductors. 2. Specifications: a) Standard “66B” type or “110” type. b) Use only with wire gauges for which terminals are rated. 3. Manufacturer: Siemon, Ortronics, Leviton, or approved equal. 2.05 CONDUCTORS A. Wire and Cable 1. Provide wire and cables that are listed by UL or other agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and marked for their Class of wiring, in accordance with NEC. 2. Trade numbers shown within this document may be for general-purpose cables for use in raceway and where otherwise allowed by NEC and other codes. a) Provide wet, riser, or plenum rated versions where shown or specified. b) Where wet, riser, or plenum cable is not shown or specified, for each installation situation verify prior to installation with the local Authority Having Jurisdiction that dry, non-plenum and non-riser rated cables are acceptable. 1) In the event that the AHJ requires wet, plenum or riser-rated cables, provide cables so rated with equivalent electrical characteristics to those specified below. Contractor will be reimbursed for any increase in actual cost of materials over the specified materials due to changing to wet/riser/plenum rating. B. Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) 1. Description: Miniature shielded twisted pair cable for microphones, line-level audio circuits, and other circuits. 2. Specifications: a) Conductor size: #22 AWG, tinned stranded copper. b) One twisted pair per cable. c) Folded foil shield. d) Jacketed. e) UL listed. 3. Manufacturer: Belden 8451, West Penn 452, or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 20 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Control Cable (CC) 1. Description: cable for contact closure control wiring. 2. Specifications: a) Conductor size: #22 AWG minimum, tinned stranded copper. b) One twisted pair per cable. c) Unshielded. d) Jacketed. e) UL listed. 3. Manufacturer: Belden, West Penn, or approved equal. D. Jacketed Speaker Cable 1. Description: Heavy gage cable for loudspeaker circuits run in cable tray. 2. Specifications: a) Conductor size: #12 AWG, stranded copper. b) One twisted pair. c) Unshielded. d) Jacketed. e) UL listed, Class 1, tray cable (“TC”). 3. Manufacturer: Belden, West Penn, or approved equal. E. Speaker Cable 1. Description: Class 1 speaker wiring for loudspeaker circuits. 2. Specifications: a) Size: #12, AWG, stranded copper. b) Provide a pair of XHHW wires for each loudspeaker circuit. 1) Twist pairs together. Wires do not need to be twisted within conduits. 3. Provide as specified in Section 26 05 19, Low Voltage Conductors and Cable. F. Category Data Cable (CAT, CAT6) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 21 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Provide CAT5e or higher cable and accessories of types specified in Section 27 15 00, Communications Horizontal Cabling. G. Single Mode Optical Fiber Cables (SMF), Fiber Patch Panels, and Accessories 1. Provided under Section 27 13 23. 2.06 LOUDSPEAKERS A. Areas listed for each type are general, and do not apply in every instance. Refer to Contract Drawings for speaker type of each location. B. Speaker Type “S1” – Roosevelt Platforms 1. Description: two-way, high-power, coaxial loudspeakers in surface-mount enclosures with integral 70-volt matching transformers, for platform areas. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial driver, with compression driver and conical horn for high frequencies. b) Cone: 8-inch polypropylene, with 2-inch voice coil. c) Compression driver: titanium diaphragm, with 1-inch exit. d) Power rating: at least 150 watts. e) Sensitivity: at least 96 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: at least 90 degrees, -6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. g) Matching transformer: 70 volt and 100, with taps for 60, 30, 15, and 7.5 watts (minimum). h) Mounted within architectural enclosure: refer to details on Contract Drawings. 3. Manufacturer: Atlas SM8CXT, SoundTube SM890i, or approved equal. C. Speaker Type “S5” – Public Escalators and Stairwells 1. Description: Medium format horn, with compression driver, to cover escalators (Capitol Hill), to mount behind ceiling shroud. 2. Specifications: a) Pattern: 90 degrees horizontally, 40 degrees vertically (minus 6 decibel points). b) Directivity: Q of at least 18. c) Sensitivity: At least 113 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. d) Compression driver: 2-inch throat. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 22 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% e) Matching transformer: 70 volt, with taps for 60, 30, 15 and 7.5 watts (minimum). 3. Manufacturer: Community PC294 with TRC60 transformers, M200 drivers, or approved equals. D. Speaker Type “L1” –Overhead Armature in public areas 1. Description: two-way, high-power, coaxial loudspeakers mounted within architectural armatures, for public areas. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial driver, with compression driver and conical horn for high frequencies. b) Cone: 8-inch polypropylene, with 2-inch voice coil. c) Compression driver: titanium diaphragm, with 1-inch exit. d) Power rating: at least 150 watts. e) Sensitivity: at least 96 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: at least 90 degrees, -6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. g) Matching transformer: 70 and 100 volt, with taps for 60, 30, 15, and 7.5 watts (minimum). 3. Manufacturer: Atlas 8CXT60, or approved equal. E. Speaker Type “L2” – Ceilings 1. Description: flush-mounted, two-way, high-power, coaxial loudspeakers. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial driver, with compression driver and conical horn for high frequencies. b) Cone: 8-inch polypropylene, with 2-inch voice coil. c) Compression driver: titanium diaphragm, with 1-inch exit. d) Power rating: at least 150 watts. e) Sensitivity: at least 96 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: at least 90 degrees, -6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. g) Matching transformer: 70 and 100 volt, with taps for 60, 30, 15, and 7.5 watts (minimum). h) Flush-mounted backbox with perforated metal grille. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 23 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Manufacturer: Atlas 8CXT60 with Q408 enclosure and 62-8 grille, or approved equal. F. Speaker Type “L3” – Northgate Ceilings 1. Description: coaxial loudspeaker in ceiling enclosure. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial. b) Low-frequency driver: cone, 6.5-inch. c) High-frequency driver: ¾” titanium with horn. d) Power rating: At least 75 watts. e) Sensitivity: At least 89 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: 110 degrees (conical), minus 6 decibel points. g) Provide with matching transformer: 70 volt or 100 volt, with taps for 60, 30, 15 and 7.5 watts (minimum). h) Enclosure: flush-mounting, metal, with perforated metal grille. i) Listed under UL1480, UUMW type as Life Safety Appliance. 3. Manufacturer: JBL Control 26CT-LS, or approved equal. G. Speaker Type “L4” – Stairwells, Northgate areas 1. Description: two-way loudspeaker in surfaced mount enclosure. 2. Specifications: a) Two-way. b) Low-frequency driver: cone, 5.25-inch. c) High-frequency driver: ¾” titanium with horn. d) Power rating: At least 100 watts. e) Sensitivity: At least 87 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angles: 110 x 85 degrees, minus 6 decibel points. g) Provide with matching transformer: 70 volt or 100 volt, with taps for 200, 100, 50 and 25 watts (minimum). h) Enclosure: Molded polystyrene, with swiveling bracket. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 24 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% i) Listed under UL1480, UUMW type as Life Safety Appliance. 3. Manufacturer: JBL Control 25AV-LS, or approved equal. H. Speaker Type “L5” – Above Perforated Ceilings 1. Description: two-way, high-power, coaxial loudspeakers mounted in surface enclose mounted above perforated ceilings. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial driver, with compression driver and conical horn for high frequencies. b) Cone: 8-inch polypropylene, with 2-inch voice coil. c) Compression driver: titanium diaphragm, with 1-inch exit. d) Power rating: at least 150 watts. e) Sensitivity: at least 96 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: at least 90 degrees, -6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. g) Matching transformer: 70 and 100 volt, with taps for 60, 30, 15, and 7.5 watts (minimum). h) Enclosure: metal, lined with fiberglass batting, 1 cubic foot. 3. Manufacturer: Atlas QS408 with 8CXT60, or approved equal. I. Speaker Type “L6” – High Ceilingsa 1. Description: Two-way, high-power, horn-loaded coaxial loudspeakers in surface-mount enclosures with integral 70-volt matching transformers. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial driver, with compression driver and horn for high frequencies. b) Cone: 12-inch polypropylene, with 2-inch voice coil. c) Compression driver: with 1-inch exit. d) Power rating: At least 150 watts. e) Sensitivity: At least 102 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: 60 degrees, minus 6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. g) Provide with AFC200 matching transformer: 70 volt or 100 volt, with taps for 200, 100, 50 and 25 watts (minimum). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 25 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% h) Enclosure: Molded HDPE plastic, with swiveling bracket. 3. Manufacturer: Community R.5-66TZ, or approved equal. J. Speaker Type “L9” – Above Acoustically Transparent Ceilings 1. Description: pendant-mounted, two-way, high-power, coaxial loudspeakers. 2. Specifications: a) Coaxial driver, with compression driver and conical horn for high frequencies. b) Cone: 8-inch polypropylene, with 2-inch voice coil. c) Compression driver: titanium diaphragm, with 1-inch exit. d) Power rating: at least 150 watts. e) Sensitivity: at least 96 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. f) Coverage angle: at least 90 degrees, -6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. g) Matching transformer: 70 and 100 volt, with taps for 60, 30, 15, and 7.5 watts (minimum). h) Pendant style: hanging, cylindrical enclosure with integral grille. 3. Manufacturer: Atlas PM8CX-B, or approved equal. K. FCC Monitor Speaker (Ceiling Speaker) 1. Description: ceiling speaker for monitoring in FCCs and Responder rooms. 2. Provide as specified above for Type “L3”. 2.07 POWER AMPLIFIERS AND ACCESSORIES A. DSP Power Amplifiers 1. Description: multi-channel power amplifiers, for 70-volt or 100-volt constant voltage line operation, with integral Digital Signal Processing (DSP) and CobraNet interfacing. 2. Specifications: a) Remote monitoring and control. 1) Via network, using software running on Microsoft Windows. b) Modular, 8-channel amplifiers, for 70/100 volt outputs. 1) Variable, programmable power outputs, up to 600 watts per channel, up to 2400 total watts per chassis. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 26 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c) Inputs: digital CobraNet. d) Data ports: Ethernet. e) Logic IO. f) DSP Software processing: 1) Equalizers (parametric and 1/3 octave), and filters. 2) Levelers, compressor limiters, Ducker. 3) Ambient Noise Control (ANC). 4) Mixers, Matrix switchers. 5) Metering g) Capability for: 1) Customized virtual control panels. 2) Presets. 3) Remote volume controllers h) Rack-mounting. i) Frequency response: at least 60 to 19,000 Hertz, plus or minus 3 decibels. j) Noise: at least 85 dB below rated output. k) Distortion (SMPTE-IM): less than 0.03 percent at ½ power. l) Capability for automatic fail-over, by channel. m) Supervision: 1) Each loudspeaker circuit. 2) Each amp channel and other parameters. 3) Reporting to Network Controller via Multi-channel Interface and Audio Network. n) Capability for automatic fail-over of modules, and amplifier chassis, by channel or by complete chassis. o) Remote monitoring and control via Ethernet network. 3. Manufacturer: Biamp AudiaFusion with AM-600 modules, or approved equals. B. FCC Monitor Amplifier NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 27 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Description: power amplifier for FCC monitor speaker. 2. Specifications: a) Dual channel, configured for bridged single channel operation. b) Output: at least 50 watts, 8 ohms. c) Install within Audio DSP frame. 3. Manufacturer: Biamp PA-2 card, or approved equal. 2.08 NETWORKED AUDIO ELECTRONICS A. Audio DSP 1. Description: programmable audio digital signal processors. 2. Specifications: a) Inputs: balanced, switchable microphone or line level. b) Outputs: balanced. c) Provide quantity of Inputs and Outputs as shown on drawings. d) Data ports (control): RS232, Ethernet, and Remote Control Bus (RCB). e) Remotely controllable via network, using software running on MS Windows. f) Software processing objects: 1) Mixers, Matrix Mixers 2) Equalizers and filters 3) Fixed and Dynamic Feedback Suppression 4) Levelers, compressors, limiters, duckers. 5) Routers and switchers 6) Metering 7) Dynamic feedback suppression. g) Capability for: 1) Presets 2) Customized virtual control and monitor panels. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 28 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Manufacturer: Biamp AudiaFlex with IP2 and OP2e cards, or approved equals. B. Logic Interface 1. Description: interface from DSP to logical/contact closure inputs and outputs. 2. Specifications: a) Data port (control): Remote Control Bus (RCB). b) IO ports: at least 20, in any combination of inputs and outputs. c) Controlled by virtual logic within DSPs, programmable. 3. Manufacturer: Biamp Logic Box, or approved equal. 2.09 ELECTRONICS A. Monitors 1. Description: audio monitor panels with level metering and switchable inputs for amplifier racks. 2. Specifications: a) Rack mounted. b) Inputs: at least 16, each configurable for: 1) Line level: +4 dBu. 2) 70 volt speaker line. c) Metering using LED stack for each input. d) Controls: input selector, volume, power. e) Integral loudspeaker. f) Headphone jack. 3. Manufacturer: TOA MP1216, or approved equal. B. Cobranet Interface 1. Description: Digital audio transcoder to convert to and from AES-3 IO plates from and to CobraNet. 2. Specifications: a) Three Ethernet ports: Cobranet primary, Cobranet secondary, control. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 29 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b) AES-3 ports: at least 8, on RJ-45 jacks. c) Matrix routing of AES channels and CobraNet bundles. 3. Manufacturer: Rane Mongoose, or approved equal. C. Station Control Units (SCUs) 1. Specified in Section 27 51 23, Audio Paging and Messaging Integration. 2.10 MICROPHONES A. Sensing Microphones 1. Description: Pressure-zone boundary microphones, with integral digital converters to AES-3 output, remotely powered. 2. Specifications: a) Pressure-zone boundary microphone. b) Cable length: at least 150 meters. c) Digital format: 24-bit, uncompressed. d) Sample rate: 48,000 Hertz e) AES-3 output, compatible with ANS Interfaces specified above. f) Double gang mounting. 3. Manufacturer: Rane RAD-17, or approved equal. B. Call Stations 1. Description: programmable desktop microphone for zoned paging. 2. Specifications: a) Desktop style b) Integral push to talk switch: momentary c) Programmable LCD display. d) Programmable selector switch. e) Digital output and control over Cobranet. 3. Manufacturer: Biamp NPS-1, or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 30 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.11 NETWORKING EQUIPMENT A. Ethernet Switches 1. Description: Ethernet data switches for CobraNet and control signals. 2. Specifications: a) Fully Managed switches. b) Gigabit. c) Ports: As required and shown, auto-speed-sensing 1) RJ45 connectors for 10/100/1000baseT, with POE. 2) LC for 9/125 micron single-mode fiber at 1310 nanometer. d) Protocols: 1) IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T Ethernet 2) IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX Fast Ethernet 3) IEEE 802.3ah,ab 1000BASE-TX Gigabit Ethernet 4) IEEE 208.3af PoE: power over Ethernet 5) IEEE 802.3x Full-duplex Flow Control 6) IEEE 802.1D Spanning Tree Protocols 7) SNMPv1, v1, v2C, v3. e) Remote port monitoring. f) Provide with management software. g) Provide with single-mode fiber transceiver modules as required. 3. Manufacturer: Moxa managed switches, or approved equal. 2.12 COMPUTERS A. Rack PC 1. Description: PC in main head-end rack for testing, configuration, diagnostics, monitoring and logging. 2. Specifications: a) Dell, coordinate with Sound Transit prior to purchase. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 31 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b) Provide to meet or exceed manufacturers’ requirements for software and controlled devices. c) Rackmount chassis. d) CPU: Xeon 4-core 2.50 gigahertz, or higher e) Memory: at least 8 gigabytes. f) Hard disk drive: at least 400 gigabytes. g) DVD burner. h) TFT LCD Monitor. i) Monitor/Keyboard/trackpad in rack drawer. j) Operating System and Application Software 1) Provide as specified below. 3. Manufacturer: HP/Compaq Proliant D360-series with RackSolutions 2UKVM-125-17V, or approved equal. B. Monitor PCs 1. Install software specified below on Owner-provided maintenance laptops and BMS computers in OCC. 2. Connect via Train Control Network. 2.13 SOFTWARE A. General 1. Provide all software necessary for management, configuration, diagnostics, operation, monitoring and fault annunciation and support of Paging system, including but not limited to the following. B. System Software 1. Description: software packages for configuration, operation, and monitoring, for Rack Computers and Maintenance Laptops. 2. Specifications: a) Coordinate with Sound Transit prior to purchase. b) Microsoft Windows OS, latest version in use by Sound Transit with latest Service Pack version. 1) Provide latest versions of drivers and applications for all system components. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 32 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c) McAfee Antivirus, latest version. d) Adobe Reader, latest version. e) Internet Explorer f) DSP configuration software, to match the selected products: Biamp Audia, latest version. g) Rane Mongoose, latest version. C. Monitor Software 1. Description: Viewer for monitoring system, for rack computers, maintenance laptops, and BMS PCs of Workstations in OCC. 2. Specifications: a) Custom control and monitoring software. b) Provide screens and functionality as specified in Part 3. 3. Manufacturer: Biamp daVinci, or approved equal. 2.14 ACCESSORIES A. Speaker Relays 1. Description: General purpose relays for switching of 70-volt circuits 2. Specifications: a) Enclosed, plug-in style. b) Contacts: DPDT, gold plated silver, 5 amp. c) Coil: 24 volts, DC. d) Lamp output to indicate state of relay coil. e) Install 1000 PIV, 1 amp diodes across all coils to quench back EMF. 3. Manufacturer: Soundolier RPM modules, with RLM-24-5, RDL, Potter& Brumfield, IDEC, FSR, or approved equal. B. Relays 1. Description: General purpose relays for switching of control and audio circuits. 2. Specifications: a) Enclosed, plug-in style. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 33 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b) Contacts: DPDT, gold plated silver, 5 amp. c) Coil: 24 volts, DC. d) Install 1000 PIV, 1 amp diodes across all coils to quench back EMF. 3. Manufacturer: Soundolier, Potter Brumfield, IDEC, FSR, or approved equal. C. 70-Volt line attenuators 1. Description: Rotary controlled attenuator 2. Specifications: a) Rack or plate mounted. b) Black knob. c) Engraved volume indicator. d) With relay if "PA" model is required. e) Various Power ratings as required by load. 3. Manufacturer: Atlas Soundolier "AT/RM" series, Lowell "LC" series, or approved equal. D. Cable Lubricants 1. Electrical cables: Dyna-Blue, American Polywater. E. Glass Fiber Batting 1. Description: Glass fiber batting for speaker enclosures. 2. Specifications: a) Unfaced (without vapor barrier). b) Non-rigid batting, cut to size as required. c) Density: 0.75 pound per cubic foot, minimum. 3. Manufacturer: Knauf, Owens Corning, Johns Manville, or approved equal. 2.15 SPARE PARTS A. In addition to items shown, specified, and required elsewhere, provide the following spare parts as loose items, in the following minimum quantities: B. Loudspeakers 1. Speaker Type “S1”: two each NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 34 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Speaker Type “S5”: one each 3. Speaker Type “L1”: four each 4. Speaker Type “L2”: one each 5. Speaker Type “L3”: one each 6. Speaker Type “L4”: four each 7. Speaker Type “L5”: two each 8. Speaker Type “L6”: one each 9. Speaker Type “L9”: two each C. Power Amplifiers 1. Networked Paging Amplifiers: three each a) Provide one chassis with eight amplifier modules installed, and two chassis without modules. 2. In addition to the above, provide as loose items: Amplifier Modules: eight each D. Audio Electronics 1. Audio DSPs: 1 each a) Provide with installed input card, line output card, and amplifier card: 1 each. E. Electronics: 1. Monitor Panels: 1 each 2. Cobranet Interfaces: 1 each F. Microphones 1. Sensing Microphones: four each 2. Call Stations (paging microphones): two each G. Network Equipment 1. Ethernet Switches: two each H. Software 1. Provide three backups copies of each software program, including all configuration and data files. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 35 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to installation, verify performance of each and every item of equipment (including those furnished by Sound Transit or others) to be equal to or better than manufacturers’ published specifications. 1. For items or components that do not meet specifications, and which are furnished by Contractor, repair or replace items or components prior to installation. 2. For items furnished by Sound Transit or others, inform Resident Engineer of deficiencies. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP AND OBSERVATION A. Completed work shall represent a neat and orderly appearance. B. All work and materials shall be subject to observation at all times by representatives of the Resident Engineer. 3.03 CUTTING, PATCHING, PAINTING A. Obtain written permission from Sound Transit and coordinate with work of other trades prior to cutting. Locate cuttings so they will not weaken structural components. Cut carefully and only the minimum amount necessary. Cut concrete with diamond core drills or concrete saws except where space limitations prevent the use of such tools. B. All construction materials damaged or cut into during the installation of this work shall be repaired or replaced with materials of like kind and quality as original materials by skilled labor experienced in that particular building trade. C. Painting will be provided under other Divisions, except for refinishing of items furnished by the AV Contractor that are scratched or marred in shipment or installation. 1. Under this Section, coordinate painting of speaker boxes and grilles with General Contractor. Coordinate speaker painting color with Resident Engineer. 3.04 PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED ELEMENTS A. Provide so that rating is retained. B. Fill sleeves with fire-stopping material in compliance with NEC. 1. Where sleeves open into areas occupied or in use for non-construction activity, maintain fire-stopping at all times throughout construction. 2. Acceptable products: T&B Flame Safe Compound, 3M Fire Barrier Caulk, Nelsen Electric Fireseal. 3.05 RACEWAY AND CONDUCTORS A. Raceway NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 36 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Install wire and cable only within raceway systems. Do not install wire or cable in wall cavities or ceiling plenums/attic spaces without the use of raceway (conduit or cable tray), without the explicit written permission of Sound Transit, or as otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings. 2. Maintain conduit fills equal to or less than those given by Table 1 of Chapter 9 of the NEC, regardless of the class of wiring. B. Conductors and cables 1. Use only cable lubricants that are compatible with the jacket materials. a) Upon completion of pull, clean exposed cables and surfaces to be completely free of lubricant and residue. 2. To the greatest possible extent, cables shall be installed in continuous runs without splices. a) Where splicing is unavoidable, submit documentation showing locations and details for proposed splices for approval prior to pulling. b) Splice only in accessible junction boxes, using insulated crimp-on connectors, wire nuts, or other methods approved by the Resident Engineer. 1) Do not splice in conduits or cable tray. 2) Do not splice data or microphone wiring without specific written permission from the Resident Engineer. 3. Install the following types of circuits in separate raceway. Where not installed in raceway, install in separate bundles with maximum separation between types of circuits. a) Microphone circuits. b) Analog line-level audio circuits. c) Data circuits, digital audio/video circuits, analog video circuits, and broadband circuits (CATV). d) Class 2 Loudspeaker circuits. e) Class 1 Loudspeaker circuits. f) Control circuits. g) Analog telephone circuits. h) Power and lighting circuits. 4. Maintain the minimum bend radius of cables as recommended by manufacturer. 5. Protect installed conductors from painting, overspray, and taping/patching compounds. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 37 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Cable Installation 1. Install cables and wiring neatly, forming straight lines and smooth corners, without deformation, kinks, scrapes, or cuts of the jacket or insulation. Secure with tie-wraps. a) Do not cinch cable ties too tightly; leave loose enough so each cable can be easily moved through the bundle. 2. Where installed without raceway, support cables with D-rings or J-hooks at minimum intervals of 48 inches. a) Do not put cable ties or J hooks at equal distances; place at random spacing. 3. Do not use cable ties in the cable tray or overhead junction boxes, except where otherwise shown or otherwise directed in writing by Sound Transit. 4. On backboards, use support cables with D-rings on the outside edges of backboards. 5. Where bundles enter racks, arrange neatly without crossovers. Secure cable bundles within racks and equipment consoles with cable ties. a) Bundle separately, or install in separate plastic ducts, the microphone, line-level audio, speaker, control, video, and power wiring. 6. Where bundles are subject to flexing, enclose bundle with nylon webbing or spiral wrap; do not use tie-wraps. 7. Provide flexible service loops for cable assemblies for: a) Equipment in casework or racks which have less than 3 feet of clearance for rear access. b) Equipment with sliding mounting hardware. c) Provide sufficient loop length so that equipment can be fully pulled out for service without disconnecting circuits, cutting wire ties or putting undue stress on cable assemblies. 8. Where cables are installed vertically, provide support at regular intervals. Maximum distance between supports shall not exceed 80 percent of the manufacturers' recommended maximum vertical drop, or 50 percent of the recommended maximum pulling tension, whichever is less. a) At a minimum, support cables at each floor with clamping strain relief. 3.06 MOUNTING AND INSTALLATION A. Boxes and equipment shall be plumb and square, except as otherwise shown. B. Equipment (except portable equipment) shall be firmly held in place. Fastenings and supports shall be adequate to support their loads with a safety factor of at least three. Equipment shall be braced for seismic conditions according to applicable codes and regulations. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 38 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. Loudspeakers: 1. Verify polarity of each speaker voice coil prior to installation and connect to maintain uniform polarity. 2. Where line matching transformers are used, tap as shown, or to provide an amplifier load between 60 percent and 90 percent of rated capacity with all speaker-line attenuators (if any) set for minimum attenuation. 3. Flush-mounting speaker assemblies: a) Install so speaker grille is centered in tile or building element, with sides of grille or line between mounting fasteners parallel to building lines. 1) Do not support speaker enclosures with lay-in tiles or GWB. Provide adequate support (using attachments to structural elements or metal mounting bars) for back-boxes so that no perceptible sag will occur once speaker and grille are mounted. 4. Self-enclosed "box" speakers a) Install at indicated angles, to permit individual adjustments of tilt and yaw angles of at least plus or minus 5 degrees for each horn and full-range speaker assembly. b) Wall-bracket or Ceiling-bracket mounting: 1) Except where otherwise shown, install using manufactured mounting apparatus such as OmniMount. 2) Provide mount rated at a minimum of 150 percent of the weight of the installed speaker. 3) Where it is possible to stand or sit under the loudspeaker, provide safety cable attached directly to speaker box and to structure; do not attach safety cable to mounting apparatus. 3.07 RACK-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT A. Install racks to permit full swing-out of front and rear door, and swinging cabinet sections. Coordinate with work of other Divisions and Contractors/subcontractors to ensure full swingouts. B. Mounting: 1. Install vent panels at top and bottom of rack, and between power amplifiers, except where otherwise shown or otherwise recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install blank panels to fill unused rack spaces. 3. Mount devices having operating controls or displays, such as monitors, control panels, and patch panels at convenient working height. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 39 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Within racks, install cables and wiring neatly, forming straight lines and smooth corners. Bundle separately, or install in separate plastic ducts, the microphone, line-level audio, speaker, control, video, and power wiring. C. Power Connections 1. Verify proper connections of grounding conductors, grounded conductors ("neutrals"), and identified conductors ("hot wires") for power branch circuits. 2. Coordinate installation of power outlets and plug strips, receptacles, power branch circuits, and special grounding conductors provided under Section 26 05 26, Grounding and Bonding. 3.08 TERMINATIONS A. Prior to connection, verify freedom from shorts or grounds of all conductors (including shields and drain wires) of all cables. B. Terminate cables in terminal cabinets or other approved means on the walls of equipment rooms, to provide a demarcation/test point, with extension cables run to the rack/equipment. Do not run cables from devices directly to equipment racks. C. Terminate unused RF tap, splitter, video outputs, and distribution amp ports with 75 Ohm terminators. D. If a signal path requires that the signal pass through more than one device, each device shall have looping input capability, or a distribution amplifier must be used to feed the signal to the devices. Do not use a video "T" in place of a video distribution amp to route signals to more than one device. E. All audio circuits shall be balanced (high, low, shield) except where otherwise indicated. Where devices with unbalanced ports are used, provide balance boxes located at the device to convert all connected ports to balanced. F. Connections: 1. Make connections to plugs, receptacles, connectors, or solder terminals using rosin-core solder. Make connections to screw connections using insulated spade lugs. a) Ensure that no uninsulated wire is exposed beyond its pin, and no stray strands (“whiskers”) are present. b) Soldering shall utilize good engineering practices, and completed solder connections shall appear shiny and smooth, without excessive solder and with no visible imperfections or cold-solder joints, and with wire strands visible. 2. Serve shielded cables with clear heat-shrink tubing to insulate shield and drain wire. For unterminated drain wires, serve drain wire in normal fashion, then fold back onto jacket and cover with clear heat shrink, to insulate the exposed end and to allow future termination of drain. a) Do not overheat insulation when heating tubing; do not bend conductors until insulation has cooled. Repair or replace cables with partially melted or deformed insulation. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 40 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Cable jacket shall be fully engaged by the strain relief of the connector. 4. For all crimp-type connectors and pins, utilize only crimp tools rated for the crimp pin type, size and wire gage being assembled. Consult the manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for crimping. G. Pinouts 1. Wire all three and five pin audio connectors and quarter-inch phone jacks (mono and stereo) in accordance with IEC-268. a) For three pin connectors, Pin 1 is ground, Pin 2 is positive, and Pin 3 is negative. b) For quarter-inch stereo phone jacks, Tip is positive, Ring is negative, and Sleeve is ground. c) For quarter-inch mono phone jacks, Tip is positive and Sleeve is ground. d) Where manufactured items deviate from the above, wire as required and record the deviation on the Record Documents. H. Signal Shielding and Grounding 1. Verify integrity of grounding systems and isolated-ground receptacles prior to connection of equipment. 2. For each equipment-room rack group, install a single-point grounding system for termination of shields. Where multiple systems are installed in a single grouping of racks, they shall be considered one system for grounding purposes. 3. Do not use three-prong to two-prong adapters ("ground lifters") on power cords. Do not remove or defeat grounding terminal of three-conductor power cords, and maintain safety grounding and bonding as required by the NEC. 4. Connect shield and grounding conductors as follows: a) For devices with grounding power cords having separate circuit and chassis grounds, connect circuit ground to rack's ground buss. b) For devices with grounding power cords having common circuit and chassis ground, omit grounding wire (grounding will occur through power cord). c) For devices with non-grounding power cords (two-wire), connect circuit ground to rack's ground buss. d) Connect patch panel jack sleeves to rack's ground buss using heavy copper wire. e) Connect shields of microphone wiring to receptacle and mixer input. f) Insulate shields from connector shell, plates, boxes, and raceway. g) Connect shields of line level circuits, connect shields at output ends only; insulate at input ends. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 41 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% h) Maintain shield and drain wire continuity through junction boxes and intermediate termination points. Insulate shields from raceway or other conductive building elements. Maintain shields to within 3 inches of connected devices, and maintain twisting of pairs of wires to within 1/2 inch of connector or device termination. 5. Make any modifications to grounding and shielding which are necessary to eliminate extraneous noise and RFI, prevent oscillations, parasitics, and other signal instabilities, and to meet overall systems noise specifications. Record deviations from the above guidelines, and the reasons that each deviation was deemed necessary. 6. The overall governing requirements are that the wiring systems shall not induce or pick up perceptible noise, and that the predominant components of the noise floor of all signal paths shall be normal "thermal" noise of the upstream devices. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clean equipment and panels to remove plaster, taping or patching compound, overspray, paint spills, oil, grease, dust, fingerprints, or other dirt or contaminants to restore equipment to original finish and condition. B. Remove dust, wire and insulation clippings, dirt, and debris from the interior of enclosures, outlet boxes, pull and junction boxes, and equipment racks and cabinets. 3.10 LABELING A. Submit the methods and nomenclature for labeling for approval, prior to implementation. B. Conductors and Raceway 1. Number- or color-code each cable. Number- or color-code individual conductors of cables to identify circuits and connections. a) Record number- and color-codes on the "as-built" drawings. 2. Wire Run List: For each system, include the following on the wire run list, for each cable: a) Cable number. b) Signal type. c) Cable type. d) "To" destination. e) "From" destination. f) Room and equipment location for both ends of the cable. g) Approximate length of cable run. h) Provide the cable numbering list as a computerized spreadsheet, in a format compatible with Microsoft Excel (version 2007 or higher). As part of the O and M Manuals, provide: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 42 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1) Printed copies in each Manual. 2) One set of electronic files, on portable USB thumb flash drives in a format compatible with Windows/Intel PCs. 3. Label cables on each end, with number and identification legend clearly identifying the connection point for the cable end. Labels shall be self-laminating type, such as Panduit PDL-54 or PDL-56, or labels covered with clear heatshrink. Place labels at both ends of each cable, near the connectors so that the label is readable without removing wire ties. C. Racks 1. Label each rack as to general function (for example: "WEST STATION AMP RACK", or "MAIN NORTHGATE PAGING RACK".) 2. For each group of racks, install a permanent label identifying: a) System or Rack Name: b) Owner: Sound Transit c) Designer: THE GREENBUSCH GROUP Seattle, Washington d) Installer: {installing contractor's name} D. Equipment and Panels 1. Clearly label each item of equipment to indicate function. Also install labeling on rack mounted equipment to indicate function and normal setting of each control or switch. Where appropriate, normal settings may be marked using markers, self-adhesive drafting symbols or dots applied to the faceplate at the control pointer. 2. Labels may be anodized, etched or directly engraved with paint-filled letters on the plate or panel being labeled. Other methods must be approved by the Resident Engineer. a) 'Dymo' or 'Kroy' tape, and press-on labeling is not acceptable. b) Securely fasten laminated plastic using screws, rivets, epoxy glue, or cyanoacrylate ("super-glue"). 1) Double stick tape or other types of glue are not acceptable. 3.11 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING - GENERAL A. Provide test documents in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. B. Testing and adjustment of equipment shall be performed by qualified technicians with prior knowledge of the particular items of equipment, and general knowledge of video and audio systems alignment and troubleshooting, and knowledge of the specific systems and installations of this project. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 43 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.12 FIELD INSTALLATION TESTING A. Prior to the site visit by the Resident Engineer, the Contractor shall perform preliminary measurements, testing, and adjustments as follows: B. General: 1. Test each and every device, input and output, device to device, and point-to-point input panel to patch-point/device. 2. Test ancillary equipment and loose items. C. Loudspeakers: 1. Measure and record impedance of each speaker zone at the main junction box or amplifier rack, and total load on each amplifier. At a minimum, make measurements at 100, 1000, and 10,000 Hertz. 2. Make corrections as required so that the load impedance of each amp is equal to or greater than rated load impedance. 3. Slowly sweep all low frequency and full range speaker systems with sine waves at 25 percent of rated maximum amplifier power output, or at 50 percent of rated continuous power capacity of loudspeakers, whichever is less, from 20 to 2000 Hertz. Listen for symptoms of audible or tactile vibration of speaker components, mounting apparatus, or building elements. Under this Section, correct vibration or rattling of speakers or mounting apparatus to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer. Report vibration or rattling of other building elements to the Resident Engineer; include frequency, characterization of observed rattling or vibration, and recommendations for corrections. D. General Audio: 1. For each system, verify and adjust: a) Signal polarity is correct for each circuit and path, and consistent for all circuits and paths. Reverse polarity if required, and record which circuit was reversed. b) Verify that positive pressure at microphones produces positive pressure from each loudspeaker. Reverse polarity if required, and record which circuit was reversed. c) Gain controls so all components except power amplifiers reach rated nominal output and onset of clipping at the same signal level (as system input). 1) For components which have rated maximum outputs between 18 and 25 dBm or between 18 and 25 dBu and inputs intended for the same levels, adjust each component for unity gain (i.e., assume all such components have maximum outputs equal to 20 dBu and nominal outputs of 0 dBu). 2) For components which have rated nominal outputs between minus 10 and minus 5 dBV and inputs intended for the same levels, adjust each component for unity gain (i.e., assume all such components have maximum outputs equal to plus 10 dBV, and nominal outputs of minus 10 dBV). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 44 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d) Set audio distribution amplifiers for unity gain unless otherwise shown or specified. e) Set power amplifier gains so power amplifiers just begin to clip at the onset of clipping of the upstream device, plus 0 or minus 2 decibels. f) Re-adjust gains if required for proper operation of each system and component, and to optimize normal operating and listening levels. Measure and record any such readjustments; also record the reason adjustment was deemed necessary. g) Adjust equalizers to optimize the specified frequency responses. Adjust notch filters to minimize "ringing" with open microphones; make adjustments with microphones in their normal operating positions. 1) Perform final equalization and filtering of feedback modes in the presence of the Resident Engineer. h) Ambient Noise Controller: 1) At a minimum, adjust for the following conditions: a. Quiet ambient conditions (no occupants or trains running, fans normal). b. Exhaust fans in emergency (full speed) mode. c. i) Simulation (using portable loudspeakers) of the noise level of full occupant load, with train arriving. Microphones (when present): 1) Automatic mixers, automatic level controllers, feedback filters, and other signal processors to optimize use of microphones for intended purpose using the expected (normal) microphone positions. Assume a voice level of 70 dBA-SPL at 4 feet from the talker's mouth, with microphone in close talking position (2 inches from talker). j) Verify that the system is completely free from hum, noise, parasitic oscillation, and RFI. 2. As part of the Field Installation Testing, measure and record the following for each system: a) Overall frequency response and signal to noise of each complete signal path. b) At least three locations in each listening area (ADS or amplifier output zone, whichever is smaller): 1) Acoustic frequency response. 2) Maximum sound pressure level of pink noise at onset of amplifier clipping. Make measurement using both A-weighted and unweighted (flat) settings of the Sound Level Meter (SLM). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 45 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c) At multiple locations (as directed by AHJ), at maximum spacing of 15 feet, in each listening area (ADS or amplifier output zone, whichever is smaller): 1) Intelligibility: make STI-PA measurements in accordance with Annex D.2 of NFPA 72 (2010 version or later). Record all scores for all locations, and submit with averages and minimums for each ADS. d) Perform tests with the measuring microphone at the standing ear height of listeners, within designated areas. All interior finishes and furnishings shall be in place during measurements. 3.13 PROGRAMMING A. General 1. Provide programming for complete control of all paging equipment and related items. 2. Provide complete programming of programmable devices and controls, to form complete and operating systems with specified functionality, and functionality of each product fully implemented. a) Exact functionality and layouts of controls, screens and panels subject to review and revisions and additions during submittal process. 1) At a minimum, base initial layouts/design on the Construction Documents. 2) Where they do not require additional equipment, such revisions shall be made without an increase in the Contract amount. 3. Submit proposed programming for review and approval by Sound Transit and Resident Engineer. Include: a) Parameters for Paging Controller and other devices. logging of faults and events. b) DSP layouts and parameters. properties, and parameters. Include annunciation and Include labeling and commenting for all objects, 1) Submit hardcopy printout, and electronic files. c) Layouts for control panels and screens. Include: 1) Description of action for each button. 2) Graphical layouts, including artwork, button styles and colors. 4. Refer to Related Sections for additional requirements. B. Networked Paging Amplifiers 1. For each loudspeaker zone and amplifier output: a) Equalization (5 band parametric) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 46 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1) To optimize frequency response of speaker type. b) Hi and low cut (low pass and high pass) c) Ambient Noise Control (ANC) d) Meter e) Limiter f) Delay (may not be used on all outputs.) g) Gain. h) Mute. C. Audio DSPs 1. For each output: a) Equalization (5 band parametric) 1) To optimize frequency response to maximize intelligibility and provide natural sounding speech. b) Meter c) Gain. d) Mute. 2. For each input: a) Equalization (3 band parametric) b) Hi and low cut (low pass and high pass) c) Compressor / leveler d) Feedback suppression, if fed by local microphone. 1) Configure for up to 5 fixed filters, and 5 dynamic filters. 2) Quantity and type of filters to be revised during final tuning. e) Meter f) Audio Volume: 1) Up 2) Down NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 47 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3) Mute 4) Include graphic depicting level setting in real time D. Network Data Switches 1. For each connection between primary and secondary audio network, configure Spanning Tree protocols to provide full and continuous redundancy for CobraNet traffic, and to provide signals for any devices whose input modules failover to Secondary port(s). 2. Configure each switch to monitor traffic on Primary CobraNet ports, and to report loss of connectivity or traffic via SNMP to computer(s) designated to monitor SNMP as a failover of that CobraNet module. 3. Configure each switch to monitor Secondary CobraNet ports, and to report initiation of traffic via SNMP to computer(s) designated to monitor SNMP as a failover of that CobraNet module. E. Monitor Software (daVinci) 1. Configure screen layouts to monitor and report status of alarms and warnings: a) For each amplifier channel: 1) Alarm 2) Warning 3) Short circuit. 4) Channel Failure. 5) Excessive clipping. 6) Impedance too high. 7) Impedance too low. b) For each amplifier chassis: 1) Fan stuck (rotor). 2) High temperature. 3) Primary / Secondary Device Good (Port Failover) 3.14 CLOSEOUT A. Perform field testing and submit documentation. 1. Provide nameplates and labeling on equipment. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 48 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Refinish equipment finishes that are damaged. 3. Perform final cleaning. 4. Deliver Loose Items to Sound Transit. B. Following completion of the above, submit written notice at least 10 Days in advance so that Resident Engineer may at its discretion furnish representatives to witness and/or participate in the final tests and adjustments. C. Following the Resident Engineer's response to the above, perform final tests and adjustments as specified, and complete the following procedures. 1. Submit written certificate of one-year warranty in Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 2. Submit and obtain acceptance of Record Documents. 3. Submit and obtain acceptance of Operations and Maintenance Manuals. 4. Provide training and instruction to Sound Transit's personnel. D. Following completion of the above, submit a Final Acceptance Request. Assist Resident Engineer in performing Final Acceptance Testing and observing completion of the work. At Resident Engineer's option, any or all of the specified tests or adjustments, or additional tests or adjustments that may be deemed necessary by Resident Engineer, shall be repeated for observation. 3.15 COMPLETION REPORT A. Request for Acceptance Testing: 1. Upon completion of Field Installation Testing, submit Completion Report and Request for Acceptance Testing. B. Include: 1. Letters from the General Contractor and AV Subcontractor, on their respective letterheads, certifying that the AV systems are substantially complete, fully tested and adjusted, fully operational, and ready for inspection, final testing, and tuning. 2. Copies of final inspection certificates, signed off by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 3. Photographs of the completed installation. Include photographs of: a) A view of each equipment room, showing the equipment racks, backboards, terminal cabinets, and other installed materials. b) An elevation view of each equipment rack cabinet taken with the front door (if any) fully open, and a view of the interior of each equipment rack cabinet, taken from the rear with the door or rack fully opened. c) An elevation view of each terminal cabinet, taken with the cover removed or fully opened. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 49 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d) A view of each type of wall-mounted and ceiling-mounted loudspeaker. e) Close-up views of interior of each Emergency Management Panel. 4. Professional photographs are not required; color “snapshots” are acceptable. Photographs may be digital (submit on CD-ROM in JPEG format, with minimum resolution of 1024x768), or paper photographic prints at least 3-inch x 5-inch in size. Photographs shall be legible, well lighted, and well focused, and composed to fill the image with the intended subject as much as possible. 5. The results of all tests, measurements, and adjustments which are specified within this section and related sections. a) List of personnel and test equipment used. b) List of discrepancies and corrective action taken. C. Submit the complete package of Completion Report to the Resident Engineer for review prior to scheduling of the site visit by the Resident Engineer for final observation and testing. D. The Resident Engineer will not schedule its site visit until the Contractor's Completion Report has been submitted and approved. Allow at least 10 calendar Days between receipt of Completion Report by Resident Engineer and the earliest desired date for site visit by Resident Engineer. The Contractor is encouraged to communicate informally with the Resident Engineer prior to submission of Completion Report to coordinate the scheduling of the Resident Engineer's site visit. 3.16 DEMONSTRATION AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. Site Visit by Resident Engineer 1. Assist the Resident Engineer in making final observations, demonstrations, tests, equalization, and other adjustments. 2. Contractor and Resident Engineer shall mutually perform acceptance testing and adjustments: a) Demonstration and measurements to verify measurements and adjustments specified in the previous section, as selected by Resident Engineer. b) Other measurements or demonstrations as requested by Sound Transit, Resident Engineer, or Installer. 3. Make adjustments deemed necessary by Sound Transit or Resident Engineer, including but not limited to: a) Re-wiring of speaker taps. b) Resetting of gain, equalization, threshold, or other controls. c) Addition or deletion of passive attenuators. d) Changes in attenuator or tap values. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 50 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% e) Changes in shielding or grounding, and addition or deletion of capacitors and resistors to grounding and shielding connections. f) Minor changes in wiring and termination. g) Changes in speaker aiming. 4. Such work shall be included in the base bid contract amount. B. Make the following available (on-site) during the acceptance testing: 1. General a) The Contractor's personnel who participated in the installation and testing of the systems. b) Copy of the Completion Report, including a list of discrepancies and corrective actions. c) Installation, servicing, and alignment manuals for all items of equipment furnished by Contractor. d) The draft (markup) "as-built" drawings, and product data submittals. e) Software to adjust remotely controlled equipment, such as signal processors, with necessary computer and related hardware. 1) Provide wireless connectivity, or sufficient cabling to permit controlling computer to be located in viewing and listening areas while signal processors remain in equipment cabinets. f) Loose items (signal generators and other accessories) needed to form a complete and operational system. g) "Service-mode" remote controls. h) Dual-trace, triggered oscilloscope with calibrated settings, and minimum bandwidth of 100 megahertz. i) Sufficient patch cables and test cables to connect all IO of test equipment to all IO of installed equipment, in all possible combinations. j) Hand tools, ladders, lifts, and scaffolds sufficient to provide ready access to installed items, including ceiling loudspeakers and clusters. 2. Audio a) Sine wave oscillator with balanced output and distortion below 0.1 percent. b) AC voltmeter with 100 millivolt full-scale sensitivity and 50 to 10,000 Hertz frequency response. c) Distortion Analyzer, equivalent to Leader. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 51 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d) Sound Level Meter, equivalent to NTI XL2, NTI AL1, Goldline SPL120. e) One-third octave real-time spectrum analyzer, or FFT analyzer, and calibrated microphone, equivalent to NTI XL2, NTI AL1, SMAART with PC and calibrated microphone, or Goldline TEF. f) Pink Noise generator, equivalent to NTI Minirator MR-PRO or Goldline. g) Intelligibility meter to measure STI-PA, equivalent to Goldline DSP2 or DSP3- series, or NTI XL2 with STI-PA option and TalkBox and MR-PRO. 3. Resident Engineer may request submittal of documentation of calibration. 3.17 ADDITIONAL SITE VISITS BY RESIDENT ENGINEER A. Additional site visits after the Demonstration and Acceptance Testing may be deemed necessary by the Resident Engineer if any of the following conditions are found during the Acceptance Testing: 1. Manuals or required information not available. 2. Items of equipment (including loose items) that are not available or non-operational. 3. Items of equipment not in compliance with these Specifications or the manufacturers' published performance criteria. 4. Hum, buzz, or noise which degrade the signal to noise ratio of any circuit by more than 5 decibels from the manufacturer's rated signal-to-noise ratios for noisiest upstream component. 5. Audio distortion which is audible. 6. Any other conditions which are not in accordance with these Specifications, Contract Drawings, Contractor's submittals, or Completion Report. B. Make every possible effort, and the Resident Engineer will render reasonable assistance which does not hamper the other work of the site visit or extend the site visit, to correct the deficiencies during the site visit to avoid additional site visits. C. If additional or repeated Demonstration and Acceptance Testing are deemed necessary: 1. The Resident Engineer will submit a written notification of the reasons with descriptions of the deficiencies to be corrected. 3.18 DELIVERY OF LOOSE ITEMS A. Deliver loose items, such as handheld remote controls and accessories, to Resident Engineer before the time of Final Acceptance. B. Obtain the signature of the Resident Engineer acknowledging receipt of the loose items. 1. Include a copy of the list of loose items from the Operations and Maintenance manuals. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 52 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.19 TRAINING A. After the final Demonstration and Acceptance Testing, the Contractor shall instruct the personnel designated by Sound Transit in operation and routine maintenance of the systems. 1. Schedule in coordination with the Resident Engineer. 2. Prior to or at the first training session, provide a draft copy of the Operations Manual to the trainees. 3. Contractor's trainers shall include superintendents or foremen who installed and configured the systems. Trainers shall also include manufacturers' representatives when so specified, or as appropriate. B. The training sessions shall cover the following areas: 1. General operation of all systems and functions. 2. Explanation and orientation of all technical documentation. 3. Explanation of signal flow including all signal paths through routing switchers and patching. 4. Basic system troubleshooting and preventive maintenance. 5. Explanation of system warranty, including procedures to obtain support from Contractor. C. At a minimum, provide the following sessions of training for systems users, covering operations. Each session shall be for at least the specified number of hours and number of attendees per session. 1. General: At least three sessions of four hours each, for six persons each, for operations and management staff. 2. Technical: At least two sessions of six hours each, for six persons each, for AV technical staff, covering detailed operations and maintenance. 3. At least two sessions (as selected by Sound Transit) shall include operating each system during actual passenger transit activity. 4. At the completion of installation, submit a written request to Sound Transit to schedule the training sessions, at least two weeks in advance of the requested dates. D. At least one of each type of class (as selected by Resident Engineer) shall be video recorded by the Contractor. Professional "talent" or equipment is not required. Deliver at least one copy on DVD to Sound Transit. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 53 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 10 EXTENSIONS 27 51 10 AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - NORTHGATE LINK – NORTHGATE LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 54 OF 54 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS – EAST LINK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section shall cover the requirements for complete and fully functional Overhead Audio Paging Systems (OAPS) located throughout the stations in the East Link Corridor project. B. Summary of the Related Existing Subsystem: 1. The existing system that controls and provides paging /messaging to the stations throughout the Sound Transit rail system is a GE Isys system. 2. The GE Isys system shall be expanded as part of this work to connect and control/monitor the new stations. 3. The Emcom GUI interface and server system connected to the GE Isys system shall be expanded to provide all functions current existing functionality including but not limited to: 4. C. D. 1.02 a. Live page Routing b. Message Routing c. Priority and Control d. System Status e. Existing Features directly connected to GE Isys as required Fire Alarm control panels shall interface to the audio system as required. Fire alarm system software shall be expanded as part of this project to accommodate new stations. Audio system interfaces shall be integrated to support this expansion. Contractor shall provide complete turnkey systems for the East Link project and interfaces to existing systems. This shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Labor and materials to install complete systems. 2. Hardware, software, system interfaces, cabling, licenses, raceways, programming and ancillary equipment as required. Documentation, testing, as-builts, training, warranty, project coordination and management. FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Sources. 1. Control from Fire Alarm System. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 1 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Local microphone stations as indicated on contract drawings. 3. Existing systems (GE Isys). a. Prerecorded announcements from message repeaters. b. Live announcements from Operations Control Center (OCC)/Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). 4. Loudspeakers: Ceiling, light pole and wall mounted in a high-density overhead-distributed arrays 5. Head End System: a. B. 1) Interfaced to new system via Cobranet for audio and contact closure for control. 2) Expand existing system as required for new stations Redundancy: 1. Dual, parallel systems for each speaker zone (A and B groups), so that failure of any speaker, speaker wiring, amplifier, or amplifier signal feed will affect not more than half of the speakers of that zone. a. Every other speaker wired to different amplifier. b. A amplifiers powered by separate branch circuit from B amplifiers. c. Remote supervision of loudspeaker circuits (including wiring, speaker/transformers and amplifier outputs). C. Electronics rack-mounted in a centralized equipment cabinets. D. DSP Processing. 1. Automatic level controls. a. 2. 3. For each input, to minimize variations in level (loudness). Ambient noise control a. Level of pages automatically increases during increased noise levels (such as passing trains). b. Sensing microphone(s) for each loudspeaker zone or as shown on contract documents. Equalization. a. 1.03 Existing (GE Isys). To optimize frequency response to maximize intelligibility and provide natural sounding speech. THEORY OF OPERATION A. The OAPS provides messaging and paging for public areas of the train stations on the East Link Corridor. Multiple sources feed the OAPS for audio content. The system provides monitoring and status information via network to the existing NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 2 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% headend at the Maintenance Control Center and Operation Control Center as well as interfaces to other systems. B. The headend system is an existing GE Isys system that is operated and controlled by an existing EMCOM communications manager computer system provided to consolidate the systems for the operators in the centers. These systems shall be expanded as part of this work to allow these additional stations and to be added with current GE Isys/EMCOM feature sets and systems. 1. Ambient Noise Sensors shall be provided to automatically control volume of individual public zones 2. Monitoring of system status and failures shall be provided with an OAPS failure contact closure reported via network through a Building Management System (BMS) PLC I/O point. Individual faults that trigger this closure shall be covered in the Interfacing section of this document. 3. Contractor shall provide a local station analog microphone on the platform for local paging capability in a weatherized enclosure as specified. This microphone shall be used for basic paging at the station to zones as designated by the Resident Engineer. 4. Interfacing: Signals from OAPS shall be interfaced to several subsystems: These interfaces shall include but not be limited to: 5. Signals to and from GE-Isys, via Station Control Unit (SCU). a. Audio from GE-Isys: one Cobranet bundle of 8 channels, each channel corresponding to one paging zone. b. Programmable assignment of speaker zones to each of the 8 station zones. c. Assign stations zones, including an all-call zone, to speaker zones as directed by Resident Engineer. d. Contact Closures for control: 1) From SCU: a) SCU fault. b) Emergency mode active (current page or message has emergency priority) 2) To SCU: a) Busy (message or page in progress) b) Amplifier fault c) Speaker line fault d) Audio DSP or general audio fault e. Signals to and from FACP Interface. 1) Contact Closures for control: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 3 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a) FA/VES muting: controlled by paging, becomes active when Paging system is in Emergency mode: b) To enable muting of Fire Alarm speakers that are in (public) zones covered by Paging system. c) Paging muting: controlled by FA/VES, becomes active when FA/VES are generating alarm tones or paging/voice messages. d) To enable muting of Paging. This muting will not occur if the Paging system is in Emergency mode. f. Signals to elevator speakers. 1) C. Priority: 1. Programmable. Program as directed by Resident Engineer. a. 2. D. E. Analog audio, 70-volt loudspeaker lines from power amplifiers, with in-line attenuators where shown. Note: GE-Isys has 5 levels of priority internally. At a minimum, provide the following priority groups (order of priority to be selected by Resident Engineer): a. Emergency paging from FACP Microphone b. Paging from platform microphone(s). c. Paging and messages from GE-Isys d. Other inputs (future background music, advertisement audio). Reporting of Warnings and Failures 1. General faults of Paging System to BMS 2. Via DSP logic box to BMS PLC system: a. Power Amplifier Alarms (that initiate a channel or chassis failover.) b. Power Amplifier Warnings. c. Details of Paging System devices to PCs in OCC 1) Audio DSPs and Networked Power Amplifiers via control Ethernet to custom daVinci screens. 2) Amplifier warnings and alarms, as listed in Part 3. Cobranet Bundles and Channels: 1. Program as follows or as otherwise directed by Resident Engineer: a. SCU to main DSP: one unicast bundle, 8 channels/zones. b. Main DSP to Power Amps: one multicast bundle, 8 channels/zones. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 4 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. 1.04 Cobranet Interface to Power Amps: unicast bundles, one per destination amplifier, up to 8 microphone feeds per bundle. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Coverage (Variation of Level throughout Listening Areas): Plus or minus 6 decibels from 2000 to 4000 Hertz. B. Output Capability: 1. Minimum sound pressure level of 10 decibels above ambient throughout the listening area, measured at typical listener's ear level with less than 5 percent acoustic harmonic distortion, when driven with continuous pink noise. 2. Adjust for a maximum sound pressure level of 95 decibels, A-weighted throughout the listening area, measured at typical listener's ear level. 3. When driven in excess of maximum output, clipping shall occur first in the power amplifiers. C. Frequency Response: Measured acoustically at typical listener's ear level in contiguous one/third octave bands: within plus or minus 2 decibels of flat from 100 to 2,000 Hertz, then rolling off at 3 decibels per octave to 10,000 Hertz. D. Intelligibility, To Comply With NFPA 72 18.4.10 (2010 Version): 1. Average measured STI of at least 0.50 (0.70 CIS) throughout each ADS, and 2. Measured STI of at least 0.45 (0.65 CIS) for at least 90% of each ADS. E. Noise: System noise floor, measured at loudspeakers with inputs activated and silent signals, shall not exceed 80 decibels below maximum peak output (20,000 Hertz bandwidth, A-weighted). Use of any system control shall not produce audible clicks, pops, thumps, or spurious noises. F. The Resident Engineer shall be the sole judge of these criteria having been met. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. 2.02 Install complete and operating systems. Provide and install accessories as required (whether shown or specified or not) to form complete and operating systems. The overall governing requirement is to provide complete and operational systems. STANDARDS A. Equipment shall be new, unused, and undamaged, except as otherwise shown, or otherwise agreed in writing. B. Where these Specifications include model or series numbers, provided equipment (including substitutions) shall meet or exceed the manufacturer's published specifications for the specified model or series the same as if the manufacturer's published specifications were enumerated within these Specifications. This requirement is in addition to the other requirements given in the Specifications. This requirement is not intended to apply to characteristics (such as color or appearance) which do not affect the performance, function, reliability, or durability. C. Manufacturer: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 5 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Where several manufacturers are listed, Contractor may choose which manufacturer to provide. 2. Do not provide an assortment. For each category, provide products of the same manufacturer; for each item, provide the same model for all instances. 3. Substitutions: 4. Submit in accordance with Division 1, Substitution Procedures, except as otherwise specified in this Section and related Sections. 5. Requests for substitutions for products of this Section and related Sections shall be submitted for approval. All requests shall be received by Sound Transit in writing no later than 60 Days after the Notice to Proceed. a. 6. D. 2.03 Itemize any variation from the specifications. For each item, refer to the pertaining Section and paragraph, and indicate the reason for and the advantage of the substitution. Under this Section, provide revisions and alterations to work of other Divisions which may be necessary as a result of such substitutions. Equality 1. Where product specifications indicate "or approved equal", other products of equal quality and function may be furnished, subject to prior approval by Resident Engineer. 2. Proof of equality rests with the submitter. 3. The Resident Engineer shall be the final judge of equality. TERMINATION DEVICES A. Plate Mounted Audio Connectors 1. Description: Audio connectors. 2. Specifications: 3. B. a. Locking hatch. b. Metal shells. c. Provide configurations and styles as indicated on Contract Drawings. Manufacturer: Neutrik or approved equal. Plates for Receptacles 1. Description: Metal plates for wall-mounted audio receptacles, to mount on standard "gang" electrical boxes. 2. Specifications: a. Material: 1/8-inch Aluminum. b. Finish: Brushed. c. Provide styles and sizes as shown on Contract Drawings. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 6 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d. 3. C. 1. Description: Enclosed screw-type terminal blocks for use without spade lugs. 2. Specifications: Enclosed screw terminals. b. Numbered or labeled terminals. c. DIN rail mounting. d. Modular construction. Manufacturer: Phoenix Contact, or approved equal. 1. Description: Punch blocks rated by the manufacturer for use with stranded wires. 2. Specifications: a. High pressure insulation displacement type. b. Rated by the manufacturer for use with stranded wires. c. Terminate wires only with the tools designed for the specific type of punch block. d. Punch blocks designed for use with solid wires, such as standard "66B" or "110" types, are not acceptable for use with stranded wires. Manufacturer: Siemon MF2210, or approved equal. Punch Blocks for Solid Conductors 1. Description: Punch blocks for solid conductors. 2. Specifications: 3. 2.04 a. Punch Blocks for Stranded Conductors 3. E. Manufacturer: ProCo, RCI, Soundolier, Sierra, RDL, or approved equal. Terminal Blocks 3. D. Nomenclature: Anodized, etched, directly engraved or as approved by Resident Engineer. a. Standard “66B” type or “110” type. b. Use only with wire gauges for which terminals are rated. Manufacturer: Siemon, Ortronics, Leviton, or approved equal. CONDUCTORS A. Wire and Cable 1. Provide wire and cables that are listed by UL or other agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction, and marked for their Class of wiring, in accordance with NEC. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 7 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. B. Provide wet, riser, or plenum rated versions where shown or specified. b. Where wet, riser, or plenum cable is not shown or specified, for each installation situation verify prior to installation with the local Authority Having Jurisdiction that dry, non-plenum and non-riser rated cables are acceptable. c. In the event that the AHJ requires wet, plenum or riser-rated cables, provide cables so rated with equivalent electrical characteristics to those specified below. Contractor will be reimbursed for any increase in actual cost of materials over the specified materials due to changing to wet/riser/plenum rating. 1. Description: Miniature shielded twisted pair cable for microphones, line-level audio circuits, and other circuits. 2. Specifications: a. Conductor size: #22 AWG, tinned stranded copper. b. One twisted pair per cable. c. Folded foil shield. d. Jacketed. e. UL listed. Manufacturer: Belden 8451, West Penn 452, or approved equal. Control Cable (CC) 1. Description: Cable for contract closure control wiring. 2. Specifications: 3. D. a. Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) 3. C. Trade numbers shown within this document may be for general-purpose cables for use in raceway and where otherwise allowed by NEC and other codes. a. Conductor size: #22 AWG minimum, tinned stranded copper. b. One twisted pair per cable. c. Unshielded. d. Jacketed. e. UL listed. Manufacturer: Belden, West Penn, or approved equal. Jacketed Speaker Cable 1. Description: Heavy gage cable for loudspeaker circuits run in cable tray. 2. Specifications: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 8 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. E. a. Conductor size: #12 AWG, stranded copper. b. One twisted pair. c. Unshielded. d. Jacketed. e. UL listed, Class 1, tray cable (“TC”). Manufacturer: Belden, West Penn, or approved equal. Class 1 Speaker Cable 1. Description: Speaker cables for Class 1 loudspeaker circuits. a. 2. 3. F. a. Size: #12, AWG, stranded copper. b. Provide a pair of XHHW wires for each loudspeaker circuit. c. Twist pairs together. conduits. Wires do not need to be twisted within Provide as specified in Section 26 05 26, Low Voltage Conductors and Cable. Provide CAT5e or higher cable and accessories of types specified in Section 27 15 00, Communications Horizontal Cabling. Single Mode Optical Fiber and Accessories (SMF) 1. 2.05 Specifications: Category Data Cable (CAT5e, CAT6) 1. G. At the option of the Contractor, may also be used for Class 2/3 loudspeaker circuits. Provided under Section 27 13 23, Systems Optical Fiber Cabling. ACCESSORIES A. Speaker Relays 1. Description: General purpose relays for switching of 70 V circuits 2. Specifications: 3. a. Enclosed, plug-in style. b. Contacts: DPDT, gold plated silver, 5 A. c. Coil: 24 Vdc. d. Lamp output to indicate state of relay coil. e. Install 1000 PIV, 1 A diodes across all coils to quench back EMF. Manufacturer: Soundolier RPM modules, with RLM-24-5, RDL, Potter, Brumfield, IDEC, FSR, or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 9 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. Relays 1. Description: General purpose relays for switching of control and audio circuits. 2. Specifications: 3. C. b. Contacts: DPDT, gold plated silver, 5 A. c. Coil: 24 Vdc. d. Install 1000 PIV, 1 A diodes across all coils to quench back EMF. Manufacturer: Soundolier, Potter Brumfield, IDEC, FSR, or approved equal. 1. Description: Rotary controlled attenuator 2. Specifications: a. Rack or plate mounted. b. Black knob. c. Engraved volume indicator. d. With relay if "PA" model is required. e. Various Power ratings as required by load. Manufacturer: Atlas Soundolier "AT/RM" series, Lowell "LC" series, or approved equal. Cable Lubricants 1. 2.06 Enclosed, plug-in style. 70-Volt line Attenuators 3. D. a. Electrical Cables: Dyna-Blue, American Polywater. LOUDSPEAKERS A. Areas listed for each type are general, and do not apply in every instance. Refer to Contract Drawings for speaker type of each location. B. Speaker Type “S1” – 1. Description: Flush Mount recessed 6.5” two-way ceiling speakers, indirect weather areas, entrances and exits of station(s). 2. Specifications: a. Coaxial driver, with compression driver and conical horn for high frequencies. b. Cone: 6.5-inch polypropylene, with 1-inch tweeter. c. Power rating: Minimum 100 watts. d. Sensitivity: at least 91 dB-SPL at 1 meter NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 10 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. C. Coverage angle: minimum 100 degrees average. f. Matching transformer: 70 volt and 100, with taps for 60, 30, 15, and 7.5 watts (minimum). g. Recessed enclosure with mounting hardware and tile bridge included. Conduit entry points internal to enclosure. Manufacturer: Soundtube CM690i, or approved equals. Speaker Type “S2” – 1. Description: Surface-mounted ceiling speakers with integral enclosures, adjustable brackets, and grilles. 2. Specifications: 3. D. e. a. Speaker: 5.25 or 6.5-inch coaxial, with 1-inch dome tweeter. b. Matching transformer: 70 volt, with taps for 33, 17, 9, and 6 watts (minimum). c. Power rating: At least 25 watts. d. Sensitivity: At least 90 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. e. Coverage angle: At least 90 degrees, minus 6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. f. Color: As selected by Sound Transit. Submit sample for approval. g. Enclosure: molded ABS plastic, with swiveling mounting bracket. h. Provide with tile bridge when mounted in lay-in ceilings. Manufacturer: Soundtube SM590i-ll-WX, or approved equal. Speaker Type “S3” – 1. Description: Flush-mounted ceiling speakers with integral enclosures, mounting hardware, brackets, and grilles. 2. Specifications: a. Speaker: 8-inch coaxial, with 1-inch dome tweeter. b. Matching transformer: 70 volt, with taps for 33, 17, 9, and 6 watts (minimum). c. Power rating: At least 100 watts. d. Sensitivity: At least 90 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 2.83 volts at voice coil. e. Coverage angle: At least 90 degrees, minus 6 decibel points, at 4000 Hertz. f. Color: As selected by Sound Transit. Submit sample for approval. g. Enclosure: Metal with powder coated grill assembly. h. Provide with tile bridge when mounted in lay-in ceilings. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 11 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. E. Speaker Type “S4” – 1. Description: high-power Coaxial, surface-mounted speakers with integral enclosures, adjustable brackets and grilles. 2. Specifications: 3. F. a. Two-way, full-range. b. Frequency response: 84 to 20,000 Hertz, plus or minus 3 decibels. c. Pattern: 90 degrees horizontally, 60 degrees vertically. d. Sensitivity: At least 103 dB-SPL at 1 meter and 4.0 volts at voice coil. e. With integral transformer for 70 volt system: taps for 60, 30 and 15 watts. f. Provide mounting hardware and weather resistant cabinet. Manufacturer: Fulcrum Acoustic CX896WR – MT60, or approved equal. Speaker Type “S5” – 1. Description: Elevator cab speaker. 2. Specifications: 3. G. Manufacturer: Soundtube CM800D with safety strap installed, or approved equal. a. Two-way, full-range. b. Frequency response: 100 to 12,000 Hertz, plus or minus 3 decibels. c. Pattern: 90 degrees horizontally d. Sensitivity: At least 88 dB-SPL at 1 w/1M e. With integral transformer for 70 volt system. f. Provide mounting hardware and enclosure with grille unless provided by Elevator Manufacturer. Manufacturer: Atlassound, or approved equal Speaker Type “S6” – 1. Description: Metal panel flush mount ceiling speaker 2. Specifications: a. Two-way, full-range. b. Frequency response: 95 to 15,000 Hertz, plus or minus 3 decibels. c. Pattern: 110 degrees horizontally d. Sensitivity: At least 91 dB-SPL at 1 w/1M e. With integral transformer for 70 volt system. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 12 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% f. 3. 2.07 Provide mounting hardware, safety strap and enclosure with grille. Manufacturer: JBL Control 16C/T, or approved equal POWER AMPLIFIERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Networked Paging Amplifiers 1. Description: multi-channel power amplifiers, for 70-volt or 100-volt constant voltage line operation, with integral Digital Signal Processing (DSP) and CobraNet interfacing. 2. Specifications: a. Remote monitoring and control. 1) b. Via network, using software. 4-channel amplifiers, for 70/100 volt outputs. 1) Variable, programmable power outputs, up to 600 watts per channel, up to 2400 total watts per chassis. c. Inputs: Analog and Digital. d. Data ports: Ethernet. e. Logic IO. f. DSP Software processing: g. 1) Equalizers (parametric and 1/3 octave), and filters. 2) Levelers, compressor limiters, Ducker. 3) Ambient Noise Control (ANC). 4) Mixers, Matrix switchers. 5) Metering Capability for: 1) Customized virtual control panels. 2) Presets. 3) Remote volume controllers h. Rack-mounting. i. Frequency response: at least 60 to 19,000 Hertz, plus or minus 3 decibels. j. Noise: at least 85 dB below rated output. k. Distortion (SMPTE-IM): less than 0.03 percent at ½ power. l. Supervision: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 13 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% m. 3. 2.08 1) Each loudspeaker circuit. 2) Each amp channel and other parameters. 3) Reporting to Logic box via contact closures. Remote monitoring and control via Ethernet network. Manufacturer: Crown DCi 4 600N, or approved equal. NETWORKED AUDIO ELECTRONICS A. Audio DSP 1. Description: Programmable audio digital signal processors. Utilize network connections for programing and configuration as required. 2. Specifications: a. Inputs: balanced, switchable microphone or line level. b. Outputs: balanced. c. Provide quantity of Inputs and Outputs as shown on drawings. d. Utilize Acoustic Echo Cancelling input cards for ambient noise sensing microphones inputs. e. Data ports (control): RS232, Ethernet, and Remote Control Bus (RCB). f. Remotely controllable via network, using software running on MS Windows. g. Software processing objects: h. 3. 1) Mixers, Matrix Mixers 2) Equalizers and filters 3) Fixed and Dynamic Feedback Suppression 4) Levelers, compressors, limiters, duckers. 5) Routers and switchers 6) Metering 7) Dynamic feedback suppression. 8) Ambient noise compensation via Echo Cancelling inputs Capability for: 1) Presets 2) Customized virtual control and monitor panels. Manufacturer: Biamp AudiaFlex with IP2 and OP2e cards, BSS London Blu with I/O cards, or approved equals. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 14 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. Logic Interface 1. Description: interface from DSP to logical/contact closure inputs and outputs. 2. Specifications: 3. 2.09 Data port (control): Remote Control Bus (RCB). b. IO ports: at least 20, in any combination of inputs and outputs. c. Controlled by virtual logic within DSPs, programmable. Manufacturer: Biamp Logic Box, BSS Londo Blu GPX or approved equal. MICROPHONES A. Sensing Microphones 1. Description: Pressure-zone boundary microphones,, remotely powered. 2. Specifications: 3. B. C. 2.10 a. a. Pressure-zone boundary microphone mounted to stainless steel plate.. b. Frequency response 80-10,000Hz. c. Weather resistant d. Single gang mounting. e. Phantom Power 12 -24 Volts DC Manufacturer: AKG PZM11 ll WR, or approved equal. Handheld Local Station Microphone – Microphone shall be a palm style microphone that is removable from the weatherized enclosure. Microphone shall include the following: 1. Appropriate XLR connection for audio and switch closure 2. Matching plate with connector in weatherized enclosure 3. Frequency response of 200-6,500 Hz 4. Moving Coil Dynamic cartridge. 5. Mic Hanger in weatherized enclosure Manufacturer: Astatic 611L or approved equal. COMPUTERS A. PC’s 1. Install software specified below on Owner-provided maintenance laptops and BMS computers in OCC. 2. Connect via Train Control Network. a. Test and train on software utilization from these devices. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 15 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.11 SOFTWARE A. General 1. B. Provide all software necessary for management, configuration, diagnostics, operation, monitoring and fault annunciation and support of Paging system, including but not limited to the following. System Software 1. Description: software packages for configuration, operation, and monitoring, for Rack Computers and Maintenance Laptops. 2. Specifications: a. Microsoft Windows OS, latest version in use by Sound Transit with latest Service Pack version. 1) C. Provide latest versions of drivers and applications for all system components. b. Coordinate with latest Sound Transit Standard. c. Adobe Reader, latest version. d. Internet Explorer e. DSP configuration software, to match the selected products. f. Cisco Device Manager and CiscoWorks. Monitor Software 1. Description: Viewer for monitoring system, for rack computers, maintenance laptops, and BMS PCs of Workstations in OCC. 2. Specifications: 3. a. Custom control and monitoring software. b. Provide screens and functionality as specified in Part 3. Manufacturer: Biamp daVinci, HiQnet or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. 3.02 Comply with Section 27 51 00, Audio Systems – General, except as otherwise specified in this Section. PROGRAMMING A. General. 1. Provide programming for complete control of all paging equipment and related items. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 16 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. Provide complete programming of programmable devices and controls, to form complete and operating systems with specified functionality, and functionality of each product fully implemented. a. 3. Exact functionality and layouts of controls, screens and panels subject to review and revisions and additions during submittal process. 1) At a minimum, base initial layouts/design on the Construction Documents. 2) Where they do not require additional equipment, such revisions shall be made without an increase in the Contract amount. Submit proposed programming for review and approval by Sound Transit and Resident Engineer. Include: a. Parameters for Paging Controller and other devices. annunciation and logging of faults and events. b. DSP layouts and parameters. Include labeling and commenting for all objects, properties, and parameters. 1) c. 4. B. Include Submit hardcopy printout, and electronic files. Layouts for control panels and screens. Include: 1) Description of action for each button. 2) Graphical layouts, including artwork, button styles and colors. Refer to Related Sections for additional requirements. DSP. 1. For Each Loudspeaker Zone and Amplifier Output: a. Equalization (5 band parametric). 1) 2. To optimize frequency response to maximize intelligibility and provide natural sounding speech. b. Hi and low cut (low pass and high pass). c. Limiter. d. Delay (may not be used on all outputs). e. Gain. f. Mute. For Each Input: a. Equalization (3 band parametric). b. Hi and low cut (low pass and high pass). c. Compressor / leveler. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 17 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d. e. 3.03 Feedback suppression, if fed by microphone. 1) Configure for up to 5 fixed filters, and 5 dynamic filters. 2) Quantity and type of filters to be revised during final tuning. Audio Volume: 1) Up. 2) Down. 3) Mute. 4) Include graphic depicting level setting in real time. TESTING A. Test in accordance with Section 27 51 00, Audio Systems – General. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK SECTION 27 51 13 EXSTENSIONS 27 51 13 OVERHEAD AUDIO PAGING SYSTEMS - EAST LINK – EAST LINK SYSTEMS ENGINEERING PAGE 18 OF 18 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. 1.02 Requirements for designing, furnishing, installing, and testing a fully integrated Variable Message Sign (VMS) to be mounted within station public areas to show textual and graphical messages, including life safety emergency messages. There are two types of VMS signs per the station specific drawings: Flat Panel Displays (FPTV) and LED Dot Matrix Displays (VMS). a. Deliver a fully functioning VMS Digital Signage System as shown on Contract Drawings that fully integrates new VMS into the existing overall Sound Transit PA/VMS system. b. VMS system must integrate with TCS communications servers for train arrival, destination, and next train data. VMS to TCS integration is via the local communication room SCU in accordance with Section 27 51 23, Audio Paging and Messaging Integration. c. Provide hardware, software, manuals, licenses, and training to operate and maintain the VMS system. REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Applicable provisions of the most recent adopted editions at the time of Notice to Proceed of the following standards shall apply to the work of this Section: 1. 2. 3. 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code. b. NFPA130 - Standards for Fixed Guideway Transit Systems. National Electrical Manufactures Association (NEMA) a. NEMA 4 - Enclosure Type b. NEMA 3R – Enclosure Type Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) a. 42 U.S.C. 12181 - Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Title III) (ADA) b. Part 36, App. A ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING IEEE 802.3 - Local and Metropolitan Networks. SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 1 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 5. Underwriters Laboratories a. 6. 7. Video Electronics Standards Association a. FDMI – Flat Display Mounting Interface b. VESA – VESA Mounting Interface Standard International Building Code (IBC) a. 1.03 UL 1449 - Safety Standard for Surge Protective Devices 1110.4.1 SUBMITTALS A. Submit: 1. 2. As a minimum the preliminary design submittal shall include the following subsystems and shall be submitted and reviewed as one submittal: Central Control Center, field control system, emergency ventilation system, train control system, power distribution system, cabinets and rack, optical fiber cabling, horizontal cabling, network equipment, telephone system, audio system, variable message signs (both dot matrix and flat panel), and radio system. a. The Contractor should anticipate a 1 week PDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of the PDR. b. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. c. All action items shall be addressed prior to submittal of the final design for one of the above listed subsystems As a minimum the final design submittal shall include the following subsystems. These submittals shall be submitted and reviewed as one submittal: Power distribution system, cabinets and rack, optical fiber cabling, horizontal cabling, telephone system, audio system, variable message signs, and radio system. a. The Contractor should anticipate a 1 week FDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of this FDR. b. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. c. All action items shall be addressed to closure prior to start of factory testing of any of the above subsystems. 3. All display manufacturer qualifications, as specified herein. 4. Shop drawing, including an illustration of the recommended installation method. 5. Updated display riser diagram & Equipment Matrix 6. AC Site power requirements, including legs and Amps per leg. 7. Major display schematics, including AC power distribution, DC power distribution, and control signal distribution. 8. Display control software operator’s manual(s). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 2 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: Installation of the VMS system to be performed by a qualified contractor with extensive experience in digital signage installation, testing, and integration. Qualified contractor must be recommended by digital signage vendor and have had recent satisfactory experience in performing similar type of work and/or have received adequate training by digital signage vendor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VMS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. For both dot matrix and flat panel VMS, the folowing applies: 1. B. Display Message Content Sources: a. VMS pre-recorded and ad hoc messages shall be deliverable from Sound Transit Operations Control Center and Link Control Center, Rail Controller workstations. Rockwell Collins AIMS Public Address/Variable Message Sign (PA/VMS) software application, in accordance with NFPA 72 and NFPA 130. b. VMS controller will interface with local PA/VMS Control Unit to provide locally stored text messages triggered by the Emergency Ventilation System, and Rockwell Collins AIMS messages, in accordance with Section 27 51 23, Audio Paging and Messaging Integration. c. All messages shall be shown in text on the appropriate display(s) and annunciated verbally over the Station PA System in the appropriate zone. d. VMS Text Messaging must be viewable in accordance with Americans with Disabilities Act ADAAG requirements, CFR-42 U.S.C. 12181, and Part 36 App. A. e. Flat Panel VMS (FPTV) must support IP based streamed live and recorded media content. f. VMS shall display current time in AM/PM Format HH:MM XX and shall automatically adjust for daylight savings time. Time displayed shall be within 1 second of the official Sound Transit Station time. g. VMS shall be capable of automatically displaying train arrival time countdown and destination as provided by the Train Control System (TCS). Reference Section 25 10 10, Central Control System, for CCS requirements. h. VMS shall be capable of a local interface for trigger of local messages from the FACP (Fire Alarm Control Panel). Central Control System: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING VMS Controller Media Server: SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 3 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. 2.02 a. Provides interface with TCS servers via IP based data communication link at Operations Maintenance Facility central control equipment room. b. Interface to 3rd party content providers for media content via Internet, though Sound Transit firewall connection. VMS Content Management Application Software: a. Provide for Sound Transit operations the capability of configuration and management of VMS displays application and locally generated content. b. Software shall have a very flexible content scheduling system: 1) Control software at LCC will enable text messages to be sent to a single display, a group of displays, all displays at one station, and/or all displays in the entire system. The audio portion will operate in the same manner. 2) Capable of scheduling content on a schedule with dates to start/end dates and times. 3) Software shall be capable of scheduling content for specific day(s) and time(s) of day (i.e. Weekdays between 7AM and 10AM, Weekends between 2AM and 6AM, and Tuesdays) c. Application software shall be provided to Sound Transit for use by VMS content managers. d. Application software shall be easy to use and require a minimum number of clicks to control displayed messages. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Equipment shall be new. The VMS Digital Signage System shall include equipment, software, firmware, raceways, and wiring as required to provide a complete and operating system in full compliance with these Specifications and Contract Drawings. B. VMS System shall include the following: 1. Digital Signage Networked Dot Matrix LED displays and Flat Panel LED Video Displays. 2. Dot Matrix LED Displays and Flat Panel LED Video Displays must be vandal resistant. 3. Integrated Close Circuit Television (CCTV) IP cameras, mounted to VMS enclosure per standard drawings. For camera requirements, reference Section 28 23 00, Closed Circuit Television System. 4. Media Content Server software for networked content management. Provide interface to 3rd party media content interface. 5. VMS Management Software: Provide user interface for management and configuration of Digital Signage. 6. Local VMS controller to provide interface requirements to PA/VMS Control Unit and station Paging controller as shown on Contract Drawings. 7. Compliance with International Building Code Section 1110.4 NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 4 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.03 VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN A. VMS Flat Panel LED Video Displays: 1. Manufacturers: Panasonic TH-XXLFP30W, Data Display DD0029N HD LCD Rugged Display or similar approved equal. 2. Specifications: a. Integrated Weatherproof Housing NEMA 3R; separate enclosure housing is not acceptable. Must be UL Listed. b. Aspect Ratio: c. Display Resolution (pixel): 1920 X 1080. d. Dynamic Contrast Ratio: 150,000:1 (typ.). e. Display Color: 16.7M (8bits/color). f. Brightness: (CD/m^2) g. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 16:9 1) Indoor: Minimum 500 2) Outdoor: Minimum 900 Viewing Angles: Minimum: 1) Horizontal: 160° 2) Vertical: 160° h. Synchronization Range: Horizontal / Vertical 31.5~60.0 KHz / 60~75Hz. i. Integrated Storage Media: CF (512MB), or 2.5 inch Hard Disk, USB Flash Drive. j. Content Update: Networking (By Ethernet/WLAN). k. Power Source: Ac 100~240 V, Universal, plus or minus 10 percent. l. Power Consumption: Not to exceed 250 W typical, normal operation. m. Power Management: VESA DPMS Compliant. n. Mounting: FDMI VESA compliant. (MIS-F) o. Video Format Support: MPEG1, MPEG4. p. Graphic Format Support: JPEG, BMP. q. Text Banner: Variable scrolling speed and position. r. Audio Output: Stereo RCA 2Wx2. s. Control Input: RS232C, Alarm Contact Terminals t. Ambient Operating Temperature Range: 20°F to 104°F u. Operating Humidity Range: 10% to 90% SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 5 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. v. HDMI/IPTV Network Receiver: 100Base-TX (RJ-45) mini PCI for 802.11b/g WLAN (Optional), SNMP managed. w. Portrait Mode Support: Yes. x. Weight: Not to exceed 200 Lbs. y. Vandal Resistant Construction: Housing & Casing z. Expected continuous operating life: 50,000+ Hours aa. Warranty: Minimum 3 Years Parts & Labor VMS Dot Matrix LED Displays: 1. Manufacturers: Daktronics Outdoor Galaxy 3200 or similar approved equal. 2. Specifications: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Capable of both indoor and outdoor installation, NEMA 3R rated. UL Listed. b. Line/Column Spacing: c. Pixel Configuration: 2 in 1 d. Anticipated Continuous Operating Lifespan: 100,000+ hours e. Color: Amber f. Horizontal/Vertical Viewing Angles: g. Aluminum Body: Black painted textured finish. h. Anti-reflective tempered glass window. i. Locks: 3 tubular keyed compression latches. j. Internal 6 outlet 115 V, 15 A power strip, UL 1449 listed. k. Gas struts to open from access cover. l. Slip hinges for cover removal. m. Fan or ac cooling solutions per climate requirements. n. Ambient Operating Temperature Range: 20°F to 104°F. o. Operating Humidity Range: 10% to 90% p. Enclosure Dimensions: Per Sound Transit, must meet 9’ clear above finished floor (including CCTV Cameras). See drawings for specific measurements. q. Weight: Not to exceed 200 pounds. r. Finish and Color: Polyester power coat black paint. s. Ceiling Mounted. t. Warranty: Minimum 3 Years Parts & Labor 8mm SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 6 OF 10 30°/30° RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. C. Custom Design Features: a. VMS enclosures shall be provided with cutout mounting locations for the installation of Mini Dome CCTV cameras as shown on detailed Contract Drawings. b. Coordinate with Section 28 23 00, Closed Circuit Television System, for additional camera requirements. c. Coordinate with civil contracts for VMS installation. Verify VMS enclosure mounting point location meets requirements in accordance with Contract Drawings. d. VMS Enclosure CCTV Cameras: Install CCTV cameras within VMS enclosures as shown on Contract Drawings. VMS mounted CCTV cameras are part of the station CCTV camera system, and do not integrate directly to the VMS system. The VMS enclosure functions as a mounting and camera wiring access point e. VMS Wiring will enter through pendent members extending from ceiling into the sign housing; junction boxes and conduit shall be concealed from public view. f. Civil contractor will install pendent members for attachment to any canopy structure, systems contractor must trim and thread these members to ensure that the VMS & any integrated CCTV cameras are at 9’ Above Finished Floor. g. At stations where signs are installed to floor mounted structures or cantilevered support brackets, follow designs per drawings. Variable Message Signage Management: 1. At the Operations Maintenance Facility (OMF) provide Windows based digital signage Media Content Server in accordance with Section 25 10 10, Central Control Systems. Server to serve as centralized VMS content distribution via IP multicast over Train Control Network (TCN). Connection to both online and offline VMS content. Media Content Server shall provide gateway to live media content via Sound Transit IT Internet firewall. 2. Provide Windows based Digital Signage Management Software for the management and development of VMS messages and display format. 3. Provide the following features: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Support for standard media formats (JPG, FLASH, WMV, MPEG, MOV, URL, RSS, PowerPoint, TV Channel, Mobil messaging), Support for Twitter Feeds. b. Supports integration with Web 2.0 applications. c. Flexible screen layout with multiple zones for video, image, TV, and text messages. d. RSS or XML feeds with local player cache. e. Emergency alert screen override layer. f. Real time or scheduled content playback. SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 7 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. 2.04 2.05 g. Reusable presentation content templates for content publishing. h. Seamless content updating while playing. i. Supports wired, wireless, and 3G mobile networks. j. Continuous offline playing when network connection is down and automatic content download recovery. k. Centralized content management and distribution. l. Web-based control console for remote display management, player monitoring, control and upgrade. m. Content publishing and playback recording. n. Content programming access control down to individual channel and screen zone level. o. Content publishing workflow (preview, draft, pending, approved, live, expired). p. Multi-player screen synchronization. q. Support of current Windows operating system. r. Users utilizing the PA/VMS software must be able to send messages to the VMS. s. Capable of supporting both Flat Panel Digital LED Displays and Dot Matrix LED Displays Digital Signage Management Software must integrate with existing Rockwell Collins AIMS application. LOCAL PA/VMS CONTROLLER A. Within communication rooms provide PA/VMS IP controller with data input ports for local emergency alarm interfacing, as shown on Contract Drawings. B. PA/VMS controller shall be capable of interfacing via serial data port, IP Ethernet connection, and alarm contact terminals. C. Interface terminals shall allow for passing of PA/VMS Control Unit text message content to be played on the VMS. D. PA/VMS controller components shall convert text message data into a format suitable for IP transmission and display to VMS. E. PA/VMS controller must have IP Ethernet interface ports for connections to TCN. UTP TRANSMISSION SYSTEM A. VMS displays shall utilize the TCN for IP video transmission. VMS displays shall utilize CAT6 UTP for IP video data cabling. Reference Section 27 15 00, Communications Horizontal Cabling, for cabling requirements. B. VMS displays shall have 4 pair 22 AWG CAT6 100BASE-TX connections to the associated TCN Ethernet switch located in the communication distribution cabinets or communication room racks. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 8 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. 2.06 MAINTENANCE LAPTOP A. Provide network equipment maintenance Laptop. Laptop to be loaded with required application software to support VMS system configuration, installation, testing, and maintenance. B. Contractor must consult with Sound Transit IT Department for approval prior to purchasing laptop hardware/software. Laptop must meet at least the following minimum specifications: C. 2.07 IP address configuration and VLAN assignments shall be determined based on current Sound Transit IT requirements. Reference Section 27 21 29, Network Equipment, for TCN requirements. 1. IBM compatible, 64-bit Intel Core i7-620 Dual Core processor, 2.66GHz, 4MB L2 cache, 16GB DDR3- 1066MHz SDRAM, 512GB (7200rpm) SATA hard drive. 2. External optical mouse, 1GB graphics card, V.92/56k modem, Integrated 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet, wireless network card (802.11 b/g/n), 2 deepsocketed PCMCIA type-II slots, sound card and speaker. DVD-ROM; Slot load DVD+/RW 3. 17in WUXGA display, HDMI output. 4. Each notebook computer shall be supplied with a padded leather carrying case. Contractor shall consult with Sound Transit IT Department for direction on which version of the following the contractor shall provide & install on laptop: 1. Microsoft Windows operating system. 2. Microsoft Office. 3. Antivirus software. 4. DVD+RW and CD-RW "Roxio" editing software, and 10 blank DVD+RW DVDs. 5. Software necessary for viewing CD-ROM O&M Manual. 6. Application software necessary for management, maintenance and support of VMS system: Digital Signage Management Software and Media Content Server Software. 7. At least 3 USB 3.0 ports. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Functional Testing: 1. Test identical VMS system that will be installed in the field. Test central control hardware and software that will be used for development of content and text messages. 2. Test data interface with existing Rockwell Collins AIMS software and TCS communication servers. 3. Test input terminals and data interface for alarm input contact closure to trigger local stored emergency messages. 4. Test the following functions: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 9 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a. Message Display Times. b. Message Features: Scroll, flash, variable height. c. Test multiple screen sections zones and live IP video, with simultaneous text scrolling. d. Test Emergency Override messaging, via contact closure. e. Maximum Viewing Angle. f. Brightness and/or Contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. 3.03 Test Equipment: 1. Provide test equipment for maintenance and management in order to support network equipment. 2. Equipment to Include: Maintenance Laptop with required application software. 3. Equipment to be turned over to Resident Engineer at Substantial Completion. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. 3.04 Install as indicated in conformance with manufacturer’s directions for conditions of application. Training: 1. Develop Training Plan. Submit at least 60 days prior to training for Sound Transit approval. 2. Contractor to prepare hard copies of training materials to be used in training. 3. Contractor to video training sessions and provide a Blueray disk and MPEG-4 file for use later by Sound Transit. MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Plan: Develop a maintenance plan that details preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for VMS equipment prior to Final Acceptance. List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 16 VIDEO DISPLAYS PAGE 10 OF 10 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section defines requirements for designing, furnishing, installing and testing the Public Address/Visual Message System (PA/VMS) Station Control Unit (SCU). 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufactures documentation specifications for SCU hardware. B. Submit hardware and software detail interface documentation of SCU PA/VMS functionality and configuration including: 1. Control Center Workstation and Server PA/VMS application to SCU. 2. SCU to new station PA and VMS systems. 3. Interface to external systems detailing physical connection and functionality. C. Submit Test Program Plan for the system and Test Procedures and Results for each test. Test documentation shall be in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 STATION CONTROL UNIT A. Functionality. 1. Network Connection: Connect to Train Control Network (TCN) Ethernet switches for communication system IP devices. TCN shall provide local communication to both the station PA and VMS systems. 2. Provide functionality for interface between GEISYS PA/VMS application at Operations Control Center (OCC) VMS and the PA systems for the North Link and East Link stations. 3. Store station pre-recorded audio and visual messages and forward live ad-hoc announcements and play commands sent from the OCC. 4. Que announcements to be played until current announcement has been completed. B. Interfaces. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PAGE 1 OF 6 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Paging Controller. a.) Connections: Control contact closure, as shown on Contract Drawings. b.) Outputs: SCU Faults, emergency audio page/message active. c.) Inputs: Message Busy (all zone), Amplifier fault, Speaker line fault, Controller fault. 2. Paging System Cobranet Digital Signal Proccessor. a.) Connections: CAT6 Ethernet via the TCN Access switch. As shown on Contract Drawings. b.) Outputs: Cobranet Audio messages to be played on station PA. Message audio shall be both local stored emergency messages and audio message data received from GEISYS. 3. VMS Controller. a.) Connections: CAT6 and Muliconductor cabling. b.) Outputs: Visual message data to be displayed on station VMS. Message data shall be both stored local emergency messages and visual message data received from GEISYS. 4. Emergency Ventilation system (EVS). a.) Connections: Multiconductor cabling. b.) Inputs: Receive contact closure when ventilation mode is active. Contact closure to indicate VMS emergency messages stored in the SCU to be displayed in accordance with Section 25 10 10 Central Control System, Appendix – A Emergency Response Matrix. C. Manufacturer: GE Transportation, GEISYS PA/VMS system, or approved equal. D. Technical Specifications. 1. Hardward: Industrial standard 19-inch rack-mounted computer. 2. 2U rackmount design in depth of 17.7 inches. 3. Architecture: Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) Industrial Computer Manufacturers Group, single board computer structure with 5 free slots for expansion. 4. Front-accessible one 5.25 inch HDD drive bay, one slim-line CD-ROM, one 3.5 inch HDD drive bay, and one internal HDD drive bay. 5. Cooling: 2 x 8 cm ball-bearing fans (42.5 CFM/each) with a removable filter. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PAGE 2 OF 6 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 6. Digital I/O PCI card, Logic: 96 I/O lines, 5 V TTL/CMOS, with Digital I/O driver application software. 100 pin connector block and cable Kit. 7. Cobranet Audio Sound Card: Low profile PCI card, 8 stereo 24bit CobraNet inputs and outputs on 100Mbit Ethernet operating at 48kHz. 8. Include cobranet audio DSP software application. 9. Include audio/text messaging and control database software application for interfacing to GEISYS system. 2.02 MAINTENANCE LAPTOP A. Provide PA/VMS maintenance Laptop. Laptop shall be a Dell computer and recommended by the PA/VMS vendor. It shall be loaded with application software to support installation, testing, and maintenance of SCU PA audio and messaging.. B. Consult with Sound Transit for approval of the laptop prior to purchase. Laptop must meet the following specficications: 1. Microsoft Windows operating system. 2. Microsoft Office. 3. Antivirus. 4. Software necessary for viewing CD-ROM O&M Manual. 5. Application software necessary for management, configuration, testing and support of head-end PA/VMS and local SCU including but not limited to GEISYS applications and Cobranet DSP and Paging Systems network control applications. 6. At least 3 USB 3.0 ports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install SCU within each station communication room public address rack. B. Provide connections to station Paging System as shown on Contract Drawings and in accordance with Section 27 51 00, Audio Systems – General, and Section 27 51 13, Overhead Audio Paging Systems. C. Provide connections to station Visual Message Systems as shown on Contract Drawings and in accordance with Section 27 51 16, Video Displays. D. Update existing GEISYS Control Center PA/VMS application software for both workstations and servers to allow for integration of new SCUs into for North and East Link in accordance with Section 27 75 00, Operation Control Center Requirements. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PAGE 3 OF 6 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.02 FIELD SYSTEM TESTING A. Verify functionality of GEISYS application interface with PA/VMS for each station. B. Verify functionally of local systems interfaces. C. Ensure contractors responsible for interfacing systems are present to assist during testing. 3.03 SYSTEM SUPPORT A. Maintenance Plan. 1. Develop a maintenance plan that details preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for SCU and PA equipment prior to Final Acceptance. 2. List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures. B. Training Requirements. 1. Provide training and training materials in accordance with Section 01 79 10, Training of Operations and Maintenance Personnel. C. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide in accordance with Section 01 78 23, Operation and Maintenance Data. D. Test Equipment. 1. Provide test equipment for maintenance and management in order to support network equipment. 2. Equipment to Include: Maintenance Laptop, with required support application software. 3. Equipment to be turned over to Resident Engineer at Substantial Completion. E. System Documentation and Record Drawings. 1. Provide in accordance with Section 01 78 39, Project Record Documents. 2. As-Built Documents. Provide the following documents as part of the as-built set: a.) Final Equipment BOM lists b.) SCU equipment configuration Files. c.) List of installed software applications. d.) Device IP address Lists. e.) Updated equipment matrix. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PAGE 4 OF 6 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PAGE 5 OF 6 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% This Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 51 23 AUDIO PAGING AND MESSAGING INTEGRATION PAGE 6 OF 6 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section includes: 1. Requirements for furnishing, installing, and testing the interface equipment required to connect Sound Transit 800 MHz base station repeater sites at the Operations and Maintenance Facility (OMF) for the North Link DAS subsystem and at the Bellevue Transit Center for the East Link DAS subsystem to new Tunnel Radio Systems for the North Link and East Link light rail alignments to provide radio communications for both Sound Transit and for public safety agencies in the North Link Light Rail System (North Link DAS subsystem and the new East Link Light Rail System (East Link DAS subsystem).. 2. The Tunnel Radio Systems will provide coverage both in the tunnel segments and in all public and ancillary habitable spaces in the new stations in the North Link and East Link Systems. B. The North Link subsystem will have two RF Distribution Hubs located in U-District Station and Roosevelt Station in the North-Link subsystem. The North Link Hubs will be fed via an analog RF-over-fiber link from the Puget Sound Emergency Radio System (PSERN) base station headend at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility (O&M). The East Link Hub will be fed directly from the PSERN System base station headend at Bellevue Transit Center (“BTC”). C. Related Work by Other Contractors: The base station repeater equipment to be located at the Sound Transit O&M Center and at the Bellevue Transit Center will be existing systems. For the North Link subsystem, the demarcation line between base station equipment and the Tunnel Radio System Interface equipment depicted herein is the RF output from the 6-way downlink power divider on the transmit (downlink) side of the Tunnel Radio System and the input to the 6-way uplink power combiner on the receive (uplink) side of the Tunnel Radio System. This demarcation line for the Sound Transit O&M Facility base station repeater site for the North Link subsystem is shown in the Contract Drawings. For the East Link subsystem, the demarcation line between the base station equipment and the Distributed Antenna System Interface equipment depicted herein is the RF output from the BTC base station transmitter combiner on the transmit (downlink) side of the Distributed Antenna System and the input to the base station receiver multicoupler on the receive (uplink) side of the Distributed Antenna System. SUBMITTALS A. Submit: 1. Design Review. a. Conceptual Design Review. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Submit the following information prior to Tunnel Radio System Conceptual Design Review: SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 1 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a) b. Preliminary and Intermediate Design Review. 1) c. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING A brief design document verbally describing the functions and operation of the PSERN system headend interfaces at OMF and BTC, including block diagrams of the system similar to the block diagrams shown in the Contract Drawings, a list of anticipated equipment, and a list of exceptions to the design requirements Contractor desires to put forward for approval. See Section 27 60 02, Tunnel Radio System, for Preliminary and Intermediate Design Review requirements. Final Design Review. 1) A guarantee of the availability of each system component, as well as all necessary software, documentation, product support, and other components necessary for system expansion, or their functionally equivalent replacements, for at least 8 years from the date of acceptance. 2) Written certification from the manufacturers of major items of electronic equipment and software that the manufacturers will support their products for not less than 8 years after final System Acceptance. Support shall include all equipment, software, documentation, parts, technical assistance, repair, customer service, and other items necessary for continuing full operation of the Tunnel Radio System/PSERN base station interface systems. Equipment items or software no longer in production shall be replaceable by functionally equivalent items or software. 3) A recommended, itemized list of the types and quantities of spare equipment, cards, individual parts and components, and other items that are deemed necessary for proper maintenance and service of the PSERN base station interfaces. Furnish this list as part of the Proposal Price List and Price Catalog. 4) Grant Sound Transit rights to interface to any component provided as part of Contractor’s PSERN base station interface, the PSERN console/control station interfaces. 5) Proposed Factory Acceptance Test Procedure. a) Thirty Days prior to the Factory Acceptance Test and before field installation, Contractor shall submit the final Factory Acceptance Test procedure for the PSERN base station interfaces. b) This procedure shall include detailed procedures and forms for performing Factory Acceptance Tests necessary to verify the performance of all active components in the system interfaces, including RF/fiber optic links, control stations, power dividers and combiners, fiber switches, and all interface equipment required for the Field Control system described in these Specifications. SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 2 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c) 6) 7) Factory Test Measurement Report. a) Submit a report to Sound Transit at the completion of Factory Tests documenting the results of all measurements described in this Section. b) Documentation shall consist of original test data sheets and other documentation provided by the equipment manufacturer(s) performing the tests. c) The documentation shall include a diagram or description showing the test measurement configuration and indicating the test equipment used to make the measurements. d) Equipment descriptions shall include the most recent calibration date for each piece of test equipment used in the tests. Field Test Measurement Report. a) B. Factory Acceptance Test will be performed at Contractor’s facilities and will be observed by Sound Transit representatives. The Requirements for the Field Testing Measurement Report for the PSERN base station repeater site interface equipment for both the North Link subsystem and the East Link subsystem are described in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, which describes the Field Test Measurement Report Requirements for the complete Tunnel Radio System. Closeout Submittals: 1. Documentation and Project Record Drawings: a. Documentation: Documentation supplied for the PSERN base station interface equipment at OMF and BTC shall include: final system description; block and level diagrams; installation and shop drawings; contractor test reports; system performance verification reports; all manufacturer’s manuals for all components and additional documentation required to include as a minimum: schematics, parts lists, component layouts, installation and replacement instructions, setup procedures, test methods, and operating instructions. b. Manuals: Provide the Sound Transit the following sets of operational, maintenance and service manuals, 30 Days prior to the start of acceptance tests: 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Operational manuals shall include a troubleshooting guide containing simple step-by-step procedures to determine if operation in a backup mode is necessary and to change to a backup mode of operation if required, as well as simple step-bystep operational procedures describing how to respond to common failure modes. SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 3 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. 2) The procedures in the troubleshooting guide shall be written to assist an operator to determine a work-around solution for a particular failure without assistance, if possible, or to determine who to call for assistance if a work-around solution is not possible. 3) Necessary installation and service manuals for each type of equipment supplied, regardless of whether it is manufactured by the vendor or another supplier. 4) Service manuals shall include details on hardware and software operation. 5) Service manuals shall contain sufficient information to allow a competent service technician to service the equipment down to the component level. 6) Operational and programming manuals for software supplied for the system. Software manuals shall include flow charts and shall employ standard language. Proprietary restrictions on software documentation shall be identified and described in the documentation. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide the following operation and maintenance information for each Headend/Hub/DAS subsystem: 1) 2) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING System Block and Level Diagrams: a) Provide complete high level system overview diagrams and complete system block and level diagrams showing all system gains, losses, and level or attenuator settings. b) Diagrams shall include RF signal levels at headend base station repeater system inputs and outputs, uplink and downlink input and sample ports, based on the measurements performed during the Field Acceptance Tests described above. c) System levels documented shall include measured composite uplink noise in the 806 to 824 MHz band at the output side of the Headend power combiners or direct cable connections used to connect the Tunnel Radio Systems to the PSERN and repeater site base station receiver multicouplers at OMF and BTC. Proof-of-Performance Outline and System Adjustment Procedures: a) Provide detailed system adjustment procedures, including a detailed step-by-step written procedure for initial system setup and proof-of-performance tests required to demonstrate correct system performance for each subsystem. b) Proof-of-performance tests described in the procedure shall be equivalent to those indicated in these Specifications, at a minimum. SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 4 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3) 1.03 Recommended System Maintenance and Troubleshooting Procedures: a) Provide documentation of normal system maintenance requirements, including system components that need regular checking and/or long-term observation and performance logging for each subsystem. b) System trends that may indicate changes in the system that will eventually require adjustment or replacement of system components shall be included. c) Provide written step-by-step troubleshooting procedures to be employed if all or part of the system fails. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. See Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, for delivery, storage, and handling requirements for the North Link and East Link Tunnel Radio System base station interface components and materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Design, furnish, and install all necessary fiber-optic equipment, fiber optic splitters, fiber optic switches, interconnecting cabling, other devices and software to completely implement PSERN headend repeater base station repeater interfaces for new fiber-fed 800 MHz Tunnel Radio Systems in the East Link and North Link tunnels and stations. B. An overview of the PSERN radio system is contained in Section 27 60 02, Tunnel Radio System. C. Design, furnish and install associated monitoring equipment described in Section 27 60 02, Tunnel Radio System, and in the Contract Drawings. D. Tunnel Radio System Headend at Sound Transit O&M Facility. 1. Provide and install equipment required for redundant path RF-over-fiber optic links from the PSERN base station equipment at Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility to the U-District and Roosevelt Station RF Distribution Hubs. 2. This Section covers only RF-fiber interface and interconnection equipment up to the fiber demarcation point at the Headend and Hub locations. 3. Provide and install interface equipment for alarms and status indications from the RF/Fiber transceivers and fiber switches described herein. 4. Status indications shall be provided via normally-closed direct contact closures, with the closed condition representing normal operation and the open condition representing an alarm condition. 5. The required alarms, status indications, and analog monitoring functions for the fiber equipment at the OMF headend site are shown in the list below. a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING RF Fiber Transceivers: SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 5 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b. 1) Laser Monitor Output (analog voltage output). 2) Laser Status Alarm Output. 3) Temperature Alarm. 4) Optical Monitor (analog voltage output). 5) Optical Alarm. Fiber Main/Backup Path Switches: 1) E. F. Active Path Indication (Path 1 Active/Path 2 Active). 6. The PSERN dual-redundant 800 MHz repeater site equipment up to and including the downlink RF power dividing and uplink RF power combining shown in the Contract Drawings is shown for reference only. 7. This equipment, up to the demarcation line between the base station equipment and the distribution system interface equipment, is already installed and operational, and is not the responsibility of the N830 / E750 Contractor. ITAC Backup Control Stations in North Link and East Link Stations and 4-Wire E&M Links to Sound Transit Control Center Radio Console. 1. In the event of a complete failure of the fiber links between the system Headend and the North Link and/or East Link RF Distribution Hub locations, two 800 MHz repeaters located at each Hub and operating on ITAC channels in the NPSPAC band shall provide backup communication within the U-Link tunnels and stations. 2. One repeater will operate in stand-alone mode to provide public safety communications within the U-Link alignment. 3. The other repeater will be linked via a 4-wire E & M wireline circuit to the radio console at Sound Transit Central Control to provide emergency backup communications between the train controller and the trains in the tunnel segments and in the U-District, Roosevelt and Bellevue Transit Center Stations. Requirements for the E&M circuits and associated channel bank equipment are described below. 4. The ITAC repeaters will be provided by others under a separate contract. The demarcation line between these base station repeaters and the equipment to be provided by Contractor for the Tunnel Radio System is shown in the Contract Drawings. Redundant Fiber Path Requirements – PSERN Base Station to Distribution Hubs: 1. North Link subsystem: each RF Distribution Hub (U-District Station and Roosevelt Station) shall be connected to the PSERN Radio System repeater site Headend (at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility “OMF”) via redundant diverse route single mode continuous fiber links. 2. East Link subsystem: each remote RRU shall be connected to the PSERN Radio System repeater site Headend (at the Bellevue Transit Center “BTC”) via redundant diverse route single mode continuous fiber links 3. Each fiber link shall be configured to provide main and backup operation, with the main link as the default path, and with automatic switching to the backup link in the event of failure of the main link. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 6 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Dark fiber for these links will be provided as part of the Sound Transit communications backbone system, as described in Section 27 13 23, Systems Optical Fiber Cabling. 5. North Link subsystem: the demarcation point for the interface between the RFover fiber transceivers and the single mode fiber links shall be the connectors on the fiber transceiver modules at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility and at the North Link Station Distribution Hubs. 6. East Link subsystem: the demarcation point for the interface between the RFover-fiber transceivers and the single mode fiber links shall be the connectors on the fiber transceiver modules at the Bellevue Transit Center and the remote RRU locations. G. Station and Tunnel Distributive Antenna Systems (DAS): Requirements for North Link and East Link 800 MHz Distributive Antenna Systems are included in Section 27 60 02, Tunnel Radio System. H. Frequency Bands: 1. Frequency Band Uplink Passbands Downlink Passbands 800 MHz NPSPAC & Public Safety/Industrial Business Bands 806-815 MHz 851-860 MHz 2. I. The Headend-to-Hub and Hub-to-Headend RF/fiber links described in this Section and the Distribution Hubs and the Distributive Antenna Systems in the North Link and East Link alignment and stations described in the N830/E750 Contract shall be designed to pass the following frequency bands: These systems shall be designed to carry the 700 MHz band (764-776 MHz/894-806 MHz) in the future without modifying or adding RF/Fiber components. All parts of the system shall be configured to cover the entire band from 764 to 869 MHz without degradation of system performance. ITAC Repeater 4-Wire E & M Interfaces: 1. Each ITAC repeater used for Sound Transit backup communications in the North Link and East Link subsystems shall be connected to the Sound Transit radio console at the Sound Transit O&M Center via a dedicated DS0 4-wire E &M circuit. The fiber path for the DS0 links will be provided via channel banks and the Sound Transit Communications Backbone system, as described in Section 27 13 23, Systems Optical Fiber Cabling. 2. ITAC repeaters used for Public Safety backup communications do not require external interconnections to dispatch facilities. They are stand-alone repeaters. 3. Provide, install and configure the channel bank equipment required to provide the interfaces between the fiber backbone system and the dedicated 4-Wire E & M DS0 circuits at the Headend in the Central Communications Equipment Room at the Sound Transit O&M Facility Headend, in the U-District Distribution Hub, in the U-District Station Communications Equipment Room, at the Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub in the Roosevelt Station Communications Equipment Room, and at the Bellevue Transit Center Base station facility in the Bellevue Transit Center Communications Room. (Channel bank requirements are indicated below.) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 7 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% J. K. 2.02 4. One E&M control circuit shall be provided for each Sound Transit 800 MHz backup repeater: One in the U-District Station Communications Equipment Room, one in the Roosevelt Station Communications Equipment Room, and one in the Bellevue Transit Center Communications Room. 5. Provide the necessary connections between these 4-wire E&M circuits and their associated backup repeaters. Backup Power Requirements: 1. Provide and Install equipment required to allow all Tunnel Radio System Distribution Hub equipment at the U-District Station, the Roosevelt Station, and the Bellevue Transit Center Station to operate from the backup power systems provided at the communications equipment room. Both 48 Vdc battery backup and 120 Vac UPS backup power systems will be provided as part of the Sound Transit communications backbone system. 2. Provide an appropriate interface to these systems, including dc-to-dc converters or other equipment required to provide an appropriate interface between the backup power supplied under this Contract and the equipment used in the Tunnel Radio System Distribution Hubs in the stations. Tunnel Radio System Conceptual Design Drawings: 1. The Contract Drawings show an overview of the system, and high-level schematic details of the Headend dual-redundant base station interface, and the RF-fiber link equipment configuration at the Headend and Hub locations, and a high-level conceptual design for the hybrid radiating cable/distributed antenna distributive antenna system for both the North Link DAS subsystem and for the East Link DAS subsystem. 2. Block diagrams of the required system interfaces described in the Specification are contained in the Contract Drawings. The Contract Drawings show details of the Sound Transit O&M Facility 800 MHz Base Station Interface equipment layout and configuration the equipment configurations at the Sound Transit O&M Facility base station headend locations for both the North Link DAS subsystem and for the East Link DAS subsystem. SOUND TRANSIT O&M FACILITY BASE STATION HEADEND COMPONENT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The product specifications shown below call out the specific components used in the RF Distribution System conceptual design described in these Specifications. B. Substitute, equivalent, or items may be used whenever specified herein as long as the overall system performance shown in the design documents is maintained, and the resulting system passes all applicable acceptance tests. C. Whenever it is indicated in the Contract Drawings or specified in these Specifications that a substitute "or approved equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to Resident Engineer, the “or approved equal” item shall provide the same overall system performance and general suitability as the specified item. D. No component substitutions will be allowed without specific written approval of Sound Transit. E. Substitutions shall comply with the requirements of these Specifications. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 8 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.03 HEADEND-TO-HUB FIBER OPTIC TRANSCEIVERS (SOUND TRANSIT OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE FACILITY BASE STATION HEADEND) A. B. Supply Fiber Optic Transceivers as shown in the Contract Drawings. Two versions of these shall be supplied: 1. Headend-to-Hub units shall be installed at the base station headend site (Sound Transit O&M Facility base station headend). 2. Hub-to-Headend units shall be installed at the two North Link RF Distribution Hubs at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station. (Only the Headend-to-Hub units are described in this Section; the Hub-to-Headend units are described in Section 27 60 02, Tunnel Radio System.) 3. Headend-to-Hub units shall be configured for 1.5 μm TX and 1.3 μm RX. These shall be Fiber-Span AC 1223W-1.5H2 units or engineer-approved equal. 4. Headend units shall be supplied with two transceivers per 1 RU shelf. 5. Headend units shall be supplied with a 120 Vac power supply. Electrical Requirements: 1. Power: With ac Power Supply: 120 Vac. 2. With dc Power Plant and dc-to-dc Converters: Plus 5 Vdc at 1200 mA, minus 5 Vdc at 1000 mA and plus 12 Vdc at 150 mA. 3. Optical Output Power (typical): 4 mW. 4. Wavelength peak (typical): 1550 nm. 5. Frequency Response, 50 to 1000 MHz: Plus or minus 1.5 dB. 6. Input and Output VSWR (maximum) 2.0:1. 7. Spur Free Dynamic Range (minimum - with 5 dB optical loss): 100 dB. 8. Link RF Gain (minimum with 5 dB optical loss): Minus 12 dB. 9. Output Noise Floor: Minus 138 dBm/Hz (maximum at 5 dBo) over operating temperature. 10. Third Order Intercept Point (minimum at 5 dBo): Plus 30 dBm to 40 degrees C, plus 29 dBm 40 degrees to 70 degrees C. 11. Monitor and Alarm Output Requirements: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Laser Monitor Output (0.1 Vdc = 10 mA). b. Laser Status Alarm Output (Open collector, 20 mA). c. Temperature Alarm (Open collector, 20 mA). d. Optical Monitor (1 Vdc = 1 mW). e. Optical Alarm (Open collector, 20 mA). f. Optical Alarm LED. g. Temperature Alarm LED. SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 9 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.04 h. Laser Alarm LED. i. Mechanical and Environmental Requirements j. RF Connectors: SMA female. k. Fiber Optic Connector: FC/APC. l. Operating Temperature: Minus 30 degrees to 70 degrees C. FIBER OPTIC JUMPERS A. SC/APC to SC/APC Jumpers (Patch Cords). 1. Provide single mode fiber optic jumpers (patch cords) terminated with SC/APC connectors on each end. These jumpers shall be Amerifiber Incorporated FJS55300XM (X is the length in meters) SCAPC/SCAPC SM/Simplex 3.0mm jumpers or approved equal. 2. Bi-directional connections between the main/backup fiber optic switches at each Hub Location (U-District Station Communications Room and Roosevelt Station Communications Room) and the fiber termination modules provided by the Sound Transit Communications backbone system at each North Link Hub Location for the fiber links to the Sound Transit O&M Facility Headend location. a. 3. Bi-directional connections between the fiber termination modules provided by the Sound Transit Communications backbone system the Sound Transit O&M Facility Headend Location and the main/backup fiber optic switches at each North Link Headend Location. a. B. Quantity: Four jumpers at each Hub location for uplink and downlink main and backup paths. Quantity: Eight jumpers at the Headend location. 4. Fiber Type: 900 µm Single Mode Simplex, Riser Rated. 5. Connectors: Angled Polish, SC/APC at each end. 6. Manufacturing and Testing: Manufactured and assembled in a controlled factory environment and 100 percent tested for total optical transmission loss and optical return loss. 7. Jumper Lengths: a. 10 feet, 17 feet, or 33 feet at Hub Locations, depending upon distance between Fiber/RF Equipment Cabinets and Sound Transit Fiber Termination Panels. b. 10 feet, 17 feet, or 33 feet at Headend Location, depending upon distance between Sound Transit Fiber Termination Panels and Headend Fiber/RF Equipment Cabinets. 1) Optical Loss: 0.75 dBo (maximum). 2) Optical Return Loss: 65 dB (minimum). Fiber Optic Path Main/Backup Switches: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 10 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. 2.05 a. Frequency Range: 100 to 2200 MHz b. Inputs: Primary and Secondary RF Inputs c. Switching: Auto/Manual d. Connectors RF Input/Output: SMA-M e. Controls: Primary/Secondary Auto or Manual, Manual f. Alarms: Status OK/Alarm Primary Status OK/Alarm, Secondary RF TRANSMISSION LINES A. 2.06 Main/backup switches shall be provided at the Sound Transit O&M base station headend and at the Distribution Hub locations (U-District Station and Roosevelt Station) to switch to the backup fiber path in the event of failure of the main fiber path. These switches shall be Fiber-Span FS-2374-SW. The specifications for these switches are as follows: Provide RF transmission lines that interconnect all of the various components of this system. HEADEND EQUIPMENT CABINET RF JUMPERS A. Provide and install RF jumper cables for the Hub equipment cabinets, as shown in the Contract Drawings. B. All jumpers used in the Hub Equipment cabinets shall use 1/2 inch super flexible foam dielectric coaxial cable (CommScope LDF4RK-50A or approved equal) terminated with factory-installed Type N male or Type SMA male connectors, as required for the various interconnections shown in the Contract Drawings (Type N male connectors for power dividers, directional couplers and filters, SMA connectors for attenuators, and RF/fiber transceivers). C. D. E. Jumpers shall be 100 percent factory sweep-tested for attenuation and VSWR. Electrical Requirements. 1. Attenuation (maximum): 450 MHz - 1.447 dB/100 feet; 894 MHz - 2.089 dB/100 feet; 2000 MHz - 3.251 dB/100 feet. 2. Average Power (minimum): 450 MHz - 1.61 kW; 900 MHz - 1.11 kW; 2000 MHz - 0.72 kW (VSWR 1:1 at 40 degrees C with 100 degrees C inner conductor).Impedance: 50 Ohms. Mechanical and Environmental Requirements. 1. RF Connectors: N male (silver plated brass with gold inner conductor) or SMA Male (gold plated). 2. Outside Dimensions: Nominally 1/2 inch. 3. Minimum Bend Radius (multiple bends): 5 inches. 4. Jacket: Non­halogenated, fire retardant polyolefin; UL 1666/CATVR/CMR. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 11 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 5. 2.07 2.08 Listing: UL CATVR/CMR RF CONNECTORS A. All RF connectors shall be N or SMA type connectors. B. RF connectors shall not be manufactured from ferrous materials (nickel and stainless steel) or have non-soldered contacts of dissimilar metals. C. Connectors shall have silver plated bodies with gold plated inner conductors. RF FIXED ATTENUATORS A. Provide and install fixed RF attenuators as shown in the Contract Drawings. These attenuators shall be Pasternak Enterprises attenuators as specified below, or approved equal. B. 1 Watt Fixed Attenuators (Pasternak Enterprises PE7002-X, where X indicates the attenuation value required in the Contract Drawings, or approved equal.) 1. 2. Electrical Requirements: a. Frequency Range: Dc to 2000 MHz. b. Impedance: 50 Ohms. c. Average Power Handling Capability: 1 Watt (plus 30 dBm). d. Accuracy: Dc-1000 MHz, plus or minus 0.6 dB; 1000-2000 MHz, plus or minus 1 dB. e. VSWR: Greater than cc to 1000 MHz, 1.3:1 (maximum); 1000 to 2000 MHz 1.5:1 (maximum). Mechanical Requirements: a. C. Connectors: Type N Male to Type N Female. 10 W Fixed Attenuators (Pasternak Enterprises PE7010-X, where X indicates the attenuation value required in the Contract Drawings, or approved equal.) 1. 2. Electrical Requirements: a. Frequency Range: Dc to 2000 MHz. b. Impedance: 50 Ohms. c. Average Power Handling Capability: 10 W (plus 40 dBm). d. Accuracy: Dc-1000 MHz, plus or minus 0.6 dB; 1000-2000 MHz, plus or minus 1 dB. e. VSWR: Dc to 1000 MHz, 1.3:1 (maximum); 1000 to 2000 MHz 1.6:1 (maximum). Mechanical Requirements. a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Connectors: Type N Male to Type N Female. SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 12 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.09 800 MHZ VARIABLE STEP RF ATTENUATORS A. Provide variable step attenuators for use at the Sound Transit O&M Facility base station headend. These attenuators shall be used as the O&M Headend RF-fiber optic link input attenuators, as shown in the Contract Drawings. These shall be Alan Industries, Inc. 50SV10 units or approved equal. 1. 2. 2.10 a. Frequency Range: dc - 1500 MHz (minimum). b. Attenuator Range: 0 - 10 dB (1.0 dB steps). c. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.3 dB d. Impedance: 50 Ohms. e. Insertion Loss: 0.2 dB (minimum). f. VSWR: 1.4:1 (maximum). g. Average Power: 1.0 W (250 W Peak). Mechanical Requirements: a. RF Connectors: SMA female. b. Nominal Dimensions: 1.30 inch diameter (excluding connectors) by 1.63 inches length. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Headend Fiber Equipment: 1. 2.11 Electrical Requirements: Mount OMF Headend fiber optic link equipment in existing racks at the OMF base station location, adjacent to existing fiber optic link equipment for the DSTT, Beacon Hill Tunnel and University Link fiber optic link equipment. FACTORY TESTING – PSERN BASE STATION INTERFACE EQUIPMENT A. B. C. Fiber Optic Cable Factory Tests. 1. All fiber optic jumper cables shall be swept for Optical Return Loss and Attenuation over the nominal operating frequency range of the jumpers with factory installed SC/APC connectors. 2. The results of these tests shall be provided in either graphical or tabular form in the Factory Test Report. RF Transmission Line Factory Tests: 1. All RF pre-assembled transmission lines and jumpers to be used at the Sound Transit O&M Facility Tunnel Radio System Headend shall be swept for VSWR and Attenuation over the frequency range of 764 to 869 MHz, using factoryinstalled connectors. 2. The results of these tests shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Factory Test Report. Fiber Optic Switch Factory Tests: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 13 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. E. 1. All fiber optic jumper cables shall be swept for Optical Return Loss and Attenuation over the nominal operating frequency range of the switches, with factory installed FC/APC connectors. 2. The results of these tests shall be provided in either graphical or tabular form in the Factory Test Report. RF/Fiber Optic Link Factory Tests: 1. RF/Fiber optic transceivers shall be tested for total system RF loss (RF input to RF output) with transceivers connected on the bench with 5 dB of optical loss. 2. Transmitter input 3rd Order Intercept (in dBm) and Receiver Noise (in dBm/Hz) shall be measured for each unit with transceivers connected with 5 dB of optical loss. 3. Written documentation of these test measurements shall be included in the Factory Test Measurement report submitted to Sound Transit, as described in this Section and in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. Equipment Configuration at Factory Test: 1. During the factory tests, all Headend and Distribution Hub fiber optic equipment, RF BDA equipment and other RF distribution equipment up to and including the Distribution Hub BDAs, shall be set up in the same configuration that will be used at the designated installation site. 2. Optical attenuators may be used to provide RF fiber link system attenuation equivalent to the attenuation that will occur due to actual fiber losses between the Headend site and the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub sites. Sub-systems shall be tested in the staging area in such a manner as to minimize the actual installation time in the field. 3. An example of the system as-built documentation shall be available at the time of system demonstration. 4. See Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration for specific factory test requirements for Distribution Hub and Distributive Antenna System (DAS) equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all preparation Work required for installation of all Tunnel Radio System base station interface components in the Sound Transit O&M Facility and at the Bellevue Transit Center Headend, including core drilling for cable penetrations in locations where required penetration sleeves are not already provided by the Sound Transit civil or electrical contractor. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the general arrangement of circuits, conduit runs, equipment cabinets, antennas, transmission line runs, fiber termination panels, and other Work. Information shown on the Contract Drawings is schematic; however, reconfiguration or rerouting will not be permitted without specific acceptance. C. In cases of conflict between Contract Specifications and Contract Drawings, the Specifications shall have precedence. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 14 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.02 D. Data presented on the Contract Drawings is as accurate as planning can determine, but accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of all dimensions, locations, and levels, to suit field conditions is required. E. Review all, civil, structural and mechanical and electrical/RF system drawings and all Contract Specifications and adjust all Work to conform to all conditions shown therein. INSTALLATION A. PSERN Base Station Interface Equipment at Sound Transit O&M Facility and Bellevue Transit Center. 1. 3.03 CABLE, WIRE, TRANSMISSION LINE, AND FIBER LABELING A. 3.04 3.05 The equipment configuration shown in the Contract Drawings is typical. Equipment cabinets, antenna transmission lines, antennas, and radiating cable may be relocated within reasonable limits as necessary to avoid conflicts with other equipment mounted in the OMF and in the Bellevue Transit Center Headend Communications Room. All labeling of cables, wires, transmission lines, and fiber and fiber jumpers shall comply with the requirements of Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. All equipment nameplates shall comply with the requirements of Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. B. Nameplate format, composition, and installation shall comply with the requirements of Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, which describes general overall Testing, Identification, and Administration requirements. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Testing for the PSERN base station repeater site interface equipment is described in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, which describes the required field and acceptance testing for the complete Tunnel Radio Systems. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 15 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% This Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 01 PSERN RADIO SYSTEM INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS PAGE 16 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Design, furnish, and install all necessary fiber-optic equipment, amplifiers, antennas, devices, interconnecting cabling, and software to completely implement the fiber-fed 800 MHz Radio Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) described in these Specifications and in the attached Contract Drawings. B. Section includes the requirements for furnishing, installing, and testing two DAS Systems to provide radio communications for both Sound Transit and for public safety agencies in the North Link and East Link tunnel segments; U-District Station and Roosevelt Station; the Bellevue Transit Center tunnel and station, other East Link Stations and parking garages (described below in Section 1.03.C), the Mount Baker I-90 Tunnel, and the Mercer Island I-90 Lid. The Distributed Antenna Systems will provide coverage both in the North Link and East Link tunnel segments and in all public and ancillary spaces in the North Link and East Link stations. The North Link System will have two RF distribution Hubs located at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station. The North Link Hubs will be fed via an analog RF-over-fiber link from the Distributed Antenna system Headend at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility (OMF). The East Link Hub at BTC will be fed from a co-located 6-channel base station at BTC. The other remote locations in the East Link system will be fed via analog RF-over fiber links from the BTC base station. Stand-alone repeaters in each Hub location, operating on 800 MHz ITAC channels, will provide backup communications capabilities in the event of a complete failure of the fiber optic links from the OMF to the U-District and/or Roosevelt station headends or from the base station facility at the BTC station headend. (ITAC channels are public safety 800 MHz conventional channels reserved for use by multiple agencies as interoperability channels and tactical channels.) 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 27 60 01 – KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements. B. Section 27 60 07 – Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. C. Section 27 11 16 – Communications Cabinets and Racks D. Section 27 13 23 – Communications Optical Backbone Cabling. 1.03 EXISTING SOUND TRANSIT TWO-WAY RADIO SYSTEM AND SYSTEMS OVERVIEW A. King County Radio System and PSERN The Sound Transit Link two-way radio system now operates over the existing King County Regional 800 MHz Trunked Radio System (“KCRS”), using Motorola mobile radios, portable radios, and control stations configured for operation on the KCRS, which is a Motorola NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 1 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% Smartzone analog trunked radio system operating with Version 4.1. The KCRS will be migrating over the next 5 years to a replacement system called PSERN (Puget Sound Emergency Radio Network), which will be a Motorola P25 Phase 2 system that will be interconnected to other P25 systems in the Puget Sound Region via ISSI 8000. By the time the DAS systems described in these specifications are implemented, the PSERN system should be essentially fully implemented as a two-slot TDMA radio system, the systems described in these specifications will operate over the PSERN system. Therefore, there will be two voice paths per 12.5 kHz RF channel at each base station facility in the system, and the systems described in these specifications will operate over the PSERN system. 1. Mobile and portable radios for the Sound Transit two-way radio system will be provided by others and under a separate contract and are not the responsibility of Contractor in these Specifications. These radios will be programmed by others to operate on the PSERN system. B. North Link Tunnel Radio System 1. The existing above-ground repeater sites in the future PSERN system will provide coverage to the portions of the Sound Transit North Link alignment that are above ground (as does the existing KCRS system), while a new Tunnel Radio System will be implemented to provide coverage in the North Link tunnel segments and three new stations at U-District Roosevelt, and Northgate. 2. The North Link DAS System described in these Specifications will provide radio communications for Sound Transit trains, and public safety agencies (Seattle Police, Seattle Fire, and EMS) in a new tunnel now being constructed from the University of Washington Campus to Northgate. The Distributed Antenna System will provide coverage in the tunnel bore segments and in all public and all habitable ancillary spaces in the three stations. 3. The North Link Distributed Antenna System will be fed by the 10-channel 800 MHz dualredundant base station site located at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility (“OMF”), which will be upgraded to be part of the PSERN P25 system. This base station site now operates as part of the KCRS. That base station facility will be connected via redundant path RF-over-fiber links to RF distribution hubs located at the U-District and Roosevelt Stations in the North Link Segment. The passive components of the Distributed Antenna System (such items as transmission lines, power dividers and combiners, antennas) shall be designed to allow the addition of 700 MHz operation in the future. The RF distribution hubs will feed 800 MHz signals from the PSERN system to hybrid radiating cable/distributed antenna systems in the stations and tunnel bore segments. 4. The Northgate Station Distributed Antenna System will be fed with a fiber-fed remote repeater unit; the remote unit will be fed from the Roosevelt Station headend. 5. In addition to the fiber-fed DAS system described above, the parking lot at the Northgate Station will incorporate a separate DAS system fed via an off-the-air donor antenna. 6. The PSERN system and the base station site used to feed the DAS System will be new systems provided by others, and are not the responsibility of Contractor. 7. The North Link Tunnel Radio System includes two conventional 800 MHz repeaters in each tunnel segment operating on ITAC (International Tactical Channel) interoperability channels to provide backup communications in the tunnels in the event of the complete failure of both the main and the backup base station repeater sites or failure of one or both of the fiber links between the base station repeater sites and the tunnel segments. (ITAC NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 2 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% channels are public safety 800 MHz conventional channels reserved for use by multiple agencies as interoperability channels and tactical channels.) One repeater provides backup communications for public safety users. The other repeater provides backup communications for Sound Transit personnel. The Sound Transit conventional repeater will be linked to the Sound Transit control center via a dedicated 4-wire E&M link, over the Sound Transit communications backbone system. C. East Link Tunnel Radio System 1. The existing above-ground repeater sites in the future PSERN system will provide coverage to the portions of the Sound Transit East Link alignment that are above ground (as does the existing KCRS system), while a new DAS System will be implemented to provide coverage in the East Link tunnel segments and the Bellevue Transit Center. 2. The East Link DAS System described in these Specifications will provide radio communications for Sound Transit trains, and public safety agencies (Mercer Island, Bellevue; and Redmond Police, Mercer Island, Bellevue and Redmond Fire; and Mercer Island, Bellevue and Redmond EMS) in a new tunnel segments and in multiple stations to be constructed from the existing IDS station on Central Link to Overlake Transit Center in Redmond. The Tunnel Radio System will provide coverage in the East Link primary tunnel bore segments: Bellevue Transit Center, Mount Baker I-90 and Mercer Island I-90 Lid) and in all public and required habitable ancillary spaces in the following stations and short tunnel segments: a.) Mount Baker Tunnel b.) Mercer Island Tunnel c.) Mercer Island Station d.) South Bellevue Station e.) South Bellevue Parking Garage f.) Hospital Station g.) 120th Station h.) Downtown Bellevue Tunnel i.) Bellevue Transit Center Station j.) Winter’s House Lid k.) 112th Street Underpass These stations and short tunnel segments will be fed via remote RRUs (fiber-fed BDAs – BiDirectional Amplifiers) fed via analog fiber from the base station at Bellevue Transit Center (“BTC”). 3. The East Link Tunnel Radio System will be fed by the 6-channel (10 voice path) 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 base station site located at the Bellevue Transit Center. This base station site will operate as part of the PSERN system and will be connected via redundant path RF-over-fiber links to tunnel segments, short tunnel segments and stations listed above in Section 1.03.C.2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 3 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% The RF distribution hubs will feed 800 MHz signals from the PSERN system to hybrid radiating cable/distributed antenna systems in the stations and tunnel bore segments. 4. In addition to the fiber-fed DAS system described above, the parking lot at the South Bellevue Station will incorporate a separate DAS system fed via an off-the-air donor antenna. 5. The PSERN system and the base station site used to feed the DAS System will be new systems provided by others, and are not the responsibility of Contractor. 6. The East Link DAS System includes two conventional 800 MHz repeaters in each tunnel segment (Mt. Baker, Mercer Island, and Downtown Bellevue) operating on ITAC (International Tactical Channel) interoperability channels to provide backup communications in the main tunnel segments in the event of the complete failure of both the main and the backup base station repeater sites or failure of one or both of the fiber links between the base station repeater sites and the tunnel segments. (ITAC channels are public safety 800 MHz conventional channels reserved for use by multiple agencies as interoperability channels and tactical channels.) One repeater provides backup communications for public safety users. The other repeater provides backup communications for Sound Transit personnel. The Sound Transit conventional repeater will be linked to the Sound Transit control center via a dedicated 4-wire E&M link, over the Sound Transit communications backbone system. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. This Specification describes a system design which an engineering study and local experience has determined to be practical. Submit a proposal which meets or exceeds the requirements herein. B. Design Review. 1. Conceptual Design Review. a.) Submit the following information for the Distributed Antenna System Conceptual Design Review (See Division 01 for general Design Review submittal requirements and schedules): 1.) A brief design document verbally describing the functions and operation of the Distributed Antenna System, including block diagrams of the system similar to the block diagrams shown in the Contract Drawings, a list of anticipated equipment, and a list of exceptions to the design requirements Contractor desires to put forward for approval. Submit separate documents for the North Link DAS system and for the East Link DAS system. 2. Preliminary Design Review. a.) Submit the following minimum information for the Distributed Antenna System Preliminary Design Review (with a separate set of documents for the North Link DAS system and for the East Link DAS system): A detailed document including but not limited to the following documentation: 1.) Detailed list and description of all equipment intended for use. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 4 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) Product specifications of equipment intended for use. 3.) Draft RF system schematics, showing the complete system configuration, including all signal paths and system components, system component gains and losses, normal signal levels, noise levels, and intermodulation levels at each active RF stage input (amplifiers and RF-fiber links) and output throughout the system, and cumulative, end-to end uplink signal, noise, and intermodulation levels based on the uplink and downlink input signal levels shown in the link budgets and system block diagrams contained in these Specifications. 4.) Draft description of Distributed Antenna System design, operations and maintenance. 3. Intermediate Design Review. a.) Submit the following minimum information for the Distributed Antenna System Intermediate Design Review (with a separate set of documents for the North Link DAS system and for the East Link DAS system): 1.) Preliminary layout of Distributed Antenna System RF transmission lines, power dividers and combiners, radiating cable, distributed antennas, bi-directional amplifiers, and associated Distributed Antenna System equipment in the North Link Segment, at each station, in the Distribution Hub equipment rooms, and at the OMF headend. 2.) Predicted system RF coverage in all required coverage areas in the North Link Alignment and in the East Link Alignment, based on Contractor’s proposed system design(s). Predicted coverage shall be shown on plan view drawings of each level in each tunnel, station, or other coverage area, and shall show all equipment rooms, stairwells, and other habitable spaces (including coverage in all elevators in the North Link Alignment and coverage in all elevators in the East Link alignment). Provide a coverage map for all coverage areas, with predicted coverage shown on the plan view drawings of each area showing predicted received signal levels (in dBm) at a belt level portable radio. Color code the coverage maps to show areas with predicted received signal power levels that meet the requirements of these specifications in one color and areas with predicted received signal power levels below the required level shown in these specifications with no color (clear). Additional colors may be used to indicate received signal power levels above the minimum threshold level shown in these specifications. Provide coverage maps for both downlink (base station-to-portable) and uplink (portable-to-base station) coverage. Generate coverage maps using software designed specifically to predict in-building coverage for DAS systems (EDX Signal Pro™, IBwave™, or other approved equivalent) and to take into account the effects of attenuation and propagation losses caused by walls and other structures in the coverage areas. Include a complete description of the RF propagation model used to generate the predictions and all assumptions and input parameters used in the model, including assumptions regarding signal attenuation caused by different wall types and other structure types in the DAS coverage environment. Submit sample coverage maps and modeling assumptions to Sound Transit for approval before producing coverage maps. 3.) Draft Use Case documents for Distributed Antenna System failure and backup modes. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 5 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. Final Design Review. a.) Submit the following minimum information for Distributed Antenna System Final Design Review (with a separate set of documents for the North Link DAS system and for the East Link DAS system): 1.) A complete list of the specific components to be provided to install the system described in the Specification documents, corresponding to each component shown in the specification block and level diagrams and the Specification Equipment List, based on the actual system components used in Contractor’s system design. Submit detailed descriptions of each major component, separate from the device's specification sheet. The description shall address the device's features, whether the device can be DC powered from a standby battery system or requires continuous AC power, and its function within the system. Specification sheets of each device shall be included in the documentation submitted under this Section. 2.) A complete set of Block and Level system diagrams, similar to those shown in these Specifications, showing at a minimum the following information: i.) The complete system configuration, including all signal paths and system components, system component gains and losses, and normal signal levels based on the uplink and downlink input signal levels shown in the link budgets and system block diagrams shown in these Specifications. ii.) Nominal gain, noise figure, and Output Third Order Intercept for all amplifiers and other system gain blocks (e.g. 800 MHz Bi-Directional Amplifier (BDA) units and RF-fiber link transmitters and receivers). iii.) Calculated signal power levels (dBm), composite noise power levels [dBm in a 12.6 kHz ENBW (Equivalent Noise Bandwidth) channel], carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratios (dB), and 3rd order intermodulation power levels (dBm and dBc dB relative to the desired carrier level) at critical points in the system uplink path. At a minimum, these shall be shown at the BDA outputs at each of the RF Distribution Hub locations, at the RF input and output connectors of the fiber optic links between the Distribution Hub locations and the OMF Headend location, and at the output of the uplink power combiner that feeds the PSERN 800 MHz system base station site at the OMF. iv.) Signal levels shall be based on the nominal “normal” uplink signal levels shown at the last tunnel BDA input in the uplink signal paths. Noise power levels and carrier-to-noise ratios shall be based on the calculated cascade noise power at the output of each uplink fiber optic-RF receiver at the OMF headend site, based on the uplink BDA gain and noise figure values and the fiber optic link net gain and fiber optic/RF receiver output noise power used in Contractor’s system design. v.) The link budgets shall demonstrate that Contractor’s proposed Distributed Antenna System will provide an uplink carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio of at least 28.6 dB (18.7 dB for uplink DAQ 3.4 performance in a Rayleigh fading environment plus 9.9 dB for lognormal fading caused by location variability) at the output of the six-way combiner used to feed the KCRS dual redundant base station site at the OMF for the North Link sub-system, assuming a composite noise power at the output of the OMF 4-way combiner equal to the value shown for Contractor’s system design for the North Link segments. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 6 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% NOTE: ACTUAL MEASURED NOISE VALUE AFTER U-LINK IS UP AND RUNNING IN HERE. For the East Link subsystem, provide a minimum uplink carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio of 28.6 dB, measured at the input to the PSERN base station facility. vi.) Intermodulation calculations shall be based on the worst-case “strong” 2component signal levels at the last uplink BDA input in each uplink signal chain (BDA #1 through BDA #2 at the U-District Station Distribution Hub and BDA #1 through BDA #2 at the Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub for North Link and the fiber transceiver unit at the Bellevue Transit Center Hub for the East Link system), based on two portable radios spaced 3 feet from the distributed antenna with the least uplink line loss to the BDA. (These are the same BDA input levels described in Article 3.03, Field Testing, herein,). Worst-case uplink IM product power levels shall also be shown at the input to the RF-fiber transmitter at each Distribution Hub. vii.) The uplink amplifier AGC circuits in the BDAs used in the Distributed Antenna Systems shall be adjusted to limit the maximum uplink signal levels under these worst case “strong” signal conditions to power levels that produce a minimum carrier-to-intermodulation (C/IM) ratio of 28.6 dB at the uplink output of each BDA or fiber transceiver unit, and at the output of the uplink fiber-RF receivers at the end of the fiber links from the Distribution Hubs to the OMF headend. viii.) An itemized list of the costs of providing adjustments for all site conditions affecting the proposed installation and the costs for providing these adjustments, as described below. 3.) An itemized list of specialized test equipment, other instrumentation, items, and material required for maintenance and repair of the proposed Distributed Antenna Systems, including a description and the purpose of each item of proposed test and diagnostic equipment. Proposed test equipment shall be included as an optional item in the Proposal Price List. 4.) Final design schematics and Distributive Antenna System cable and antenna layout drawings for the Distributed Antenna Systems for both the North Link subsystem and for the East Link subsystem. 5.) A document describing the procedure required to obtain new equipment or replacement service parts and components from the manufacturer in both a routine manner and on a rush order basis (next-day delivery), if necessary to effect an emergency repair in the field. And describe the degree of depot support to be supplied for board level repair; and the ability and procedure to temporarily replace (loan) any particular board during the time that the defective board is being repaired. 6.) A list of locally owned or affiliated service locations. Also provide a telephone number of a technical service center for 24-hour fixed equipment technical assistance. 7.) A guarantee of the availability of each system component, as well as all necessary software, documentation, product support, and other components necessary for system expansion, or their functionally equivalent replacements, for at least 8 years from the date of acceptance. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 7 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 8.) Written certification from the manufacturers of major items of electronic equipment and software that the manufacturers will support their products for not less than 8 years after final system acceptance. Support shall include all equipment, software, documentation, parts, technical assistance, repair, customer service, and other items necessary for continuing full operation of the Distributed Antenna System. Equipment items or software no longer in production shall be replaceable by functionally equivalent items or software. 9.) A description of the feasibility, development plans, and hardware or software changes required to expand the Distributed Antenna Systems to additional tunnel segments. Describe limits (for example, limits imposed by cumulative system noise or intermodulation) to the number of additional tunnel segments that could be incorporated into the Distributed Antenna Systems (for the North Link subsystem and for the East Link subsystem). Expansion shall not require the replacement or major modification of electronic equipment supplied under this Contract. 10.) A recommended, itemized list of the types and quantities of spare equipment, cards, individual parts and components, and other items that are deemed necessary for proper maintenance and service of the DAS systems. Furnish this list as part of the Proposal Price List and Price Catalog. 11.) Grant Sound Transit rights to interface to any component provided as part of Contractor’s Distributed Antenna System. 5. Proposed Factory Acceptance Test Procedure. a.) Thirty Days prior to the Factory Acceptance Test and before any field installation, Contractor shall submit the final Factory Acceptance Test procedure. This procedure shall include detailed procedures and forms for performing Factory Acceptance Tests necessary to verify the performance of all active components in the Distributed Antenna System (for both North Link and East Link subsystems), including RF/fiber optic transmitters and receivers, bi-directional amplifier transmitters/receivers, and all interface equipment required to connect to the Building Management System described in this specification. It is expected that the test will be performed at Contractor’s facilities in the Seattle area under the supervision of Sound Transit. Factory test requirements are described in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. 6. Final User Documents. a.) Prior to Final Acceptance Testing, submit final versions of the following items: 1.) User Manuals. 2.) Maintenance Manuals. 3.) Training Plan. 4.) Training Manuals. b.) Prior to the Factory Acceptance Test and before any field installation, submit the final Factory Acceptance Test procedure. This procedure shall include detailed procedures and forms for performing Factory Acceptance Tests necessary to verify the NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 8 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% performance of all active components in each Distributed Antenna System, including RF/fiber optic links, bi-directional amplifiers, and all interface equipment required to interconnect to the Comm/BMS described in this Specification. Factory Test Acceptance requirements are shown in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. It is expected that the test will be performed at Contractor’s on-site facilities and will be observed by representatives of Sound Transit. c.) Submit certified factory test report, 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL/QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials and Work of the Contract shall conform to Contractor’s approved Quality Assurance Program Plan. B. Codes and Standards. 1. Provide design, materials, and installation in conformance with applicable portions of latest revisions governing such Work. 2. In the event of a conflict between the local codes/standards and these Specifications, these Specifications govern. Report conflicts in writing to Sound Transit as soon as they are discovered. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a new Distributed Antenna System for North Link Extension, as described below. 1. Provide and install fiber-fed RF Distribution Hubs at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station and radiating cable/distributive antenna system to cover U-District Station, Roosevelt Station and the North Link tunnel segments, as shown in the Contract Drawings. The Distributed Antenna System in the North Link stations and tunnel segments will provide Sound Transit and Public Safety coverage over the Puget Sound Emergency Radio Network (“PSERN”). a.) Provide and install fiber-fed RF Distribution Hub at U-District Station and radiating cable/distributive antenna system to cover U-District Station, the North Link tunnel segment between the U-District Station and University of Washington Station, and the tunnel segment between U-District Station and Roosevelt Station, as shown in the Contract Drawings. b.) Provide and install fiber-fed RF Distribution Hub at Roosevelt Station and radiating cable/distributive antenna system to cover Roosevelt Station, and to provide a redundant feed to the tunnel segment between Roosevelt Station and U-District Station, as shown in the Contract Drawings. c.) Provide and install uplink and downlink RF power combining and dividing equipment for the interface between the RF-fiber links, Distributive Antenna System, and the ITAC public safety conventional base station repeaters (described below) and the DAS at the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station RF Distribution Hubs. d.) Provide and install a new Distributive Antenna System (“DAS”) to carry public safety and Sound Transit radio traffic in the North Link Segment. The Distributive Antenna NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 9 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% System shall be configured with both radiating cable and discrete distributed antennas, and shall be connected to the U-District Station Distribution Hub and Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub equipment, as shown in the Contract Drawings and as described in this specification. 2. Tunnel Radio System Headend at Sound Transit OMF. a.) Provide and install equipment required for RF-over-fiber optic from the Puget Sound Emergency Radio Network (“PSERN”) dual-redundant repeater site at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility to the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station RF Distribution Hubs, as shown in the drawings. b.) Provide and install interconnecting cables from downlink and uplink power dividing/power combining equipment at the dual-redundant repeater site at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility (“OMF”) to the RF-fiber links that connect to the Hub locations at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station, as shown in the drawings. c.) The PSERN dual-redundant 800 MHz repeater site equipment up to and including the power dividing and combining equipment shown in the drawings is not the responsibility of Contractor. 3. Distributed Antenna System RF Distribution Hub and Backup Repeaters a.) U-District Station. 1.) Provide and install a Distribution Hub system to feed distributive antenna system and interface to two ITAC 800 MHz conventional repeaters for backup public safety and Sound Transit communications in the North Link Segment, including the UDistrict Station and the tunnel segments from the University of Washington campus to U-District Station and from U-District Station to Roosevelt Station. b.) Roosevelt Station. 1.) Provide and install Distribution Hub system to feed distributive antenna system and interface to two ITAC 800 MHz conventional repeaters for backup public safety and Sound Transit communications in the North Link Segment, including the Roosevelt Station and backup coverage of the tunnel segments between Roosevelt Station and U-District Station and between U-District Station and the University of Washington terminus of the North Link tunnel segment. c.) Distribution Hub systems include: 1.) RF-fiber equipment 2.) 800 MHz bi-directionnel amplifier (BDAs) 3.) the uplink and downlink RF power dividing/combining equipment required to feed the distributive antenna system (“DAS”) at each station 4.) backup ITAC repeaters at each Hub. 4. Bidirectional Amplifiers. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 10 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Provide and install band selective 800 MHz bi-directional amplifiers at the U-District Station RF Distribution Hub, as shown in the Contract Drawings b.) Provide and install band selective fiber-fed 800 MHz bi-directional amplifiers and in the following cross-passages in the North Link tunnel between the University of Washington tunnel terminus and U-District Station, between U-District Station and Roosevelt Station, and between Roosevelt Station and Tunnel Portal: 1.) Cross-Passage No. 22. 2.) Cross-Passage No. 25. 3.) Cross Passage No. 29. 4.) Cross Passage No. 32. 5.) Cross Passage No. 35. 6.) Cross Passage No. 38. 7.) Cross Passage No. 42. c.) Provide and install band selective 800 MHz bi-directional amplifiers at the Roosevelt Station RF Distribution Hub, as shown in the Contract Drawings. d.) Provide and install fiber transceiver units (FTUs) at the UW Station RF Distribution Hub to feed the fiber-fed tunnel RRUs (Remote Repeater Units/BDAs), as shown in the Contract Drawings. e.) Provide and install fiber transceiver units (FTUs) at the U-District Station RF Distribution Hub to feed the fiber-fed tunnel RRUs (Remote Repeater Units/BDAs), as shown in the Contract Drawings. 5. Redundant Fiber Path Requirements. a.) Each RF Distribution Hub (U-District Station and Roosevelt Station) shall be connected to the PSERN repeater site Headend (Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility) via redundant diverse route single mode fiber links. Each fiber link shall be configured to provide main and backup operation, with the main link as the default path, and with automatic switching to the backup link in the event of failure of the main link. b.) The demarcation point for the interface between the RF-fiber links and the single mode fiber shall be the connectors on the fiber termination modules at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility (OMF), the U-District Station Comm Room, and the Roosevelt Station Comm Room. c.) Each of the fiber-fed tunnel BDAs (RRUs) shall be fed via a single mode fiber connection from the fiber transceiver unit in the U-District Station and from the fiber transceiver unit at the Roosevelt Station. The feed from the U-District Station shall be the main path, and the feed from the Roosevelt station shall be the backup path to be used in the event of failure of the main path connection to any of the BDAs. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 11 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d.) Tunnel BDAs (RRUs) shall provide automatic switching from the main fiber feed (UDistrict Station) to the backup fiber feed (Roosevelt Station) in the event of: 1.) Loss of the control channel signal from the OMF 800 MHz base station facility. 2.) Loss of optical signal over the fiber link. 6. Station and Tunnel Distributive Antenna Systems (DAS). a.) Configure The North Link Segment distributive antenna system as a hybrid system using radiating cable in the tunnel segments and discrete distributed antennas in the stations and associated ancillary habitable spaces, such as equipment rooms, emergency exit passageways, stairwells, and elevators. 1.) The system shall be capable of future expansion to cover the 700 MHz public safety band by adding 700 MHz BDA equipment to the system supplied under this Contract. 2.) All passive system components shall be capable of operation with no degradation in performance over the entire range of the 700 and 800 MHz bands (764 – 869 MHz). b.) Provide and install a Distributive Antenna Systems (DAS) consisting of radiating mode radiating cable, distributed antennas, and bi-directional amplifiers (“BDAs”) in the North Link Tunnel Segments and in the U-District and Roosevelt Stations. 1.) The DAS in each tunnel shall provide 800 MHz coverage in all public station areas, all tunnel segments, and in all ancillary habitable spaces in the stations, shafts, and headhouses (including elevators), as shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.) All passive system components shall be capable of operation with no degradation in performance over the entire range of the 800 MHz band (806 to 869 MHz). 7. Frequency Bands. a.) The Head end-to-Hub RF/fiber links, the Distribution Hubs, and the Distributive Antenna Systems in both tunnel segments shall be designed to carry the following segments of the 800 MHz frequency band: Frequency Band 800 MHz NPSPAC & Public Safety/Industrial Business Bands Uplink Passbands Downlink Passbands 806 to 816 MHz 851 to 861 MHz b.) These systems shall be designed to carry the 700 MHz band (764 to 775/894 to 805 MHz) in the future by modifying or adding RF/Fiber and BDA components only. c.) All other parts of the system shall be configured to cover the entire band from 764 – 869 MHz without degradation of system performance. 8. Sound Transit and Public Safety Coverage Requirements. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 12 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) The fiber-fed radiating cable and distributive antenna system (DAS) shall meet or exceed the system Coverage Performance Criterion (CPC), as defined in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, at 95% of the locations in the following areas: 1.) Onboard trains operating in the North Link Segment. 2.) Stations, elevators, stairwells, ventilation shafts, equipment rooms and all other habitable ancillary spaces in the U-District and Roosevelt Stations, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 9. Backup Repeater Systems for Tunnels. a.) In the event of a complete failure of the fiber links between the system Headend and the North Link Segment Hub locations at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station, two 800 MHz repeaters located at each Distribution Hub and operating on 800 MHz ITAC interoperability channels will provide backup communication within the tunnel itself. 1.) Each repeater at each Hub shall be configured for stand-alone operation, to allow direct communication among users of portable and mobile radios inside each tunnel. 2.) One repeater will be used for public safety communications, while the other repeater will be used for communications among Sound Transit train operators and Sound Transit personnel in the each tunnel. 3.) The Sound Transit repeater shall also be provided with an E & M control link to the Sound Transit control center, as described in Section 27 60 01, KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements. b.) The ITAC Repeaters will be provided by others under a separate contract. c.) Provide and install all transmitter combiners, receiver multicouplers, attenuators, and other equipment required to provide the RF interface between the ITAC repeaters and the Distributive Antenna System at each Hub, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 10. Backup Power Requirements. a.) Provide and Install equipment required to allow all Distributed Antenna System equipment to operate from the backup power systems provided at the system Headend communications room, the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station Comm Rooms, and the bi-directional amplifier locations in each tunnel segment. 1.) 48 Vdc battery backup and 120 Vac UPS backup power systems will be provided as part of work (See Section 26 27 00, Communications Power Distribution System) in the U-District Communications Equipment Room and the Roosevelt Station Communications Room. 2.) 48 Vdc and 120 Vac UPS power for the fiber optic link equipment is available at the OMF base station facility 3.) Provide equipment required to interface to these backup power systems, including dc-to-dc converters or other equipment required to provide an appropriate interface NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 13 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% between the primary and backup power systems and the equipment used in the Distributed Antenna System. 11. Tunnel Radio System Conceptual Design Drawings. a.) The Contract Drawings show an overview of the Distributed Antenna System, highlevel schematic details of the Headend dual-redundant base station interface, the RFfiber link equipment configuration at the OMF Headend and U-District Station and Roosevelt Station Hub locations, and a high-level conceptual design for the hybrid radiating cable/distributed antenna distributive antenna system: 12. Tunnel Radio System Detailed Design Drawings – North Link Segment. a.) The Contract Drawings show details of the conceptual design radiating cable/distributed antenna layout for the distributive antenna systems, block diagrams of the Distribution Hubs and the Distributive Antenna Systems, as well as typical equipment configurations at the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station Distribution Hubs. B. Provide a new Tunnel Radio System for East Link Extension, as described below. 1. Provide and install fiber-fed Remote Repeater Units (RRUs) and associated distributed antenna systems at the East Link Tunnel segments and at above grade and retained cut locations that require supplemental radio coverage. a.) Provide and install fiber-fed RRUs at Bellevue Transit Center Station and the South Portal Electrical Building (SPEB) outside the Downtown Bellevue Tunnel and associated radiating cable in the Downtown Bellevue Tunnel, as shown in the contract drawings b.) Provide and install uplink and downlink RF power combining and dividing equipment for the interface between the RF-fiber links to RRUs and the ITAC public safety conventional base station repeaters (described below). 2. Tunnel Radio System Headend at Bellevue Transit Center Station. a.) Provide and install a six (6) channel P25 Phase II base station at the main communications room at Bellevue Transit Center Station and associated power dividing and combining equipment shown in the contract drawings. b.) Provide and install equipment required for RF-over-fiber optic links from the six (6) channel base stations at the Bellevue Transit Center Station (BTCS) to the RRUs, as shown in the contract drawings. c.) Provide and install interconnecting cables from downlink and uplink power dividing/power combining equipment at the dual-redundant repeater site at BTCS to the RF-fiber links that connect to the RRUs, as shown in the contract drawings. d.) Provide and install two 800 MHz conventional repeaters for backup public safety and Sound Transit communications in the Downtown Bellevue Tunnel. 3. Tunnel Radio System RF Backup Repeaters. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 14 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Provide and install a Distribution Hub system to feed the RRUs and interface to two ITAC 800 MHz conventional repeaters for backup public safety and Sound Transit communications in the East Link Extension tunnel segments. b.) Distribution Hub System Includes: 1.) RF-fiber equipment 2.) The uplink and downlink RF power dividing/combining equipment required to interface the two ITAC repeaters. 3.) Backup ITAC Repeaters 4. Bi-directional Amplifiers a.) Provide and install band selective fiber-fed 800 MHz RRU bi-directional amplifiers and in the following locations along the East Link Extension, as shown in the contract drawings: 1.) Mt. Baker Tunnel Main Communications Room 2.) Mercer Island Station Main Communications Room 3.) Mercer Island Lid Main Communications Room 4.) South Bellevue Station Main Communications Room 5.) South Portal Electrical Building 6.) Two (2) RRUs at the Bellevue Transit Center Main Communications Room 7.) Winter’s House Lid Stairwell 8.) 112th Underpass retaining wall 9.) Hospital Station Main Communications Room 10.) 120th Station Main Communications Room b.) Provide and install band selective fiber-fed 800 MHz RRU bi-directional amplifiers at the following traction power substations. 1.) E00-TPSS (Rainier) 2.) E00-TPSS (Rainier) 3.) E03-TPSS (Lake Washington) 4.) E05-TPSS (W Mercer) 5.) E08-TPSS (E Mercer) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 15 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 6.) E09-TPSS (S Bellevue) 7.) E12-TPSS (Main St) 8.) E20-TPSS (120th Ave E) 9.) E26-TPSS (NE 24th St) 10.) E26-TPSS (Overlake) c.) Provide and install band selective fiber-fed 800 MHz RRU bi-directional amplifiers at the following signal houses. 1.) East Link Merge 2.) Rainer East 3.) Lakeside 4.) Mercer 5.) Island Crest 6.) S Bellevue 7.) Surrey Downs 8.) City Hall 9.) Kirkland West 10.) Kirkland East 11.) Kirkland North 12.) Kelsey Creek 13.) SR520 14.) Overlake d.) Provide and install FTUs (Fiber Transceiver Units) at the Bellevue Transit Center RF Headend to feed the fiber-fed RRUs, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 5. Redundant Fiber Path Requirements a.) Each RRU shall be connected to the base station repeater site Headend at Bellevue Transit Center Station (BTCS) via redundant diverse route single mode wave division multiplexed (WDM) fiber links. Each fiber link shall be configured to provide main and backup operation, with the main link as the default path, and with automatic switching to the backup link in the event of failure of the main link. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 16 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) The demarcation point for the interface between the RF-fiber links and the single mode fiber shall be the connectors on the fiber termination modules at the Bellevue Transit Center Station Headend and the RRUs. c.) RRUs shall provide automatic switching from the main fiber feed to the backup fiber feed in the event of: 1.) The system shall be capable of future expansion to cover the 700 MHz public safety band by adding 700 MHz BDA equipment to the system supplied under this Contract. 2.) All passive system components shall be capable of operation with no degradation in performance over the entire range of the 800 MHz band (806 – 869 MHz). 6. Station and Tunnel Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) a.) Configure The East Link Segment Distributed Antenna System as a hybrid system using radiating cable in the tunnel segments and discrete distributed antennas in the stations and associated ancillary habitable spaces, such as equipment rooms, emergency exit passageways, stairwells, and elevators. 1.) All passive system components shall be capable of operation with no degradation in performance over the entire range of the 800 MHz band (806 – 869 MHz). b.) Provide and install a DAS consisting of radiating mode radiating cable, distributed antennas, and remote repeater units (RRUs). 1.) The DAS shall provide 800 MHz coverage in all tunnel segments, and in required ancillary habitable spaces in the stations, shafts, and headhouses (including elevators), as shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.) All passive system components shall be capable of operation with no degradation in performance over the entire range of the 800 MHz bands (806 to 869 MHz). 7. Frequency Bands a.) The East Link Radio System shall be designed to carry the following segments of the 800 MHz frequency band: Frequency Band Uplink Passbands Downlink Passbands 800 MHz NPSPAC & Public Safety/Industrial Business Bands 806 to 815 MHz 851 to 861 MHz b.) All other parts of the system, including the entire passive antenna and radiating cable system in the stations and tunnels, shall be configured to cover the entire band from 806 – 869 MHz without degradation of system performance. 8. Sound Transit and Public Safety Coverage Requirements a.) The fiber-fed radiating cable and DAS shall meet or exceed the system Coverage Performance Criterion (CPC), as defined in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, at 95% of the locations in the following areas: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 17 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) Onboard trains operating in the East Link Extension tunnel segments. c.) Stations, elevators, stairwells, ventilation shafts, equipment rooms and all other habitable ancillary spaces in the stations and parking garages that require supplemental coverage, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 9. Backup Repeater Systems for Downtown Bellevue Tunnel a.) In the event of a complete failure of the fiber links between the KCRS and the BTCS Headend, two 800 MHz repeaters located at the BTCS Headend and operating on 800 MHz ITAC interoperability channels will provide backup communication within the tunnel itself. 1.) Each repeater at each Hub shall be configured for stand-alone operation, to allow direct communication among users of portable and mobile radios inside each tunnel. 2.) One repeater will be used for public safety communications, while the other repeater will be used for communications among Sound Transit train operators and Sound Transit personnel in the each tunnel. 3.) The Sound Transit repeater shall also be provided with an E & M control link to the Sound Transit control center, as described in Section 27 60 01, KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements. 4.) The ITAC Repeaters will be provided by others under a separate contract. 5.) Provide and install all transmitter combiners, receiver multicouplers, attenuators, and other equipment required to provide the RF interface between the ITAC repeaters and the Distributive Antenna System at each Hub, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 10. Backup Power Requirements a.) Provide and Install equipment required to allow all Radio System equipment to operate from the backup power systems provided at the system Headend communications room at BTCS and the RRUs. 1.) 48 VDC battery backup and 120 VAC UPS backup power systems in accordance with Section 27 05 27, Communications Power Distribution System. 2.) 48 VDC and 120 VAC UPS power for the fiber optic link equipment is available at the OMF base station facility. 3.) Provide equipment required to interface to these backup power systems, including DC-to-DC converters or other equipment required to provide an appropriate interface between the primary and backup power systems and the equipment used in the Radio System. 11. Radio System Conceptual Design Drawings: The Contract Drawings show an overview of the Radio System, high-level schematic details of the Headend base station interface, the RF-fiber link equipment configuration at the BTCS Headend and remote locations, and a high-level conceptual design for the distributed antenna system. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 18 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 12. Radio System Detailed Design Drawings – East Link Segment: The Contract Drawings show details of the conceptual design for the distributed antenna systems, block diagrams of the BTCS Headend and the Distributed Antenna Systems. C. Contractor’s Design Responsibility. 1. Notwithstanding the detailed information contained in these Specifications, it is the responsibility of Contractor to supply a fully functional Distributed Antenna Distributive Antenna System connected to the OMF Headend site, as described in this Section and Section 27 60 01, KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements. 2.02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM OVERVIEW A. The subsystems described in these Specifications include: 1. A radio frequency distribution system consisting of RF/Fiber conversion equipment at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility RF Headend, at the two RF Distribution Hub locations at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station, and at Bellevue Transit Center Station Headend and associated RRUs. 2. Downlink power dividing equipment 3. Uplink power combining equipment 4. BDA equipment designed to feed the two distributive antenna systems (DAS) described in the next section. 5. All fiber links used in this distribution system shall consist of continuous fusion spliced fiber runs terminated at the demarcation point with SC/APC connectors. 6. Each Hub location shall be provided with dual-redundant diverse route fiber feeds, with switching at both the headend and hub locations to automatically select either the main or the backup fiber feed. B. The Headend-to-Hub fiber itself is not part of this Section, and will be provided as part of the Sound Transit communications backbone system under Section 27 13 23, Communications Optical Fiber Backbone Cabling. C. The demarcation points for the fiber interconnect system described in this Specification will be the connectors on the fiber termination modules at the OMF Facility, at the U-District and Roosevelt Station RF Distribution Hub sites, and at the Bellevue Transit Center Headend. D. This Specification also includes subsections describing new distributive antenna systems (DAS) in the North and East Link tunnel segments and stations. The fiber distribution system described above shall provide the interconnection between the RF base station equipment at the Sound Transit OMF and the distributive antenna systems located in the North Link Segment. E. The base station equipment, associated transmitter combining and receiver multicoupling equipment, dual-redundant base station switches, and RF power dividing and combining equipment at the OMF headend are already installed and operational as part of the Distributed Antenna System that now provides coverage in the U-Link Tunnel segments, the Downtown Seattle Transit Tunnel (“DSTT”), and the Beacon Hill Tunnel. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 19 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% F. The demarcation point for the interconnection between the Sound Transit OMF base station facility equipment and the RF/Fiber interconnect system described in these Specifications shall be the output connector of the variable attenuator at the Sound Transit repeater base station site for the downlink path and the input of the variable attenuator at the Sound Transit repeater base station facility for the uplink path, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.03 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION A. The following sections describe the North Link Extension Tunnel Radio System configuration, equipment, RF Distribution Hub and Tunnel BDA equipment enclosure locations, antenna location and mounting details, and other pertinent requirements for the new Sound Transit Link Distributed Antenna Fiber-Fed Distributive Antenna System (“DAS”). 1. Contractor shall configure the DAS as shown in the system diagrams unless Resident Engineer has approved an alternate configuration. 2. The Headend Combiner/RF/Fiber Distribution System design and the Distributive Antenna System (“DAS”) design shown in these Specifications are based on “hub-and spoke” fiberfed, band-specific BDA (Bi-directional Amplifier) technology, with a single headend base station location feeding multiple hub locations. a.) Each hub feeds, in turn, a separate hybrid distributive antenna system (“DAS”) consisting of radiating mode radiating cable runs, discrete distributed antennas, and 800 MHz bi-directional amplifiers, as shown in the Contract Drawings. b.) The purpose of the distributive antenna system is to provide 800 MHz radio frequency coverage within the tunnels, stations and associated ancillary habitable spaces for both Sound Transit and Public Safety portable and mobile radios. c.) The passive portions of the DAS, with the exception of band specific filters, shall be broadband and shall be capable of operation over the frequency range from 764 – 869 MHz. 3. Each Hub location (U-District Station and Roosevelt Station) also incorporates two conventional 800 MHz base station repeaters and the interface equipment required to couple the downlink signals from these repeaters into the distributive antenna system and the uplink signals from the DAS into the repeaters. a.) The base station repeaters will be installed under a separate contract. b.) The demarcation points for the stand-alone repeater interface equipment shown in these Specifications are the repeater transmitter RF output connectors and the repeater receiver RF input connectors. 4. Station Bi-directionnel Amplifiers (“BDAs”). a.) The bi-directional Amplifiers (“BDAs”) that are part of each RF distribution Hub and the distributive antenna systems in the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station hub systems shall be Fiber-Span (or approved equal) band selective BDAs configured to pass the following frequency band: 1.) 800 MHz Uplink 806 - 816 MHz. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 20 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) 800 MHz Downlink 851 – 861 MHz. b.) Two 800 MHz band selective BDAs at the U-District Station RF Distribution Hub will drive the hybrid radiating cable/discrete antenna distributive antenna systems associated with the U-District Station Hub location, as shown in the Contract Drawings. c.) Two 800 MHz band selective BDAs at the Roosevelt Station RF Distribution Hub will drive the hybrid radiating cable/discrete antenna distributive antenna systems associated with the Roosevelt Station Hub location, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 5. Off-Air Bi-directional Amplifier a.) One off-air BDA will feed the distributed antenna system for the Northgate Parking Garage. 6. Automatic Output Level Control. a.) Both uplink and downlink bi-directional amplifier chains shall employ an output automatic level control that automatically adjusts the total composite output power of each amplifier chain such that levels of the spurious and intermodulation products produced in the amplifiers meet the limits imposed by §90.219 and §90.210 of the FCC’s Rules (47 CFR, Part 90, Sections 90.219 and 90.210). 1.) The amplifier’s output level control circuit shall be provided with a calibrated control voltage output monitor point that indicates the total amount of gain reduction adjustment occurring during normal operation. 2.) Calibration sheets for each BDA shall be provided that indicates the gain reduction, in dB, indicated by the full range of control voltage values available at the monitor point. 3.) Uplink BDA Automatic Level Control circuits in the BDAs shall be adjusted to limit the maximum uplink signal levels under these worst case “strong” signal conditions to power levels that produce a minimum carrier-to-intermodulation (C/IM) ratio of 29.2 dB at the uplink output of each BDA and at the output of the uplink fiber-RF receivers at the end of the fiber links from the Distribution Hubs to the OMF headend. 7. BDA RF, Voltage, Current and Temperature Sample System. a.) 800 MHz BDAs shall be equipped with an output RF power sampling system that provides a 0 to 5 VDC voltage or 4 to 20 mA current sample output corresponding to the total composite RF power at the output stage of each of the BDA downlink amplifier chains. This dc sample voltage will be used to provide remote monitoring of RF power levels in the downlink side of the BDAs via the Comm/BMS. 1.) The sample system shall provide a suitable dc output (0 to 5 VDC or 4 to 20 ma) that indicates total composite power levels over the range expected for a single 800 MHz channel up to a total of 10 800 MHz channels simultaneously passing through the downlink side of the each BDA. 2.) The sample shall be converted to a 0 to 5 VDC or 4 to 20 ma output to allow remote monitoring. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 21 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) Each BDA shall also be equipped with circuitry to monitor uplink and downlink amplifier power supply voltage and current. 1.) Voltage and current samples shall be converted to a 0 to 5 VDC or 4 to 20 mA output suitable for monitoring. c.) Each 800 MHz BDA shall be equipped with circuitry to monitor temperature inside the BDA enclosure. 1.) Multiple BDAs in the same enclosure shall be monitored using a single common temperature monitor. 2.) Temperature samples shall be converted to a 0 to 5 VDC or 4 to 20 mA output suitable for monitoring. d.) Contract Drawings show the typical configuration of the interface between the RF downlink power, Supply Voltage and Current, and Temperature sample systems and the Sound Transit Comm/BMS. e.) Calibration curves or tables, showing the relationship between the actual sampled RF power, Supply Voltage, Supply Current, and Temperature and the voltage and current values supplied to the Comm/BMS shall be provided for each BDA. 8. BDA Equipment Enclosures. a.) The RF/fiber equipment and associated interface equipment at the Headend (Sound Transit Link OMF) and the bi-directional amplifiers and associated monitoring equipment at the Hub locations in the U-District Station and the Roosevelt Station shall be rack-mounted in enclosed EIA cabinets located in the equipment rooms in those stations. 1.) The specific locations of these cabinets at the Distribution Hub in the U-District Station Communications Room and the Roosevelt Station Communications Room are shown in the detailed room configuration Contract Drawings (See Contract Drawings). 2.) The bi-directional amplifiers and associated monitoring equipment at the tunnel cross-passage BDA locations shall be mounted in wall-mount equipment cabinets hinged to allow access to both the front and the rear of the enclosed equipment. The specific locations of these cabinets are shown in the detailed tunnel configuration Contract Drawings. 9. Radiating Mode Slotted Coaxial Cables. a.) Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide flame and smoke test report documents and the Certification of Listing from the listing agency demonstrating that the cable has been tested for fire retardancy and smoke toxicity as required by the National Electric Code for the specific installation circumstances of each cable type, and that the cable complies with the listing category or categories shown above. Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide certification from the manufacturer that the listing category for each cable is printed on the cable jacket, as required by the NEC. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 22 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) 1-1/4 inch radiating mode slotted coaxial cable shall be used in the tunnel segments covered by the North Tunnel Radio Systems and 7/8 inch cables in the station distributive antenna systems. c.) Radiating Mode Coaxial Cable. 1.) The radiating cable portion of the hybrid distributive antenna system in the tunnel segments shall use RFS RLK114-50JFLA Radiaflex® 1-1/4 inch radiating mode radiating cable (or approved equal). The location and configuration of this radiating cable is shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.) Additional 7/8-inch radiating mode cable shall be used to provide coverage in the stairwells and maintenance access corridors in the U-District Station and the Roosevelt Station as shown in the Contract Drawings. These radiating mode cables shall be RFS RLK78-50JFLA Radiaflex® radiating mode cable (or approved equal). 10. Discrete Distributed Antennas. a.) The discrete distributed antenna network used to provide coverage in the U-District Station and Roosevelt Stations shall be fed via low insertion loss power dividers inserted in the station side of each Distribution Hub, as shown in the block diagrams in the Contract Drawings. b.) The locations of specific discrete antennas shown in the Contract Drawings is typical, and antenna locations may be selected to avoid conflicts with conduits, HVAC vents, lighting fixtures, and other obstructions. 11. Link Budgets and System Block and Level Diagrams. a.) The link budgets and the system block and level diagrams contained in this Section show both the uplink and downlink design capacity assumptions and the design uplink and downlink signal levels underlying the overall conceptual design shown in these Specifications. b.) The link budgets show: 1.) Calculated uplink and downlink signal levels, calculated uplink cascade noise and intermodulation levels. 2.) Calculated carrier-to-noise (C/N) and carrier-to-intermodulation (C/IM) ratios at each BDA, at representative distributed antennas, and at the OMF Base Station Headend. 12. RF Distribution Hub Locations. a.) RF distribution hubs that feed the hybrid radiating cable/distributed antenna systems in each station are located as follows: 1.) U-District Station Communications Room on Basement Level 3 at the south end of the U-District Station. 2.) Roosevelt Station Communications Room, Basement Level 3, at the north end of the Roosevelt Station. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 23 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) The hubs provide the signal combining, amplification, and RF-to-fiber conversion functions required to distribute the signals from the tunnel distribution systems to the 800 MHz base station headend at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility and vice versa. c.) The hubs also provide the interfaces between the ITAC backup repeaters and the distributive antenna systems in the U-District Station and the Roosevelt Station, and in the North Link tunnel segments. d.) The configuration of the U-District Station Distribution Hub and the Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub are shown in the Contract Drawings. 13. Headend Locations. a.) The U-District Station Distribution Hub is connected to the base station headend combining system at the following system headend location: 1.) Sound Transit Operations & Maintenance Facility (the specific location and configuration of this equipment in the Central Communications Equipment Room is shown in the Contract Drawings). The Tunnel Radio System interface to the 800 MHz base station equipment at this headend location is also shown in the Contract Drawings. b.) The Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub is connected to the base station headend combining system at the following system headend location: 1.) Sound Transit Operations & Maintenance Facility (the Specific location and configuration of this equipment in the Central Communications Equipment Room is shown in Contract Drawings). The Tunnel Radio System interface to the 800 MHz base station equipment at this headend location is also shown in the Contract Drawings. 14. OMF Headend Site Backup Power Systems. a.) Backup power for the KCRS dual-redundant repeater base station equipment, RF/fiber interface, transceivers, switches, and monitoring equipment at the Operations and Maintenance Facility Headend site is described below: b.) Configure and connect all active Headend equipment provided under Section 27 60 01, KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements, for operation with dc backup power at the OMF Headend site. 15. Distribution Hub Site Backup Power Systems. a.) Backup power for the KCRS stand-alone repeaters, RF/fiber transceivers and switches, BDAs, and associated monitoring equipment at the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station Distribution Comm Rooms will be provided by others. b.) Both 120 Vac UPS backup power and 48 Vdc backup power will be provided at these sites. c.) Configure and connect all active Hub RF/fiber and path switching equipment, 800 MHz stand-alone repeater equipment, BDAs, and associated monitoring equipment to NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 24 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% backup power systems at the U-District Station Comm Room and the Roosevelt Station Comm Room. 16. Tunnel BDA Backup Power Systems. a.) Backup power for the BDAs and associated monitoring equipment located in the cross passages in the North Link tunnel segments will be provided via UPS units mounted in the tunnel BDA cabinets. b.) Provide and install UPS backup power systems in the tunnel BDA cabinets. c.) Configure backup UPS systems for 8 hours of backup time and capable of powering all active equipment in the BDA cabinet d.) Configure and connect all active BDA equipment and associated monitoring equipment to UPS backup system in each BDA cabinet. e.) Provide monitoring interface between backup BDAs and Comm/BMS. 17. Interfaces to Sound Transit Comm/BMS. a.) A monitor interface to the Comm/BMS for each BDA shall be included in the overall system design. The Comm/BMS interface shall be designed to monitor: 1.) Power supply voltage and current at each RF Distribution Hub BDA and tunnel BDA, for both downlink and uplink amplifiers 2.) Composite RF signal levels at each Hub downlink port. 3.) Temperature in each Hub and tunnel equipment cabinet. 4.) The Comm/BMS interface shall be configured to provide 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 Vdc sample outputs and normally closed (open on fault) alarm contacts to the Sound Transit Comm/BMS. b.) Alarms and status indications from the RF/Fiber transceivers, and fiber switches shall be provided via normally-closed direct contact closures, with the closed condition representing normal operation and the open condition representing an alarm condition. The required alarms and status indications for each RF Distribution Hub are shown in the list below. 1.) RF Fiber Transceivers. i.) Laser Monitor Output (analog voltage output). ii.) Laser Status Alarm Output. iii.) Temperature Alarm. iv.) Optical Monitor (analog voltage output). v.) Optical Alarm. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 25 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) Fiber Main/Backup Path Switches. i.) Active Path Indication (Path 1 Active/Path 2 Active) c.) Provide a list of the functions, monitored parameter ranges, and human-machine interface software parameters, ranges, and alarm limits for the BDA voltage, current, RF downlink power, and temperature samples provided by the BDA Comm/BMS interface. 18. BDA Cabinet Typical Equipment Configuration. a.) The Contract Drawings show the typical configuration of equipment in the BDA equipment cabinets located at the U-District Station Communications Room and the Roosevelt Station Communications Room. 1.) The equipment housed in each enclosure is shown in the RF system block diagrams shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.) Details of the Comm/BMS Interfaces for the BDAs in each tunnel are shown in the Contract Drawings. b.) The wall-mount tunnel BDA equipment enclosures shall be dual-hinged NEMA 12 units, designed to open from rear as well as the front, to allow access to cabling and the back side of equipment modules at the rear of the cabinet [Hoffman EWM362225 units or approved equal, modified from the standard Hoffman unit to provide for a NEMA12 rating and a solid steel front door]. Detailed specifications for these enclosures are shown in Section 27 11 16, Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames and Enclosures. The enclosures are wall mounted in the tunnel crossover passages, as shown in the Contract Drawings. B. The following sections describe the East Link Tunnel Radio System configuration, equipment, RF Headend location, antenna location and mounting details, and other pertinent requirements for the new Sound Transit Link Tunnel Radio Fiber-Fed DAS. 1. Contractor shall configure the DAS as shown in the system diagrams unless Resident Engineer has approved an alternate configuration. 2. The Headend Combiner/RF/Fiber Distribution System design and the DAS design shown in these Specifications are based on “hub-and spoke” fiber-fed, band-specific BDA (bidirectional amplifier) technology, with a single headend base station location feeding multiple remote repeater unit (RRU) locations. a.) Each RRU feeds, in turn, a separate hybrid DAS consisting of radiating mode radiating cable runs, and discrete distributed antennas, as shown in the Contract Drawings. b.) The purpose of the distributed antenna system is to provide 800 MHz radio frequency coverage within the tunnels, stations and associated ancillary habitable spaces for both Sound Transit and Public Safety portable and mobile radios. c.) The passive portions of the DAS, with the exception of band specific filters, shall be broadband and shall be capable of operation over the frequency range from 806 – 869 MHz. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 26 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d.) The Radio System shall be designed and configured to allow expansion of the system, while maintaining all of the downlink and uplink coverage and system performance requirements shown in this Specification, including uplink carrier-tonoise (C/N) ratio and uplink carrier-to-intermodulation (C/IM) requirements. 3. The Headend location also incorporates two conventional 800 MHz base station repeaters and the interface equipment required to couple the downlink signals from these repeaters into the distributive antenna system and the uplink signals from the DAS into the repeaters. a.) The base station repeaters will be installed under a separate contract. b.) The demarcation points for the stand-alone repeater interface equipment shown in these Specifications are the repeater transmitter RF output connectors and the repeater receiver RF input connectors. 4. Remote Repeater Units (RRUs) a.) The RRUs that feed each of distributed antenna systems in the East Link Segment shall be band selective RRUs configured to pass the following frequency bands: 1.) 806-815 MHz uplink; 851-860 MHz downlink. b.) One RRU will feed the distributed antenna system at each of the station, TPSS, and signal house that require supplemental radio coverage. c.) Two RRUs (one located at BTCS and one located at SPEB) will feed the radiating cable that will provide coverage in the Downtown Bellevue Tunnel, as shown in the Contract Drawings. 5. Off-Air Bi-directional Amplifier a.) One off-air BDA will feed the distributed antenna system for the S. Bellevue Parking Garage. 6. Automatic Output Level Control a.) Both uplink and downlink bi-directional amplifier chains shall employ an output automatic level control that automatically adjusts the total composite output power of each amplifier chain such that levels of the spurious and intermodulation products produced in the amplifiers meet the limits imposed by Section 90.219 and 90.210 of the FCC’s Rules (47 CFR, Part 90, Sections 90.219 and 90.210). 1.) The amplifier’s output level control circuit shall be provided with a calibrated control voltage output monitor point that indicates the total amount of gain reduction adjustment occurring during normal operation. 2.) Calibration sheets for each BDA shall be provided that indicates the gain reduction, in dB, indicated by the full range of control voltage values available at the monitor point. 3.) Uplink BDA Automatic Level Control circuits in the BDAs shall be adjusted to limit the maximum uplink signal levels under these worst case “strong” signal conditions to power levels that produce a minimum carrier-to-intermodulation (C/IM) ratio of 28.6 dB at the uplink output of each BDA and at the output of the uplink fiber-RF NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 27 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% receivers at the end of the fiber links from the Distribution Hubs to the OMF headend. 7. RRU RF, Voltage, Current and Temperature Sample System a.) 800 MHz RRUs shall be equipped with an output RF power sampling system that provides a 0 to 5 Vdc voltage or 4 to 20 mA current sample output corresponding to the total composite RF power at the output stage of each of the RRU downlink amplifier chains. This dc sample voltage will be used to provide remote monitoring of RF power levels in the downlink side of the BDAs via the Comm/BMS. 1.) The sample system shall provide a suitable dc output (0 to 5 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA) that indicates total composite power levels over the range expected for a single 800 MHz channel up to a total of 10 800 MHz channels simultaneously passing through the downlink side of the each RRU. 2.) The sample shall be converted to a 0 to 5 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA output to allow remote monitoring. b.) Each RRU shall also be equipped with circuitry to monitor uplink and downlink amplifier power supply voltage and current. 1.) Voltage and current samples shall be converted to a 0 to 5 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA output suitable for monitoring. c.) Each 800 MHz BDA shall be equipped with circuitry to monitor temperature inside the BDA enclosure. 1.) Multiple BDAs in the same enclosure shall be monitored using a single common temperature monitor. 2.) Temperature samples shall be converted to a 0 to 5 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA output suitable for monitoring. d.) Contract Drawings show the typical configuration of the interface between the RF downlink power, Supply Voltage and Current, and Temperature sample systems and the Sound Transit Comm/BMS. e.) Calibration curves or tables, showing the relationship between the actual sampled RF power, Supply Voltage, Supply Current, and Temperature and the voltage and current values supplied to the Comm/BMS shall be provided for each BDA. 8. Equipment Enclosures a.) The RF/fiber equipment and associated interface equipment at the Headend (BTCS) and the RRUs and associated monitoring equipment at the remote shall be rackmounted in enclosed EIA cabinets located in the equipment rooms in those stations. 1.) The specific locations of these cabinets are shown in the detailed room configuration Contract Drawings (See Contract Drawings). 9. Radiating Mode Slotted Coaxial Cables NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 28 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide flame and smoke test report documents and the Certification of Listing from the listing agency demonstrating that the cable has been tested for fire retardancy and smoke toxicity as required by the National Electric Code for the specific installation circumstances of each cable type, and that the cable complies with the listing category or categories shown above. Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide certification from the manufacturer that the listing category for each cable is printed on the cable jacket, as required by the NEC. b.) 1-1/4 inch radiating mode slotted coaxial cable shall be used in the tunnel segments covered by the East Link Tunnel Radio Systems and 7/8 inch cables in the station distributive antenna systems. c.) Radiating Mode Coaxial Cable. 1.) The radiating cable portion of the hybrid distributive antenna system in the tunnel segments shall use RFS RLK114-50JFLA Radiaflex® 1-1/4 inch radiating mode radiating cable (or approved equal). The location and configuration of this radiating cable is shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.) Additional 7/8-inch radiating mode cable shall be used to provide coverage in the stairwells and maintenance access corridors in the Bellevue Transfer Center Station as shown in the Contract Drawings. These radiating mode cables shall be RFS RLK78-50JFLA Radiaflex® radiating mode cable (or approved equal). 10. Discrete Distributed Antennas a.) The discrete distributed antenna network used to provide coverage in the U-District Station and Roosevelt Stations shall be fed via low insertion loss power dividers inserted in the station side of each Distribution Hub, as shown in the block diagrams in the Contract Drawings. b.) The locations of specific discrete antennas shown in the Contract Drawings is typical, and antenna locations may be selected to avoid conflicts with conduits, HVAC vents, lighting fixtures, and other obstructions. 11. Link Budgets and System Block and Level Diagrams a.) The link budgets and the system block and level diagrams contained in this Section show both the uplink and downlink design capacity assumptions and the design uplink and downlink signal levels underlying the overall conceptual design shown in these Specifications. b.) The link budgets show: 1.) Calculated uplink and downlink signal levels, calculated uplink cascade noise and intermodulation levels. 2.) Calculated carrier-to-noise (C/N) and carrier-to-intermodulation (C/IM) ratios at each BDA, at representative distributed antennas, and at the BTCS Base Station Headend. 12. Remote Repeater Unit (RRU) Locations NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 29 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) RRU that feed the hybrid radiating cable/distributed antenna systems in each station are located as follows: 1.) The Main Communications Rooms at the following stations: Mercer Island, South Bellevue, Bellevue Transit Center, Hospital, and 120th Street. 2.) The Communications Rooms at the following parking garages: South Bellevue Station and Overlake Transit Center Station. 3.) The RRUs that provide radio coverage in the Downtown Bellevue Tunnel will in the Main Communications Room at BTCS and in the South Portal Electrical Building. b.) The BTCS Headend will provide the signal combining, amplification, and RF-to-fiber conversion functions required to distribute the signals from the RRUs at the remote locations and vice versa. c.) The BTCS Headend will also provide the interfaces between the ITAC backup repeaters and the distributive antenna systems along the East Link Extension. d.) The configuration of the BTCS Headend is shown in the Contract Drawings. 13. BTCS Headend Site Backup Power Systems a.) Backup power for the KCRS repeater base station equipment, RF/fiber interface, transceivers, switches, and monitoring equipment at the BTCS site is described below: b.) Configure and connect all active Headend equipment provided under Section 27 60 01, KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements, for operation with dc backup power at the BTCS Headend site. 14. RRU Site Backup Power Systems a.) Both 120 VAC UPS backup power and 48 VDC backup power in accordance with Section 27 05 27, Communications Power Distribution System. 15. Interfaces to Sound Transit Comm/BMS a.) A monitor interface to the Comm/BMS for each RRU shall be included in the overall system design. The Comm/BMS interface shall be designed to monitor: 1.) Power supply voltage and current at each RRU, for both downlink and uplink amplifiers 2.) Composite RF signal levels at each RRU downlink port. 3.) Temperature in each Headend and RRU equipment cabinet. 4.) The Comm/BMS interface shall be configured to provide 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 5 Vdc sample outputs and normally closed (open on fault) alarm contacts to the Sound Transit Comm/BMS. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 30 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) Alarms and status indications from the RF/Fiber transceivers shall be provided via normally-closed direct contact closures, with the closed condition representing normal operation and the open condition representing an alarm condition. The required alarms and status indications for the BTCS Headend are shown in the list below. 1.) RF Fiber Transceivers: 2.) Laser Monitor Output (analog voltage output). 3.) Laser Status Alarm Output. 4.) Temperature Alarm. 5.) Optical Monitor (analog voltage output). 6.) Optical Alarm. c.) Provide a list of the functions, monitored parameter ranges, and human-machine interface software parameters, ranges, and alarm limits for the RRU voltage, current, RF downlink power, and temperature samples provided by the RRU Comm/BMS interface. 16. RRU Cabinet Typical Equipment Configuration a.) The Contract Drawings show the typical configuration of equipment in the RRU equipment cabinets located at the remote location locations. 1.) The equipment housed in each enclosure is shown in the RF system block diagrams shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.) Details of the Comm/BMS Interfaces for the RRUs in each remote location are shown in the Contract Drawings. 2.04 SYSTEM BLOCK AND LEVEL DIAGRAMS AND LINK BUDGETS A. System block diagrams showing the configuration of both uplink and downlink Hub Equipment and Distribution Hubs and Tunnel BDA equipment are shown in Contract Drawings. B. The System Block and Level Diagrams shown in the Contract Drawings provide one component of the system performance requirements that must be verified during the system Acceptance Tests described in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. C. As described below, any alternative system configuration proposed by Contractor shall be approved by Sound Transit and shall comply with all of the system performance requirements shown in this Section and the acceptance test requirements of Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 31 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.05 DESIGN APPROACH - USE OF EQUIVALENT COMPONENTS OR ALTERNATE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION A. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the Contract Drawings or specified in these Specifications without consideration of possible substitute, equivalent or "or equal" items. 1. Substitute, equivalent, or “or equal” items may be used whenever specified herein as long as the overall system performance shown in the design documents is maintained, and the resulting system passes all applicable acceptance tests. 2. Whenever it is indicated in the Contract Drawings or specified in these Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to the Engineer, the “or equal” item shall provide the same overall system performance and general suitability as the specified item. 3. No component substitutions will be allowed without specific written approval of Resident Engineer. B. Any two or more components performing the same function in the system shall be provided by the same manufacturer and shall have the same model number, unless a different manufacturer or a different model number are specifically identified in this Section. 1. Alternate Equipment and System Configurations. a.) Contractor may provide alternative equipment or modify the specific configuration of portions of the system described herein (e.g. specific Hub or Tunnel BDA configuration or performance, amplifier gain settings, use of fiber distribution from the two Hub locations to distributed antenna locations in the stations rather than distribution via RF cables in response to any part of these Specifications. b.) Contractor shall demonstrate that such modifications or alternate products provide a superior compromise between performance and cost while still meeting the specified functional requirements herein, and that such modifications will provide a system with equivalent or better uplink and downlink end-to-end performance to the system design shown herein. c.) Such demonstration shall include detailed block and level diagrams and system performance calculations, including: 1.) Calculations of cumulative cascade uplink noise and uplink intermodulation performance at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility headend. 2.) Downlink received signal power calculations. 3.) These calculations shall be based on: i.) The assumed uplink and downlink distribution system losses; uplink and downlink transmitter and receiver coupling systems; fiber optic link losses, noise, and intermodulation characteristics; and main headend combiner characteristics shown in Contractor’s version of the system link budgets shown in Link Budget Block Diagrams 1 through (XX) of Appendix B. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 32 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% ii.) The distributive antenna system distribution losses shown in Contractor’s version of Tables 1 through (XX) of Appendix B and in the complete set of block and level diagrams for the North Link Segment shown in the Contract Drawings. 2. Approval of Alternative Equipment configurations. a.) Sound Transit must specifically approve any such modifications or alternate equipment or system configurations, as described in this Section. 2.06 SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE A. Contractor shall furnish all system software and firmware required to operate all components of the Distributed Antenna System described in Section 27 60 02. 1. Software and Firmware Versions System software and firmware shall be the latest version available for each piece of equipment at the time of system acceptance by Sound Transit. 2.07 GENERAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS A. The product specifications shown below call out the specific components used in the Distributed Antenna System conceptual design described in this Specification. Substitute, equivalent, or “or-equal” items may be used whenever specified herein as long as the overall system performance shown in the design documents is maintained, and the resulting system passes all applicable acceptance tests. Whenever it is indicated in the Contract Drawings or specified in these Specifications that a substitute "or equal” item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to the Engineer, the “or equal” item shall provide the same overall system performance and general suitability as the specified item. No component substitutions will be allowed without specific written approval of Sound Transit or Resident Engineer. Substitutions shall comply with the requirements of these Specifications. 2.08 DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA COMPONENT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Distribution Hub Equipment Cabinet RF Jumpers. 1. Provide and install RF jumper cables for the Hub equipment cabinets, as shown in the Contract Drawings. a.) All jumpers used in the Hub Equipment cabinets shall use 1/2 inch superflexible foam dielectric coaxial cable (Andrew FSJ4RK-50B or approved equal) terminated with factory-installed Type N male or Type SMA male connectors, as required for the various interconnections shown in the Contract Drawings (Type N male connectors for power dividers, directional couplers and filters, SMA connectors for attenuators, and RF/fiber transceivers). b.) Jumpers shall be 100 percent factory sweep-tested for attenuation and VSWR. c.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Attenuation (maximum): 450 MHz – 2.314 dB/100 feet; 894 MHz – 3.383 dB/100 feet; 2000 MHz – 5.371 dB/100 feet (measured at 20 degrees C). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 33 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) Average Power (minimum): 450 MHz - 1.49 kW; 894 MHz - 0.95 kW; 2000 MHz - 0.60 kW (VSWR 1:1 at 40 degrees C with 100 degrees C inner conductor). 3.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. d.) Mechanical Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: N male (silver plated brass with gold inner conductor) or SMA Male (gold plated). 2.) Outside Dimensions: Nominally 0.53 inch. 3.) Minimum Bend Radius: 1.25 inches. 4.) Jacket: Non­halogenated, fire retardant polyolefin; UL 1666/CATVR/CMR. 5.) Listing: UL CATVR/CMR 2.09 RF CONNECTORS A. All RF connectors shall be N or SMA type connectors. B. Connectors shall be cable manufacturer approved. C. RF connectors shall not be manufactured from ferrous materials (nickel and stainless steel) and shall not have non-soldered contacts of dissimilar metals. D. Connectors shall have silver plated bodies with gold plated inner conductors. 2.10 RF POWER DIVIDERS/COMBINERS A. Power divider/combiners shall be designed to minimize downlink insertion loss and passive intermodulation. B. Antenna System Two-Way Power Dividers/Combiners. 1. Provide two-way power dividers/combiners as shown in the Contract Drawings. 2. These power dividers/combiners shall be: a.) Kathrein/Scala 860 10017 equal split power dividers, or approved equal. b.) Kathrien/Scala 860 10020 80 percent /20 percent unequal split power dividers, or approved equal. c.) Kathrein/Scala 860 10021 Kathrien/Scala 860 10021 90 percent /10 percent unequal split power dividers, or approved equal. d.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Frequency Range: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 764 MHz to 869 MHz (minimum) SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 34 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 3.) Insertion Loss: 0.05 dB (maximum). 4.) VSWR: 1.25:1 (maximum). 5.) Maximum Input Power: 100 W 6.) Intermodulation (2 X 20w) im3: -150 dBc 7.) Power Dividing/Combining Ratios: 50 percent /50 percent (860 10017). 80 percent /20 percent (860 10020) 90 percent /10 percent (860 10021) (As required as shown in the Contract Drawings). e.) Mechanical Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: N female. 2.) Dimensions (maximum): 8 inches by 2.5 inches by 1.6 inches. C. Three-Way Power Dividers/Combiners. 1. Provide three-way power dividers/combiners as shown in the drawings. These power dividers/combiners shall be Kathrein/Scala 800 10018 or approved equal. a.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Frequency Range: 2.) Impedance: 764 MHz to 869 MHz (minimum). 50 Ohms. 3.) Insertion Loss: 0.05 dB (maximum). 4.) VSWR: 1.25:1 (maximum). 5.) Intermodulation (2 X 20w) IM3: -150 dBc 6.) Maximum Input Power: 100 W 7.) Power Dividing/Combining Ratios: 33 percent /33 percent /33 percent. (As required as shown in the Contract Drawings). b.) Mechanical Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING N female. SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 35 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) Dimensions (maximum): 8 inches by 2.5 inches by 1.6 inches. D. Four-Way Power Dividers/Combiners. 1. Provide four-way power dividers/combiners as shown in the Contract Drawings. These power dividers/combiners shall be Kathrein/Scala 800 10019 or approved equal. a.) Electrical Requirements 1.) Frequency Range: 764 MHz to 869 MHz (minimum). 2.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 3.) Insertion Loss: 0.05 dB (maximum). 4.) VSWR: 1.25:1 (maximum). 5.) Maximum Input Power: 100 W. 6.) Intermodulation (2 X 20w) IM3 -150 dBc 7.) Power Dividing/Combining Ratios: 25 percent /25 percent /25 percent 25 percent. b.) Mechanical Requirements. 2.11 i.) RF Connectors: N female. ii.) Dimensions (maximum): 8 inches by 2.5 inches by 1.6 inches. FIBER-OPTIC TRANSCEIVERS A. Hub-to-Headend and Headend-to-Hub Fiber Optic Transceivers (Sound Transit Operations & Maintenance Facility Headend, U-District Station Hub, Roosevelt Station Hub.) 1. Supply Fiber Optic Transceivers as shown in the Contract Drawings. 2. Three versions of these shall be supplied. a.) For North Link Headend-to-Hub units shall be configured for 1.5 μm TX and 1.3 μm RX and shall be Fiber-Span FS-2131TXRX-15 units or approved equal, as shown in Section 27 60 01, KCRS Radio System Interface Requirements. b.) For North Link Hub-to-Headend units shall be configured for 1.3 μm TX and 1.5 μm RX. These shall be Fiber-Span FS-2131TXRX-13 units or approved equal. c.) For the fiber optic links to from the North Link Hubs to the Tunnel RRUs, and for the East Link Headend to East Link RRUs the units should be configured for Redundant WDM links and shall be Fiber-Span FS-2131TXRX-55 or approved equal. d.) All units, for both main and redundant paths, shall be mounted in the FS-2000 FiberSpan 3 RU mainframe equipped with blank panels as needed (FS-2000-BP) and a power supply (FS-2000-PS). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 36 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% e.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Optical Output Power (typical): 2 mW. 2.) Bandwidth: 50-1000 MHz 3.) Link RF Gain: -2 dB min; 0 dB typical; +2 dB max 4.) Receiver RF Gain Adjustment: 30 dB 5.) Flatness: +/-1 dB 6.) OIP3: 30 dB @ 0 dBo Optical Loss 7.) Output Noise: -131 dB/Hz @ 0 dBo Optical Loss 8.) SFDR: 105 dB/Hz 9.) VSWR: 2.0:1 10.) Isolation: 70 dB 11.) Rx Alarm Threshold: 20 dBo 12.) RF Input Level: +5 dBm composite 13.) Operating Temp: -20 to +55 ºC f.) Monitor and Alarm Output Requirements. 1.) Laser Monitor Output 2.) Laser Status Alarm Output 3.) Temperature Alarm 4.) Optical Monitor 5.) Optical Alarm 6.) Optical Alarm LED. 7.) Temperature Alarm LED. 8.) Laser Alarm LED. g.) Mechanical and Environmental Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: SMA female. 2.) Fiber Optic Connector: SC/APC. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 37 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.12 FIBER OPTIC JUMPERS A. SC/APC to SC/APC Jumpers (Patch Cords). 1. Provide single mode fiber optic jumpers (patch cords) terminated with FC/APC connectors on each end. These jumpers shall be Amerifiber Incorporated FJS55300XM (X is the length in meters) SCAPC/SCAPC SM/Simplex 3.0mm jumpers or approved equal. These jumpers are to provide: a.) Bi-directional connections between the RF/Fiber transceivers at each Hub Location (UDistrict Station and Roosevelt Station) and the fiber termination modules provided by the Sound Transit Communications backbone system at each Hub Location for the fiber links to the Sound Transit OMF Headend location. b.) Bi-directional connections between the fiber termination modules provided by the Sound Transit Communications backbone system the Sound Transit OMF Headend Location and the RF/Fiber transceivers at the Headend Location. c.) Bi-directional connections between the RF/Fiber transceivers at the Bellevue Transit Center Headend and fiber distribution patch panel. 2. Fiber Type: 900 µm Single Mode Simplex, Riser Rated. 3. Connectors: Angled Polish, SC/APC at each end. 4. Manufacturing and Testing: Manufactured and assembled in a controlled factory environment and 100 percent tested for total optical transmission loss and optical return loss. 5. Jumper Lengths: a.) 10 feet, 17 feet, or 33 feet at Hub Locations, depending upon distance between RF Equipment Cabinets and Sound Transit Fiber Termination Panels. b.) 10 feet, 17 feet, or 33 feet at Headend Locations, depending upon distance between Sound Transit Fiber Termination Panels and Headend Equipment Cabinets. 6. Optical Loss: 0.75 dBo (maximum). 7. Optical Return Loss: 65 dB (minimum). 2.13 FIBER OPTIC PATH MAIN/BACKUP SWITCHES A. Fiber optic path main/backup switches shall be used at the Sound Transit O&M base station headends, North Link hub location, and East Link headend location to switch to the backup fiber path in the event of failure of the main fiber path. These switches shall be Fiber-Span FS2374-SW. The specifications for these switches are as follows: 1. Frequency Range: 100 to 2200 MHz 2. Inputs: Primary and Secondary RF Inputs 3. Switching: Auto/Manual NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 38 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.14 4. Connectors RF Input/Output: SMA-M 5. Controls: Auto or Manual, Manual Primary/Secondary 6. Alarms: Primary Status OK/Alarm, Secondary Status OK/Alarm BAND SELECTIVE 800 MHZ BI-DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIERS (STATION BDAS) A. The band selective BDAs used to feed the distributive antenna systems in the U-District Station and the Roosevelt Station shall be Fiber-Span model FS31H-85C09RM (or approved equal) units configured to allow mounting in the tunnel BDA cabinets and to allow rack mounting at the Hub locations at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station. The BDAs shall have the following specifications. 1. Frequency Ranges. a.) 806 to 816 MHz uplink/851 to 861 MHz Downlink b.) Minimum Guardband 36 MHz between uplink and downlink. 2. Passbands a.) Pass Bandwidth (3 dB Points) 9 MHz 3. Output Level Control (OLC): Preset to limit composite output power such that spurious and intermodulation product levels comply with limits imposed by §90.219 and §90.210 of the FCC’s Rules (47 CFR, Part 90, Sections 90.219 and 90.210). 4. Maximum Gain +80 dB typical for uplink and downlink (with OLC inactivated and without gain set pads). 5. Gain Adjustment Range 60 dB (2 dB increments) 6. Composite Output Power +37 dBm (minimum) 7. Maximum RF Input Level -10 dBm (uplink and downlink) 8. Custom Output RF Directional Detectors (for remote downlink monitoring) a.) RF monitor via FCS Directional coupler with precision detector or other sampling equipment to allow calibrated dc sample (0 to 5 Vdc or 4 to20 ma) corresponding to composite RF power to be inserted in downlink (851 to 860 MHz) amplifier paths between last amplifier stage and output filter. 9. System Uplink Noise Figure 9.0 dB (maximum – without gain set pads) 10. Spurious Emission Less than 13 dBm 11. Temperature Range -5 degrees to +50 degrees C NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 39 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 12. Humidity 10 to 95 percent 13. Nominal Input and Output Impedance 50 Ohms 14. VSWR 2.0:1 (maximum) 15. Input/Output Connectors Type N Female 16. Standard RF Sample Port Connectors BNC Female 17. Custom Remote RF Power Monitor Output Connectors: SMA Female (SMA Male to spade lug jumper to be provided to interface to RF voltage sample converter) 18. Electrical. a.) Ac Power Input 100 to 120 / 200 to 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz b.) Power Consumption Less than or equal to 150 W 19. Mounting: 19 inch EIA rack mounting for RF Distribution Hub locations (U-District Station and Roosevelt Station Comm Rooms). a.) Nominal Dimensions 16 inches by 18 inches by 9 inches (unit without rack mount hardware). b.) Net Weight 80 pounds (approximate). 20. Nominal Output Power: The nominal BDA output power per 800 MHz channel (with OLC enabled) is shown in the following table: Number of Passband 2 Channels in Maximum Power per Channel +34 dBm 4 +31 dBm 8 +28 dBm 10 +27 dBm NOTE: The Sound Transit Distributed Antenna System base station repeater site is configured for 10-channel operation. 21. Equipment Certification: 2.15 FCC Certification under 47 CFR, Part 2, Subpart J. BAND SELECTIVE FIBER-FED 800 MHZ BI-DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIERS (FIBER-FED BDAS) A. The band selective fiber-fed BDAs used to feed the radiating cable in the North Link tunnel segments (between the University of Washington and U-District Station, between U-District Station and Roosevelt Station, and between the Roosevelt Station and Northgate Station), and the East link tunnel segments and required above ground locations shall be Fiber-Span Dual Redundant Remote Repeater Unit with WDM operation, model FS32R-85C-03-4XW (or approved equal) units configured to allow rack or wall mounting. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 40 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Frequency Ranges. a.) 806 to 816 MHz uplink/851 to 861 MHz Downlink b.) Minimum Guardband of 36 MHz between uplink and downlink. 2. Passbands a.) Pass Bandwidth (3 dB Points) 9 MHz 3. Output Level Control (OLC): Preset to limit composite output power such that spurious and intermodulation product levels comply with limits imposed by §90.219 and §90.210 of the FCC’s Rules (47 CFR, Part 90, Sections 90.219 and 90.210). 4. System Gain +40 dB Downlink; +32 dB Uplink (at 4 dBo Optical Path Loss) 5. Gain Adjustment Range 20 dB (continuous) Downlink; Uplink N/A 6. Composite Output Power +37 dBm (minimum) 7. Maximum RF Input Level +10 dBm Uplink (no damage) 8. Remote Alarms Summary Fault sent to headend fiber transceiver over fiber 9. System Uplink Noise Figure Less than 11 dB (at 4 dBo optical loss) 10. Wideband Noise -92 dBm/Hz at maximum gain 11. Laser Type DFB 12. Fiber Optic Cable Type Single-Mode 9/125 μm 13. Back Reflections Less than 50 dB (typical) 14. Spurious Emission Less than13 dBm 15. Temperature Range Minus 5 degrees to plus 50 degrees C 16. Humidity 10 to 95 percent 17. Nominal Input and Output Impedance 50 Ohms 18. VSWR 2.0:1 (maximum) 19. Input/Output Connectors Type N Female 20. Custom Remote RF Power Monitor Output Connectors: SMA Female (SMA Male to spade lug jumper to be provided to interface to RF voltage sample converter) 21. Electrical. a.) Ac Power Input NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 100 to120 / 200 to 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 41 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) Power Consumption Less than or equal to 150 W 22. Mounting: 19 inch EIA rack mounting for tunnel crossover locations. a.) Nominal Dimensions 16 inches by 18 inches by 9 inches (unit without rack mount hardware). b.) Net Weight 80 pounds (approximate). 23. Nominal Output Power: The nominal BDA output power per 800 MHz channel (with OLC enabled) is shown in the following table: Number of Passband 2 Channels in Maximum Power per Channel +34 dBm 4 +31 dBm 8 +28 dBm 10 +27 dBm NOTE: The Sound Transit Distributed Antenna System base station repeater site is configured for 10-channel operation. 24. Equipment Certification: 2.16 FCC Certification under 47 CFR, Part 2, Subpart J. CHANNELIZED 800 MHZ OFF-AIR BI-DIRECTIONAL AMPLIFIERS (OFF-AIR BDAS) A. The off-air BDAs used to feed the distributive antenna systems in the Northgate and S. Bellevue parking garages shall be Fiber-Span model FS61C-85XEDDYYZMM (or approved equal) units. The BDAs shall have the following specifications. 1. Frequency Range: 806-824 MHz/851-869 MHz 2. Adjacent Channel Rejection: 20-70 dB 3. Absolute Group Delay: 10-120 microseconds 4. System Net Gain Per Filter Window: 50 dB 5. Automatic Gain Control: 45 dB 6. Input Automatic Level Control: 20 dB 7. Input Power Adjustment: 15 dB 8. Maximum Input Power: -30 dBm 9. System OIP3: > +58 dBm 10. System Composite Output Power: 5 Watts (FCC Limit) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 42 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 11. Composite Output Power Level Adjustment: 12. Input IM Rejection: 20 dB >60 dB 13. Spurious & Harmonic Outputs: <-13 dBm 14. RF Input & Output Impedance: 1.5:1 VSWR 15. Mechanical & Environmental a.) Rackmount 19” shelf 1.) Up to 10 channels per path: 4 RU enclosure, 22” depth 2.) Up to 20 channels per path: 6 RU enclosure, 22” depth b.) Weight: 4U enclosure: 44 lbs. (20 Kg), 6U enclosure: 55 lbs. (25 Kg) c.) Operating Temp: -30 to +50 ° 16. Interface and Alarms a.) Human Machine Interface: LCD display with keypad, LED indictors b.) Computer Interface, Ethernet Port: Graphical User Interface (GUI) c.) Summary Alarms Discrete I/O: contacts) 4 Form-C Relays, 4 Opto-isolated inputs (dry- 17. Nominal Output Power: The nominal BDA output power per 800 MHz channel (with OLC enabled) is shown in the following table: Number of Passband 2 Channels Maximum Power per Channel +34 dBm 4 +31 dBm 8 +28 dBm 10 +27 dBm 18. Equipment Certification: 2.17 in FCC Certification under 47 CFR, Part 2, Subpart J. ANTENNAS A. 800 MHz Omni directional Antennas. 1. Provide 800 MHz Ceiling Mount Low PIM Omni directional Antennas as shown in the Contract Drawings. These shall be Galtronics PEAR S5379i (model number 0210827005379U, or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 43 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Frequency Range: 740 MHz to 960 MHz. 2.) VSWR: Less than <2.0:1. 3.) Polarization: Vertical. 4.) Maximum Input Power: 25 W. 5.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 6.) PIM: <-150dBc b.) Mechanical Requirements. 1.) RF Connector: N female. 2.) Mount: Ceiling Mounted NEMA 1 box with 0.240 inch coaxial cable (Andrew CNT240-FR or approved equal) pigtail. 3.) Dimensions: 8.0” x 2” (diameter x height) 4.) Color: White. B. 800 MHz Donor Antenna For 1. Provide 800 MHz donor antennas at the Northgate and S. Bellevue Parking Garages as shown in the contract drawings. These shall be Kathrein/Scala TY-840 yagi antennas, or approved equal. a.) Electrical Requirements 1.) Frequency Range: 806-869 MHz 2.) Gain: 12 dBi 3.) Impedance: 50 ohms 4.) VSWR: <1.5:1 max 5.) Polarization: Vertical 6.) Front-to-Back Radio: >18 dB 7.) H-plane Beamwidth: 59 degrees (half-power) 8.) E-plane Beamwidth: 48 degrees (half-power) 9.) Connector: N female b.) Mechanical Requirements NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 44 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.) Weight: 2.9 lb 2.) Dimensions: 24.5 x 8.375 inches 3.) Wind Load: at 93 mph i.) Front/Side: 3 lbf / 4 lbf 4.) Wind survival Rating*: 120 mph 5.) Shipping Dimensions: 28 x 10 x 4.5 inches 6.) Shipping Weight: 5.0 lb 7.) Mounting: For masts of 1.25 to 2.375 inch OD. * Mechanical design is based on environmental conditions as stipulated in TIA-222-G-2 (December 2009) and/or ETS 300 019-1-4 which include the static mechanical load imposed on an antenna by wind at maximum velocity. See the Engineering Section of the catalog for further details. C. Ceiling Mount Antenna Supports for Suspended Ceilings 1. Suspended Ceiling Tile Bridges. a.) Provide and install Atlas/Soundolier 81-8R Series tile bridges (or approved equal) to prevent ceiling tile sag in suspended ceiling installations of antenna assemblies. The 81-8R distributes the assembly weight to overhead T-Bar support members. b.) The 81-8R is designed to mount 8 inch loudspeakers and has a round cut-out that suits baffles mounting the industry standard Atlas/Soundolier 95 Series enclosures. All tile bridges shall be constructed of 24-gauge CRS with an electro galvanized rust-resistant finish. DIMENSIONS CUTOUT MODEL DIAMETER 81-8R 10-3/4 inches LENGTH 23-5/8 inches WIDTH 14-18 inches WEIGHT 2.0 pounds 2. Recessed Ceiling Enclosures. a.) The metal protective enclosures to be provided and installed by Contractor shall be Atlas/Soundolier Model 95-8 or approved equal. The enclosure shall have four 8–32 J-Clips installed on the mounting flange and shall be equipped conduit 1-1/2 inches knockouts or smaller knockouts that can be enlarged to accommodate 1-1/2 inches EMT conduit. It shall be of welded CRS construction, and shall have a painted finish. b.) For applications requiring UL standard 1480 rating or UL file S 1824 plenum rating, protective enclosure shall be Atlas/Soundolier Model U95-8 or approved equal. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 45 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.18 RADIATING CABLE A. Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide flame and smoke test report documents and the Certification of Listing from the listing agency demonstrating that the cable has been tested for fire retardancy and smoke toxicity as required by the National Electric Code for the specific installation circumstances of each cable type, and that the cable complies with the listing category or categories shown above. Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide certification from the manufacturer that the listing category for each cable is printed on the cable jacket, as required by the NEC. B. Provide radiating mode RF radiating cable as part of the distributive antenna system in the North and East Link tunnel segments as shown in the Contract Drawings. The specifications for the radiating cable shall be as follows: 1. North Link Tunnel Segments. a.) The radiating mode radiating cable to be installed in the North and East Link tunnel segments shall be RFS RLK114-50JFLA Radiaflex® 1-1/4 inch radiating mode radiating cable (or approved equal) with manufacturer approved Type N female connectors, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Drawings. b.) Radiating cable transmission line segments in North and East Link tunnel segments shall be 100 percent sweep-tested for attenuation and VSWR after installation and prior to their interconnection to the rest of the system. c.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Attenuation (maximum): 450 MHz – 0.63 dB/100 feet; 900 MHz – 1.4 dB/100 feet; (measured in accordance with IEC 1196-4 Standard). 2.) 95% Coupling Loss 900 MHz – 64 dB at 6 feet plus or minus 5 dB; (measured in accordance with IEC 1196-4 Standard). 3.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 4.) Velocity Factor: 89 percent. 5.) VSWR: 1.3:1 (typical). d.) Mechanical and Environmental Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: N Female (silver plated brass with gold inner conductor). 2.) Outside Dimensions: Nominally 1-1/4 inches – 1.54 inches maximum. 3.) Minimum Bending Radius: 20 inches. 4.) Cable Weight, lb/ft: 0.53 (maximum). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 46 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 5.) Jacket: Halogen free, non-corrosive, flame and fire retardant, low smoke, polyolefin + flame barrier tape above outer conductor for lowest cable loss Test methods for fire behavior of cable : IEC 60754-1/-2 smoke emission: halogen free, non-corrosive IEC 61034 low smoke IEC 60332-1 flame retardant IEC 60332-3-24 fire retardant UL1666, ASTM E 662, NES711 and NES713 UL1685 FT4/IEEE1202 6.) Listing: UL CATVR/CMR NFPA 130-2010 2. Station stairwells and maintenance corridors: a.) The radiating mode radiating cable to be installed in the U-District Station and Roosevelt Station stairwells and maintenance corridors shall be RFS RLK78-50JFLA Radiaflex® 7/8 inch radiating mode cable (or approved equal)with manufacturer approved Type N female connectors, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Drawings. b.) Radiating cable transmission line segments in the stations shall be 100 percent sweeptested for attenuation and VSWR after installation and prior to their interconnection to the rest of the system. c.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Attenuation (maximum): 450 MHz – 0.88 dB/100 feet; 900 MHz – 1.54 dB/100 feet; (measured in accordance with IEC 1196-4 Standard). 2.) 95% Coupling Loss 900 MHz – 65 dB at 6 feet plus or minus 5 dB; (measured in accordance with IEC 1196-4 Standard). 3.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 4.) Velocity Factor: 89 percent. 5.) VSWR: 1.3:1 (typical). d.) Mechanical and Environmental Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: N Female (silver plated brass with gold inner conductor). 2.) Outside Dimensions: Nominally 7/8 inches to 1.09 inches maximum. 3.) Minimum Bending Radius: 13.8 inches. 4.) Cable Weight, lb/ft: 0.37 (maximum). 5.) Jacket: Halogen free, non-corrosive, flame and fire retardant, low smoke, polyolefin + flame barrier tape above outer conductor for lowest cable loss Test methods for fire behavior of cable : IEC 60754-1/-2 smoke emission: halogen free, non-corrosive IEC 61034 low smoke IEC 60332-1 flame retardant IEC 60332-3-24 fire retardant UL1666, ASTM E 662, NES711 and NES713 UL1685 FT4/IEEE1202 6.) Listing: UL CATVR/CMR NFPA 130-2010 2.19 RF TRANSMISSION LINES NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 47 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% A. Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide flame and smoke test report documents and the Certification of Listing from the listing agency demonstrating that the cable has been tested for fire retardancy and smoke toxicity as required by the National Electric Code for the specific installation circumstances of each cable type, and that the cable complies with the listing category or categories shown above. Prior to procurement or installation of any cables, provide certification from the manufacturer that the listing category for each cable is printed on the cable jacket, as required by the NEC. B. Provide RF transmission lines that interconnect all of the various components of this system, as follows: 1. Discrete Distributed Antenna 1/2-inch Transmission Lines. a.) Provide 1/2 inch RF transmission lines for interconnection of the discrete antennas used for station coverage and the RF feeds from the RF distribution hub bi-directional amplifiers, as shown in the Contract Drawings. b.) These transmission lines shall be fabricated from CommScope LDF4RK-50A or Resident Engineer-approved equal with Type N male connectors, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Drawings. c.) BDA/antenna transmission lines shall be 100 percent sweep-tested for attenuation and VSWR. d.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Attenuation (maximum): 450 MHz - 1.447 dB/100 feet; 894 MHz - 2.089 dB/100 feet; 2000 MHz - 3.251 dB/100 feet. 2.) Average Power (minimum): 450 MHz - 1.61 kW; 900 MHz - 1.11 kW; 2000 MHz 0.72 kW (VSWR 1:1 at 40 degrees C with 100 degrees C inner conductor).Impedance: 50 Ohms. e.) Mechanical and Environmental Requirements. 1.) RF Connectors: N male (silver plated brass with gold inner conductor) or SMA Male (gold plated). 2.) Outside Dimensions: Nominally 1/2 inch. 3.) Minimum Bend Radius (multiple bends): 5 inches. 4.) Jacket: Non­halogenated, fire retardant polyolefin; UL 1666/CATVR/CMR. 5.) Listing: UL CATVR/CMR 2. Station and Tunnel BDA Equipment Cabinet RF Jumper Cables. a.) Provide and install RF jumper cables for the Hub equipment cabinets, as shown in the Contract Drawings. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 48 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) All jumpers used in the Hub Equipment cabinets shall use 1/2 inch superflexible foam dielectric coaxial cable (Andrew FSJ4RK-50B or approved equal) terminated with factory-installed Type N male or Type SMA male connectors, as required for the various interconnections shown in the Contract Drawings (Type N male connectors for power dividers, directional couplers and filters, SMA connectors for attenuators, and RF/fiber transceivers). c.) Jumpers shall be 100 percent factory sweep-tested for attenuation and VSWR. d.) Electrical Requirements. e.) Attenuation (maximum): 450 MHz – 2.314 dB/100 feet; 894 MHz – 3.383 dB/100 feet; 2000 MHz – 5.371 dB/100 feet (measured at 20 degrees C). f.) Average Power (minimum): 450 MHz - 1.49 kW; 894 MHz - 0.95 kW; 2000 MHz 0.60 kW (VSWR 1:1 at 40 degrees C with 100 degrees C inner conductor). g.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. h.) Mechanical Requirements. i.) RF Connectors: N male (silver plated brass with gold inner conductor) or SMA Male (gold plated). j.) Outside Dimensions: Nominally 0.53 inch. k.) Minimum Bend Radius: 1.25 inches. l.) Jacket: Non­halogenated, fire retardant polyolefin; UL 1666/CATVR/CMR. 2.20 LISTING: UL CATVR/CMR RF ATTENUATORS A. Fixed Attenuators. 1. Provide and install fixed RF attenuators as shown in the drawings. These attenuators shall be Pasternak Enterprises attenuators as specified below, or approved equal). a.) 1 Watt Fixed Attenuators (Pasternak Enterprises PE7002-X, where X indicates the attenuation value required in the Contract Drawings, or approved equal.) 1.) Electrical Requirements. i.) Frequency Range: DC to 2000 MHz. ii.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. iii.) Average Power Handling Capability: 1 W (+30 dBm). iv.) Accuracy: DC-1000 MHz, +/-0.6 dB. 1000-2000 MHz, +/-1 dB. v.) VSWR: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Greater than Dc to 1000 MHz, 1.3:1 (maximum). SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 49 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1000—2000 MHz 1.5:1 (maximum). 2.) Mechanical Requirements. i.) Connectors: Type N Male to Type N Female. b.) 10 Watt Fixed Attenuators (Pasternak Enterprises PE7010-X, where X indicates the attenuation value required in the Contract Drawings, or approved equal). 1.) Electrical Requirements. i.) Frequency Range: DC to 2000 MHz. ii.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. iii.) Average Power Handling Capability: 10 W (+40 dBm). iv.) Accuracy: DC-1000 MHz, +/-0.6 dB. v.) 1000-2000 MHz, +/-1dB. vi.) VSWR: Greater than Dc to 1000 MHz, 1.3:1 (maximum). 1000—2000 MHz 1.6:1 (maximum). 2.) Mechanical Requirements i.) Connectors: Type N Male to Type N Female. B. 800 MHz (450-1500 MHz) Variable Step RF Attenuators. 1. Provide variable step attenuators for use as the Distribution Hub Equipment Cabinet 800 MHz uplink and downlink amplifier input attenuators, as shown in the Contract Drawings. These shall be Alan Industries, Inc. 50SV10 units or approved equal. a.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Frequency Range: Dc - 1500 MHz (minimum). 2.) Attenuator Range: 0 to 10 dB (1.0 dB steps). 3.) Accuracy: +/- 0.3 dB. 4.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 5.) Insertion Loss: 0.2 dB (maximum). 6.) VSWR: 1.4:1 (maximum). 7.) Average Power: 1.0 W (250 W Peak). NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 50 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) Mechanical Requirements: 1.) RF Connectors: SMA female. 2.) Nominal Dimensions: Length. 2.21 1.30 Diameter (excluding connectors) by 1.63 inches RF TERMINATIONS A. N Male Precision RF Terminations. 1. Provide N Male precision RF terminations for the ends of the radiating cable segments in the U-District to UW tunnel segment, as shown in the Contract Drawings. These terminations shall be Pasternak Enterprises Model No. PE6009 or Resident Engineer approved equal. a.) Electrical Requirements. 1.) Impedance: 50 Ohms. 2.) Power Handling Capacity: 2 W. 3.) Frequency Range: Dc to 18 GHz. 4.) Maximum VSWR: 1.30:1. b.) Mechanical Requirements. c.) Connector Style: 2.22 N Male (without chain). EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES A. Tunnel BDA Wall Mounted Cabinets. 1. Equipment Cabinets a.) Equipment cabinets shall be wall-mounted units nominally 36 inches high with an inside nominal width of 19 inches. Units shall be double-hinged to allow access to both the front and the back of equipment mounted inside the cabinet. 1.) Front rack-mounting flanges shall be equipped with universal 10-32 thread panel mounting holes at 3/8-inch, 5/8-inch and 1/2-inch spacing. Equipment cabinets shall be designed to allow rigid base attachments to the floor and back panel attachments to the wall to prevent equipment from being displaced. Each cabinet shall be provided with a factory-installed padlock hasp and a Best padlock capable of using a core provided by the Sound Transit locksmith. 2.) Cabinets shall be Hoffman EWM362225 or approved equal, modified from the standard Hoffman unit to provide for a NEMA12 rating and a solid steel front door. 3.) Perform a heat load analysis for each cabinet to assure that operating temperature specifications for the equipment the in cabinet will not be exceeded, assuming a maximum ambient temperature of 85 degrees F. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 51 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. Hub RF/Fiber/BDA Equipment Cabinets. 1. Supply and install equipment cabinets for the RF fiber, headend combining and RF distribution, heath and status monitoring system, and backup UPS equipment at the Tower 1 Headend – Equipment cabinets shall be standard self-supporting units 7 feet high and nominal 24 inches in width, with steel construction. Specific requirements for these cabinets are described in the list below: a.) 86 inches) H by 24 inches) W by 28.5 inches D EIA Lockable Equipment Cabinet for Fiber Optic, Power Divider/Combiner, Hub BDA, and Associated Equipment. b.) Vented Front door with acrylic insert and heavy duty locking handle. c.) Vented rear door with heavy duty locking handle. d.) Quick release side panels with key locks. e.) Cable entry top with four 4-inch fans and four 2-inch cable entry holes. f.) Three pairs of vertical grid straps for cabinet side panel equipment support. g.) Two pairs of rack angles for mounting 19-inch equipment, tapped to 10-32. h.) One set of leveling feet and base angles with 3/4-inch holes for floor attachment. i.) Jet-black textured finish. j.) Cabinets spacing shall allow full and unobstructed access to the front and rear faces of installed equipment whenever possible. 2. Equipment cabinets shall be designed to allow rigid base attachments to the floor to prevent equipment from being displaced, and shall be attached to the Hub equipment room floor using concrete anchors, unless other attachment methods are specified by Sound Transit for specific Hub equipment rooms. The Hilti Kwik Bolt II, Raw Stud, Sanko or approved equal shall be used. Install expansion anchors using manufacturers suggested hardware and procedures. 3. The cabinets shall have a lockable door both front and back. No roller caster base cabinets or racks are permitted. 4. Perform a heat load analysis for each cabinet to determine if additional ventilation or cooling, beyond that provided by the fans listed above, is necessary. C. Tunnel RRU UPS Backup Power Equipment. 1. Provide and install UPS backup power units with a minimum capacity of 2880 VA/2700 Watts (Eaton PW5130L3000-XL3U or approved equivalent) with 2 Extended Battery Modules (Eaton 5130 3000 R/T EBM 2U or equivalent) at each BDA (RRU) enclosure to provide backup power for all fiber optic link equipment, BDA (RRU) equipment, and any other AC powered equipment used in the Distributed Antenna System. 2. Provide mounting kits to allow UPS units to be rack-mounted in equipment racks and BDA cabinets. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 52 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Specifications 2.23 a.) Topology Line Interface b.) Power Rating 2880/2700 (VA/Watts) c.) Efficiency >94% d.) Dimensions 5.1 x 17.4 x 19.1 (Inches - H X W X D) e.) Extended Battery Modules 2 5130 3000 R/T EBM 2U f.) Run Time @ 300 VA/210 Watts Battery Modules) 500 Minutes @ 0.7 Power Factor (with Extended WARRANTY A. Provide a 1-year (minimum) warranty on all Distributed Antenna System components (including base station interface and control station interface components), including parts, labor, hardware, and software. The warranty period shall start at the time of Final System Acceptance. B. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Contract, Contractor shall remedy at its own expense any failure of the Work for a period of 1 year, including the equipment, to conform to Contract Specifications. C. Failure of work includes any defect of material, workmanship or design in the Work (but excluding any defect of any design furnished by Sound Transit under the Contract) provided that the Resident Engineer give the Contractor notice of any such failure of defect promptly after discovery but not later than 1 year after Final Acceptance of the Work. D. In the case of defects or failures in a part of the Work of which Sound Transit takes possession prior to final acceptance, such notice shall be given not later than 1 year from the date Sound Transit takes such possession. E. Contractor, at its own expense shall also remedy damage to equipment, the site, or the buildings or the contents thereof, which is the result of any failure or defect, and restore Work damaged in fulfilling the terms of this Section. F. Should Contractor fail to remedy any such failure or defect within a reasonable time after receipt of notice thereof, Sound Transit shall have the right to replace, repair or otherwise remedy such failure or defect at Contractor's expense. This warranty shall not delay Final Acceptance of or final payment for the Contract Work. 1. Subcontractors’, Manufacturers’ and Suppliers’ Warranties. a.) All Subcontractors', manufacturers' and suppliers' warranties and guaranties, expressed or implied, with respect to any part of the Work and any material used in the Distributed Antenna System and associated system interfaces shall be deemed obtained, and shall be enforced, by Contractor as the agent and for the benefit of Sound Transit without the necessity of separate transfer or assignment thereof. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 53 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b.) Provided that, if directed by Sound Transit, Contractor shall require such Subcontractors, manufacturers and suppliers shall execute such warranties and guarantees in writing to Sound Transit. c.) Work repaired or replaced pursuant to this Section shall also be subject to the provisions of this Section to the same extent as Work originally performed. d.) The rights and remedies of Sound Transit provided in this Section are in addition to and do not limit any rights afforded to Sound Transit by any other Section of this Contract. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with a minimum of five (5) years demonstrated experience in the installation of in-building RF distribution equipment, antennas and transmission lines with a documented history of neat and workmanlike installation practices. Provide photo documentation of previous installation work comparable to the work called for in these specifications. Provide project references (including customer contact information) for at least three (3) previous projects with work comparable to the work called for in these specifications. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Equipment Enclosure and Antenna Locations 1. The tunnel BDA and antenna locations shown in these Specifications have been selected so as to avoid, as much as possible, physical conflicts with other equipment in the tunnels and crossovers. 2. Field verify the actual locations to ensure that the remote BDA fiber termination boxes, equipment cabinets, wire ways, and antennas can be mounted as shown in the Contract Drawings at each location. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Wiring and Wiring Practices: 1. Wires and cables shall be installed according to the following: a.) All conductors shall be copper, of not less than 98 percent conductivity. Aluminum conductors are not permitted. b.) Conductors shall be continuous between terminals, without splices. c.) Conductor gauge, insulation, and shielding shall be adequate for the intended purpose. d.) Cable and wire shall be run neatly, with adequate lacing or clamping. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 54 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% e.) Consistent color-coding shall be used throughout. f.) All applications requiring physical movement and flexing shall use stranded conductors. g.) Eye-type, crimped or soldered lugs shall be used with stranded wires terminated on screw-type terminals. Connections shall be made only with crimping tools that meet the connector manufacturer's specifications and have been adjusted in accordance with the crimping too manufacturer’s requirements. h.) Shielded wiring, or other means of signal isolation, shall be used wherever necessary to avoid cross-talk, hum, pops, clicks, and other forms of interference. Contractor shall provide an interference-free system. i.) Unless installed in conduit, wiring within console cabinets, beneath raised floors, and from outlet boxes to free-standing or desk-mounted equipment shall be neatly installed, bundled with appropriate tie-wrap devices, and tied to supports if practicable. j.) At remote sites and equipment rooms, open cabling is permitted on cable racks and cable trays provided that the wiring is neatly tied. k.) Interconnect cabling used within equipment cabinets, or in areas where the wiring will not be installed in metallic conduit, shall be insulated with heat-resistant material to minimize pyrolysis and/or fire hazard. l.) Cable and wiring penetrations through metal cabinets shall be insulated with dielectric grommets. m.) Cable and wiring installed in modular furniture shall be run in the trays or channels designed for the purpose. n.) Extra wiring necessary for equipment movement shall be neatly coiled, tied, and concealed. o.) Wiring in dropped ceiling areas shall not lie on top of light fixtures or ceiling tiles. p.) Cable penetrations through building outside walls shall be thoroughly packed and waterproofed. q.) Cable passages from one fire-rated area to another shall be packed with approved sealant to preserve fire-rating integrity. r.) Cables, wiring forms, and other interconnecting equipment shall be identified by permanent labels, tags, or other appropriate means. Marking shall clearly indicate the function or source. Cables shall be identified at both ends with indications of the source and destination of that cable run. The cable identification shall agree with the wiring and interconnect diagrams. s.) The Following are Soldering Requirements: 1.) Solder shall be lead free, Tin/Silver/Copper Sn96.5Ag3.0Cu0.5 solder with a “noclean” core (or approved equal). Acid core or corrosive salt fluxes are not permitted. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 55 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.) A temperature-controlled soldering iron or hot-air soldering device shall be used; soldering guns are not permitted. Soldered connections are subject to inspection and approval by Sound Transit 3.) Solder penetration and solidification of stranded wire beyond the insulation is not permitted. 4.) Exposed stranded, soldered wire between the solder joint and the insulation shall not be larger than the nominal conductor diameter. 5.) Solder joints shall be smooth and shiny, without excessive amounts of solder, solder drips or appendages. "Cold" or fractured solder joints are not permitted. 2. Terminal Boards: a.) Only 66-type punch blocks shall be used. The blocks shall be mounted on a designated wall within the equipment room. With the exception of digital signals, all signal, communications, control, and other circuits shall be terminated on new or existing 66 type punch blocks. b.) An adequate number of 66-type telephone-type punch blocks, cable guides, and other necessary hardware shall be provided as required for a neat and workmanlike installation. c.) All multi-conductor cabling shall be color-coded for identification of conductors in conformance with EIA standards. Cabling color coding shall be consistent on all console positions. B. Antenna Installation: 1. Antenna Mounting in Stations and Radiating Cable Mounting in Tunnels. a.) The equipment configuration shown in the Contract Drawings is typical. b.) Equipment cabinets, antenna transmission lines, antennas, and radiating cable may be relocated within reasonable limits as necessary to avoid conflicts with light fixtures, loudspeakers, and other equipment mounted in the stations and tunnels. C. Equipment Adjustment: Adjust amplifiers and other equipment; test each item of equipment and all features of the overall system for proper and optimal functioning after installation. 3.04 FIELD (SITE) QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing: Perform factory testing, end-to-end system tests, and other component and system tests as described in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration, to verify proper installation and operation of headend, fiber, distribution hub, and DAS equipment, and to verify specified performance. 3.05 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Training: Provide adequate maintenance and operational training to key Sound Transit personnel as detailed in Section 27 60 07, Radio System Testing, Identification and Administration. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 56 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Until Acceptance 1. During the acceptance testing period, Contractor shall provide replacement parts, materials, and experienced personnel to service the Tunnel Radio System equipment at the Sound Transit facilities or fixed equipment sites. 2. A 2-hour response time is required for all major failures of fixed-end equipment, i.e., within 2 working hours after notification of a major equipment failure, a qualified technician shall be on the scene working on the problem. 3. Sound Transit, Sound Transit Security personnel, the Seattle Police and Fire Departments Police Departments, and other public safety agencies that use the Tunnel Radio System operate 24 hours a Day, 7 Days a week. 3.07 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of the system shall consist of successful completion of all acceptance tests, submittal by Contractor of all as-built drawings, test results, manuals, and other documentation, completion of Contractor-provided training, correction of all deficiencies, and final clean-up of installation sites. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 57 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 02 TUNNEL RADIO SYSTEM Page 58 of 58 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 Section includes: 1. Requirements for factory and field testing and equipment and conductor identification for a Distributed Antenna System to provide radio communications for both Sound Transit and for public safety agencies in the North Link tunnel segments, North Link stations, East Link tunnel segments, East Link stations, and other East Link facilities that require coverage (See Section 27 60 02 for a list of specific coverage requirements for both North Link and East Link). 2. The Distributed Antenna System will provide coverage both in the tunnel segments and in all public and ancillary spaces in the stations in both tunnel segments. 3. The system will have three RF distribution Hubs located at U-District Station and Roosevelt Station for the North Link subsystem, and in the Bellevue Transit Center (“BTC”) Station for the East Link subsystem. 4. The North Link Hubs will be fed via analog RF-over-fiber links from the system Headend at the Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance Facility (OMF), which is the location for the PSERN base station that feeds the North Link DAS system. A separate base station operating on the PSERN system will be located at the Bellevue Transit Center (“BTC”) for the East Link subsystem, and will act as the hub for that subsystem. REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Applicable provisions of the most recent adopted editions of the following standards shall apply to the work of this Section: 1. Telecommunications Industry Association: a. 1.03 TSB-88D - Wireless Communications Systems – Performance in Noise – And Interference – Limited Situations – Recommended Methods for Technology Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification SUBMITTALS A. Submit: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Factory Test Measurement Report: A report to Sound Transit at the completion of Factory Tests documenting the results of all measurements described in this Section for the North Link DAS subsystem and for the East Link DAS subsystem. Documentation shall consist of original test data sheets and other documentation provided by the equipment manufacturers performing the tests. The documentation shall include a diagram or description showing the test measurement configuration and indicating the test equipment used to make the measurements. Equipment descriptions shall include the most recent calibration SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 1 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% date and NIST traceable calibration certificates for each piece of test equipment used in the tests, 1.04 2. Field Test Measurement Report: A report to Sound Transit at the completion of Field Tests documenting the results of all measurements described in this Section, including the Coverage Acceptance Tests for the North Link DAS subsystem and for the East Link DAS subsystem. Documentation shall consist of original test data sheets and other documentation generated from the tests, as described below. The documentation shall include a diagram or description showing the test measurement configuration and indicating the test equipment used to make the measurements. Equipment descriptions shall include the most recent calibration date and NIST traceable calibration certificates for each piece of test equipment used in the tests, including equipment used to calibrate any ST system radios used in the Coverage Acceptance Test. 3. Test plans and test procedures for Factory Test and Field Test. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery, Storage and Handling Requirements: Major system equipment items and materials shall be delivered to the project staging facility agreed upon by Contractor and Sound Transit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CABLE, WIRE, TRANSMISSION LINE, AND FIBER LABELING A. For wire/cables/fibers smaller than #4 AWG use manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth selfadhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type, either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap are to be used and numbered to show circuit identification. B. Labels on “write-on” cable markers shall use machine-generated type with a minimum 10-point sans-serif font; typed label shall be protected by clear self-adhesive cover flap. Clear heat-shrink tubing shall be installed over “wrap around” labels to prevent the label from peeling off of the cable. C. For cables #4 AWG and larger heat shrink sleeving shall be used for phase or polarity color-coding and for numbered markers to show circuit identification. D. The application of cable/conductor identification, with circuit number, on each wire/cable/fiber in each box/enclosure/cabinet is required. . E. All antenna and radiating cable transmission lines shall be labeled with cable identification tags at each connector. F. Labels at the Distribution Hub Communications Room shall denote the antenna or radiating cable location fed by the cable, measured cable run loss (in dB), and measured VSWR or Return Loss at installation. G. Radiating cables in the tunnels and station areas shall be labeled with the same information. Labels shall be permanent and not hand written, as described above. H. Cable label information shall directly correlate to system documentation/drawings that define or depict the interconnecting cables (i.e. cable label text shall match drawing text). A spare set of cable labels shall be provided with the site documentation package. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 2 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.02 2.03 EQUIPMENT CONNECTOR, SWITCH AND CONTROL LABELING A. Numbers, lettering and wording as required or as recommended by manufacturer or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of the systems and equipment described in this Specification shall be used. B. All front or rear panel input and output connectors, switches, and controls, shall be identified, and panel labels shall match block and circuit diagram terminology and numbering shown in the contract documents and shop drawings to simplify system maintenance and troubleshooting. Gothic sans serif letters shall be provided. C. Lettering on rack and cabinet panels shall be applied using silk-screening or other techniques that provide a permanent, durable label that will not be affected by changes in temperature or by minor abrasions under normal use. EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES A. 2.04 Each major equipment item (BDAs, fiber transceivers, fiber switches, power dividers, and antennas.) shall be identified with a nameplate that corresponds to the callout name (and/or number) shown in the as built drawings and in the system block and level diagrams and system schematic diagrams. FACTORY TESTING A. Factory Testing – Distributed Antenna System: 1. B. RF/Fiber Optic Link Factory Tests: a. RF/Fiber optic transceivers shall be tested for total system RF loss (RF input to RF output) with transceivers connected on the bench with 5 dB of optical loss. b. Transmitter input 3rd Order Intercept (in dBm) and Receiver Noise (in dBm/Hz) shall be measured for each unit with transceivers connected with 5 dB of optical loss. c. Written documentation of these test measurements shall be included in the Factory Test Measurement report submitted to Sound Transit 800 MHz Bi-directional Amplifier Factory Tests: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Each BDA shall be swept (806 to 824 MHz uplink/851 to 869 MHz downlink) for amplitude response, gain and return loss (VSWR) for both the uplink and downlink paths, and the network analyzer plots generated by these tests shall be provided as part of the Factory Test Report. A data sheet for each amplifier shall also be provided listing (at a minimum) the following information: a. Measured Output 3rd Order Intercept for uplink and downlink paths (dBm). b. Measured Maximum 2-Channel Output Power in dBm (with Output Level Control enabled). c. Output Level Control voltage at maximum two channel output power (Vdc). d. Level of 3rd Order Intermodulation products for two channels at maximum output power (dBm). e. Measured system Noise Figure (dB) without gain reduction pads. SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 3 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% f. C. D. E. F. G. H. Isolation (dB) between uplink and downlink paths. RF Transmission Line Factory Tests: 1. All RF pre-assembled transmission lines and jumpers shall be swept for return loss and Attenuation over the frequency range of 764 to 869 MHz, with connectors installed at the factory. 2. The results of these tests shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Factory Test Report. Radiating Cable Factory Tests: 1. Because the mounting of radiating cables affects return loss (VSWR) and attenuation (insertion loss), it is not practical to perform meaningful factory tests of pre-assembled radiating cables. 2. These cables shall be tested after they are installed, during Field Testing, as described below. Fiber Optic Cable Factory Tests: 1. All fiber optic jumper cables shall be swept for Optical Return Loss and Attenuation over the nominal operating frequency range of the jumpers with factory installed FC/APC connectors. 2. The results of these tests including measured values for each cable, shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Factory Test Report. 700/800 MHz Hybrid Coupler Factory Tests: 1. 700/800 MHz Hybrid Couplers shall be swept for amplitude response and return loss (VSWR) over the 764-869 MHz band at both the in-line through port and the coupled port. Coupled port loss and in-line insertion loss shall also be measured for these units over the same frequency range. 2. The results of these measurements including measured values for each unit, shall be provided in both graphical (network analyzer plots) and tabular form in the Factory Test Report. 700/800 MHz Power Divider/Power Combiner Factory Tests: 1. 700/800 MHz Power Dividers and Power Combiners shall be swept for amplitude response and return loss (VSWR) over the 764-869 MHz band at both the common input port and at each output port (or at each input port and the common output port for power combiners) through port and the coupled port. 2. Common input-to-output port loss for each output port shall be measured for power dividers and input-to-common output port loss for each output port shall be measured for power combiners, over the same frequency range. 3. The results of these measurements including measured values for each unit, shall be provided in both graphical (network analyzer plots) and tabular form in the Factory Test Report. Antenna Factory Tests: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING All 800 MHz antennas shall be swept for return loss (VSWR) over the frequency range of 806-869 MHz. SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 4 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. I. The results of these measurements including measured values for each antenna, shall be provided in both graphical (network analyzer plots) and tabular form in the Factory Test Report. Test Report Format: 1. J. All tests and measurements shall be prepared in tabular and graphical form, with expected results shown for each test, along with actual test results. All equipment components and cables shall be identified using the component numbers shown in the approved system design documents. Equipment Configuration at Factory Test: 1. During the factory tests, all Headend and Distribution Hub fiber optic equipment, RF BDA equipment and other RF distribution equipment up to and including the Distribution Hub BDAs, shall be set up in the same configuration that will be used at the designated installation site. 2. Optical attenuators may be used to provide RF fiber link system attenuation equivalent to the attenuation that will occur due to actual fiber losses between the Headend site at OMF and University District Station and Roosevelt Station Distribution Hub sites for the North Link subsystem, and between the Headend Site at Bellevue Transit Center and all remote RRU locations for the East Link subsystem. 3. Sub-systems shall be tested in the staging area in such a manner as to minimize the actual installation time in the field. An example of the system as-built documentation shall be available at the time of system demonstration. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 PREPARATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for all preparation work required for installation of all Distributed Antenna System components in the Sound Transit O&M Facility, in the North Link tunnel segments and stations (University District Station and Roosevelt Station), and in the Bellevue Transit Center Station and tunnel and all other stations and facilities included in the East Link subsystem, including core drilling for cable penetrations in locations where required penetration sleeves are not already provided by the Sound Transit civil or electrical contractor. B. The Contract Drawings indicate the general arrangement of circuits, conduit runs, equipment cabinets, antennas, transmission line runs, fiber termination panels, and other Work for each DAS subsystem (North Link and East Link). Information shown on the Contract Drawings is schematic; however, reconfiguration or rerouting will not be permitted without specific acceptance. C. Review all civil, structural and mechanical and Electrical/RF System Contract Drawings and all specifications and adjust all Work to conform to all conditions shown therein. INSTALLATION A. Antenna Mounting in Stations and Radiating Cable Mounting in Tunnels. 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The equipment configuration shown in the Contract Drawings is typical. Equipment cabinets, antenna transmission lines, antennas, and radiating cable may be relocated within reasonable limits as necessary to avoid conflicts with SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 5 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% light fixtures, loudspeakers, and other equipment mounted in the tunnels and stations. 2. B. 3.03 The distributed antennas must be mounted at the vertical elevations above floor level shown in Contract Drawings to provide isolation from strong signals generated by 3 W 700/800 MHz portable radios in the immediate vicinity of the distributed antennas. Transmission Lines: 1. An appropriate coaxial cable cable-cutting tool (for example, Andrew “EASIAX” Model 222951 or Times “EZ” connector strip tool Model ST-1700) shall be used to terminate all cables. Replacement blades shall be those recommended and provided by the tool manufacturer. 2. All antenna and radiating cable transmission lines shall be labeled with cable identification tags at each connector. 3. Labels at the Distribution Hub Communications Room shall denote the antenna or radiating cable location fed by the cable, measured cable run loss (in dB), and Return Loss (VSWR) at installation. Radiating cables in the tunnels and station areas shall be labeled with the same information. 4. Labels shall be permanent and not hand written, as described in Section Part 2 – above. The manufacturers’ minimum bending radius shall not be exceeded during installation. 5. Transmission lines shall be installed in cable trays where available, and in all other locations shall be secured through standard cable hangers attached to channel supports or "Unistrut" as appropriate. 6. All cables shall be dressed appropriately, and run parallel to each other. 7. Radiating cable shall be mounted using cable manufacturer approved selflocking hangers and wall stand-offs designed specifically for use with radiating cable. 8. Hangers shall provide the optimum spacing between the cable and the mounting surface (wall, ceiling, and cable tray.) recommended by the cable manufacturer (4 inches). 9. Hangers shall be attached directly to walls and ceilings using self-tapping concrete anchors or to channel supports or “Unistrut” as appropriate. Radiating cable runs along cable trays shall be mounted below the cable tray, using appropriate hangers for optimum spacing, as described above. 10. Hanger spacing for radiating cable shall be 6 feet (minimum) in the station areas and 3 feet (minimum) in the North Link and East Link tunnel segments. 11. Wall, floor, and ceiling feed-through sleeves shall be sized for the correct cable OD and for compliance with National Electric code (NEC) and other applicable local wiring codes. All feed-through sleeves shall be fire-stopped in accordance with the requirements of NEC. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. RF/Fiber Optic System Installation Tests (perform for both North Link subsystem and East Link subsystem): NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 6 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. 2. B. C. After installation of single mode fiber links, the following tests shall be performed and documented (including all measurement values for each fiber) for each main and backup fiber (from input FC/APC connector to output FC/APC connector: a. Optical Return Loss (dB). b. Total Optical Loss (dB). After installation of RF/fiber optic equipment, the following tests shall be performed and documented for each RF/fiber optic link (from RF input to RF output): a. Swept Return Loss (764-869 MHz) [dB]. b. Total RF Loss (dB). c. Composite Noise at receiver RF output with transmitter RF input terminated in 50 Ohms (dBm/Hz). d. Two-tone Intermodulation Product Levels at receiver RF output and two 800 MHz signals 4 dB below the 1 dB compression point for the RF/fiber optic transmitter each at transmitter RF input. The test signals shall be separated in frequency far enough to allow clear resolution of the 2A-B and 2B-A mix products resulting from the test. Both the levels of the test signals and the levels of the resulting intermodulation products shall be shown in the test results. e. The results of these tests shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Field Test Report. 800 MHz Bi-directional Amplifier Installation Tests. 1. Following installation of all 800 MHz Bi-Directional amplifiers, all tests listed in Article 3.02B, herein shall be performed to demonstrate that each BDA is adjusted and is performing as shown in the Factory Tests. 2. The results of these tests shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Field Test Report. RF Transmission Line Installation Tests. 1. All installed coaxial cable transmission lines shall be swept for Return Loss (VSWR) and Attenuation over the frequency range of 764 to 869 MHz with connectors installed at the factory. 2. Each coaxial cable segment shall be tested with a TDR (Time Domain Reflectometer) to demonstrate that there are no significant discontinuities or “impedance bumps” in the line segment. 3. Return Loss (VSWR) tests shall be performed from each end of each cable segment with the opposite end terminated with a 50-ohm load. 4. Attenuation and TDR tests may be performed from one end only. 5. All installed coaxial cable segments shall comply with the manufacturer’s VSWR and Attenuation specifications. 6. The results of these tests shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Field Test Report. The printed TDR graphs for each test shall be included in the Field Test Report. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 7 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. E. Radiating Cable Transmission Line Installation Tests. 1. All installed radiating cable transmission lines shall be swept for Return Loss (VSWR) and Attenuation over the frequency range of 764 to 869 MHz with connectors installed at the factory. 2. Each radiating cable segment shall be tested with a TDR (Time Domain Reflectometer) to demonstrate that there are no significant discontinuities or “impedance bumps” in the line segment. 3. VSWR tests shall be performed from each end of each cable segment with the opposite end terminated with a 50-ohm load. 4. Attenuation and TDR tests may be performed from one end only. 5. All installed radiating cable segments shall comply with the manufacturer’s VSWR (return loss) and Attenuation specifications. 6. The results of these tests shall be provided in both graphical and tabular form in the Field Test Report. The printed TDR graphs for each test shall be included in the Field Test Report. On-Site Acceptance Tests: 1. Perform acceptance testing to demonstrate that the DAS meets or exceeds the system requirements. Acceptance testing shall include functional testing and coverage testing. 2. The on-site acceptance tests, to be witnessed by Sound Transit, shall demonstrate and verify the following: a. All fixed equipment, software, and other items have been supplied and installed in compliance with the Contract conditions. b. All equipment, software, and other items, perform in accordance with the Contract Specifications. c. The system and all its components perform in compliance with the system design and Contract requirements; all features are operational; and the system is ready for operational usage with full traffic load. This shall include tests of all failure modes, and operation under failure of primary power sources. d. Documentation of on-site acceptance tests shall include a report on the specific measurements of equipment functional performance at each fixed equipment site (Headend, Hub and BDA sites), as well as the results of coverage tests in all required mobile and portable coverage areas. e. The system functional measurements shall include at a minimum for the 800 MHz frequency band segment (806 to 815 MHz uplink; 851-860 MHz downlink) used in the Distributed Antenna System: 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 800 MHz Uplink System Noise at Headend Fiber Link RF Uplink Output, measured at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the PSERN base station at the Sound Transit O&M Facility for the North Link subsystem and at the Bellevue Transit Center for the East Link subsystem. SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 8 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 2) 800 MHz Uplink System Single Channel Carrier Level from a test portable radio located in the tunnel at the most distant extension of the radiating cable from each North Link and East Link Hub (this measurement shall be made with the portable radio operating inside an Sound Transit light rail vehicle). 3) This measurement shall be made at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the PSERN base station at the Sound Transit O&M Facility for the North Link subsystem and at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the Bellevue Transit Center for the East Link subsystem. The transmitter output power of the portable radio used for these tests shall be measured and documented as part of this measurement. 4) 800 MHz Uplink System Single Channel Carrier Level from a test portable radio located as far as from the worst-case distributed antenna (i.e. the antenna that shows the lowest predicted downlink signal level at a portable radio in Contractors Final Design Review Link Budget Calculations) for each Distribution Hub in the North Link and East Link subsystems (this measurement shall be made with the portable radio carried at belt level by test personnel). 5) This measurement shall be made at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the PSERN base station at the Sound Transit O&M Facility for the North Link subsystem and at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the Bellevue Transit Center for the East Link subsystem. The transmitter output power of the portable radio used for these tests shall be measured and documented as part of this measurement. 6) 800 MHz Uplink System Carrier-to-Noise Ratio at Headend Fiber Link RF Uplink Output, measured at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the PSERN base station at the Sound Transit O&M Facility for the North Link subsystem and at the input to the receiver multicoupler at the Bellevue Transit Center for the East Link subsystem., for both tunnel in-vehicle and distributed antenna uplink signal measurements described above. (This is the ratio between the Uplink System Single Channel Carrier Level and the Uplink System Noise at the input to the receiver multicoupler for each uplink signal measurement.) 7) This test shall demonstrate that Contractor’s Distributed Antenna System meets the uplink carrier-to-noise requirements specified in Section 27 60 01, PSERN Radio System Interface Requirements, and Section 27 60 02, Distributed Antenna System. 8) 800 MHz Uplink Amplifier 1 dB Compression Point (for each uplink amplifier in each subsystem). 9) 800 MHz Downlink Input Power to each Discrete Antenna (for each station location) with the system driven by a test signal from the PSERN base station repeater site for each subsystem or an equivalent signal generated using other test equipment as a source, operating at the nominal base station power per channel at the OMF headend fiber optic interface downlink input that will be used for regular operation of the system for the North SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 9 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% Link subsystem and at the downlink signal input port at the Bellevue Transit Center base station facility for the East Link subsystem. F. 10) 800 MHz Downlink Input Power to the input connector of each radiating cable run with the system driven by a test signal from the PSERN base station repeater site or an equivalent signal generated using other test equipment as a source, operating at the nominal base station power per channel at the OMF headend fiber optic interface downlink input that will be used for regular operation of the system. 11) 800 MHz Downlink 1 dB Compression Point (for each downlink amplifier) with the system driven by a test signal from the PSERN base station repeater site or an equivalent signal generated using other test equipment as a source, operating at the nominal base station power per channel at the OMF headend fiber optic interface downlink input that will be used for regular operation of the system for the North Link subsystem and at the downlink signal input port at the Bellevue Transit Center base station facility for the East Link subsystem. 12) 800 MHz Downlink Composite Output Power for two channels (for each downlink amplifier) with the system driven by a test signal from the PSERN base station repeater site or an equivalent signal generated using other test equipment as a source, operating at the nominal base station power per channel at the OMF headend fiber optic interface downlink input that will be used for regular operation of the system for the North Link subsystem and at the downlink signal input port at the Bellevue Transit Center base station facility for the East Link subsystem. Coverage Acceptance Tests. 1. The objective of the coverage test measurements is to demonstrate a 95 percent service area reliability with a 90 percent confidence level and a 10 percent confidence interval. In other words, the objective is 90 percent confidence that the true value of service area reliability falls between 90 percent and 100 percent. To achieve this objective, Contractor shall perform coverage tests in the stations and associated habitable spaces in the following manner: a. Create a uniform grid with 50-foot centers over each coverage area of interest. The grid shall include all platform areas, equipment rooms, communication rooms, entry and other stairwells, escalators, and other ancillary spaces in the University District Station and Roosevelt Station for the North Link subsystem and in the Bellevue Transit Center Station and all other Stations that require coverage enhancement for the East Link subsystem. b. Requirements for measurements in tunnel segments are described below. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING At the first grid point, take at least 50 measurements each (in dBm) of a single test frequency in the 851 to 860 MHz band over a distance of 29λ to 50λ (40λ preferred), where λ is the radio carrier wavelength (1.16 feet at 851 MHz). SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 10 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2) Arithmetically average the dBm values of these measurements to obtain the local mean received signal power for the grid point and apply the result, Savg, to the grid point. 3) Arithmetically average the BER (bit error rate) values of these measurements over the measurement distance, using the P25 1011 BER test pattern at the base station facility used to generate the signals for the Coverage Acceptance tests 4) Repeat Steps two and three for each grid point. 5) Calculate the service area reliability for each station (all levels included) and tunnel segment for both RSSI and BER: Service Area Reliability (%) = Tp Tt 100% T p is the total number of grid points passed (i.e., S avg greater than minus -95 dBm [to meet Fire Code requirements] and greater than or equal to 2% BER to meet the DAQ 3.4 audio quality requirement for system coverage . NOTE: -95 dBm is assumed here because it is the downlink signal power required by the applicable Fire Codes for the AHJs for the North Link and East Link systems (Seattle, Bellevue, and Redmond). This level is significantly high than the level actually required to achieve DAQ 3.4 performance for a P25 system. 2% BER is the requirement for DAQ 3.4 performance defined in TSB88. T t is the total number of grid points measured. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING c. In order for the service area to meet the coverage requirements, the measured service area reliability shall be greater than or equal to 95 percent in each complete station (including all ancillary habitable spaces), and no two adjacent measurement grid points shall be allowed to fail (i.e. to show a measured local mean power below the Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) of minus 95 dBm and a BER below 2% for a portable radio with a quarter wave antenna at belt level. d. The 95 percent service area reliability requirement described above shall apply to each station (including ancillary habitable spaces and elevators) individually, and shall be analyzed separately from the service area reliability requirements for other stations. e. Measurements shall be made using mobile equipment suitably mounted to allow the test measurement setup to be moved through the required test areas (station platforms, and equipment rooms) as close to a uniform rate of speed as possible. Post processing of the measured data may be used to obtain equivalent portable radio talk-out performance. f. The specific performance degradation factor used to account for the difference between the antenna system losses for the test measurement setup and for portable radios carried at belt level shall be approved by Sound Transit. g. Measured test data and reference parameters shall be provided in tabular form (Excel), and the final test results shall be provided in both a SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 11 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% table and on plan view drawings of the North Link and East Link tunnel segments and station, including all levels of the of the stations in the North Link and East Link subystems. The plan view drawings shall show the mean signal power level in dBm and the average BER measured within each measurement grid, and shall be color-coded, with green indicating that the RSSI and BER values both meet or exceed the CPC level shown above, and red indicating that the CPC levels are not met the grid location. G. h. Individual tests shall be performed in each elevator in all elevators in the stations in the North Link and East Link subsystems by moving the mobile measurement equipment in and out of the elevator with the elevator door open and by taking measurement samples for at least 30 seconds inside the elevator with the elevator door closed. i. Request the approval of Sound Transit to waive tests in any areas that are not reasonably accessible. The details of the Coverage Acceptance Test Plan, including grid points to be included in the tests and measurement collection locations and routes shall be approved by Sound Transit prior to the commencement of the Coverage Acceptance Tests. j. The Acceptance Test Measurement Report shall include the raw data ASCII log files in electronic form as an attachment. Coverage Tests in Rail Vehicles in the U-Link Tunnels: 1. In the tunnel segments, measurements shall be made on board a Sound Transit light rail vehicle with the receiving antenna height 1.0 meters above the vehicle floor level. These measurements shall be made continuously at a minimum sample rate of 200 samples per second for one test frequency in the 851-860 MHz band. The raw sample data shall be stored in a log file in ASCII format, with markers in each log file to indicate the beginning and the end of each tunnel segment. 2. The dBm and BER values of these logged samples shall be averaged over 50 foot intervals for the length of the tunnel segment by dividing the total number of samples contained in the sample log file into segments equal to the total tunnel length in feet/50 and averaging the dBm and BER values in each segment to provide a local mean received power value for each 50 foot segment of the tunnel. 3. The Acceptance Test Measurement Report shall include the raw data ASCII log files in electronic form as an attachment. 4. The average values described above shall be shown in both tabular form and graphical form with the distance in feet from the start of the tunnel on the x-axis and the measured average power in dBm and BER on the y-axis. 5. This measurement technique assumes that the light rail vehicle travels at constant speed through the tunnel. Although this assumption is not strictly correct, especially at the beginning and the end of each tunnel segment, the technique described above is adequate to provide a reasonable and statistically valid representation of the mean received signal power for each 50-foot segment of the tunnel. 6. The service area reliability for each tunnel segment shall be calculated as described in Article 3.03F.1.b.4. herein. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 12 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% H. 7. In order for the service area to meet the coverage requirements, the measured service area reliability shall be greater than or equal to 95 percent in each tunnel segment, and no two adjacent measurement segments shall be allowed to fail (i.e. to show a measured local mean power below the Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) of minus -95 dBm and a BER below the BER Coverage Performance Criterion of 2% for a portable radio with a quarter wave antenna at belt level. 8. The 95 percent service area reliability requirement described above shall apply to each tunnel segment individually, and shall be analyzed separately from the service area reliability requirements for station areas outside the tunnel segments. DAQ (Delivered Audio Quality) Tests: 1. DAQ Testing and Evaluation: a. The purpose of this test is the determination of Delivered Audio Quality of not less than DAQ 3.4, as described in Table A-1 of EIA TSB-88B. This level describes a signal which approximates an equivalent intelligibility of 20 dB SINAD for a stationary receiver. This applies to both talk-out and talk-back paths, for both portable and mobile radios. b. DAQ shall be evaluated by logging the voice quality of predetermined test calls at specific individual test locations using the DAQ score as defined in the following Table: SINAD DAQ (Delivered Audio Quality) Subjective Performance Description Equivalent Intelligibly 1 Unusable, Speech present but unreadable Less than 8 2 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition due to noise/distortion. 12 dB 3 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional recitation required due to noise/distortion 17 dB 3.4 Speech understandable, without repetition. Some noise/distortion. 20 dB 4 Speech easily understood. Occasional noise/distortion. 25 dB 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent noise/distortion. 30 dB 5 Speech easily understood. Greater than 33 dB c. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Ninety-five percent of test locations in each station and in each tunnel segment must pass. DAQ testing shall be performed using portable radios of the type to be used on the PSERN (800 MHz) radio system, equipped with the antenna type to be used in normal operation. SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 13 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% I. d. Locations that are found to have a poor DAQ score because of low signal strength and/or high BER (i.e. grid locations that do not pass the minimum CPC requirement) will not be counted. This is a voice quality test. e. For DAQ tests, an acceptable test is defined as the establishment of twoway voice communications between mobile/portable units and the repeater station after the first operation of the push-to-talk switch, and maintenance of that communications path for not less than 4 seconds. f. For an 800 MHz digital P25 trunked repeater the test requires that the trunked system control channel has sufficient field strength and other transmission characteristics to be operable between the mobile/portable unit and the repeater station, that appropriate data interchange has taken place, that the system has assigned the mobile/portable unit to a voice channel, that the mobile/portable unit has switched to the assigned voice channel, and that the voice channel is operable and meets the specified requirement. g. DAQ tests at each location shall include both talk-out and talk-back tests. Talk-out tests shall measure DAQ for transmissions from a console through the Distributed Antenna System to field test locations. h. Talk-out tests shall be made with the receiving antenna at one meter above local ground level. i. Talk-back tests shall measure DAQ for transmissions from a transmitter equivalent to a typical portable radio, as provided under this Specification, used at belt-level, through the Distributed Antenna System, to a console. j. A radio call shall be made at a random location within each cell. Scheduling of these tests and assignment of a dedicated talkgroup for the tests shall be coordinated with PSERN. The proposed testing methodology must include one point for each of the measurement grid points described above. k. The test plan shall ensure that the tests at each test site use a random sampling of all installed trunked RF channels for voice transmission, and a random sampling of all RF channels assignable to control channel operation. l. Up to three representatives of Sound Transit shall be invited to observe these tests. One representative from Sound Transit and one Contractor representative shall provide results for each test. Test results shall be averaged between the value provided by the Sound Transit representative and the value provided by Contractor representative. m. In cases of marginal readings or disagreement, and at the option of Sound Transit, the DAQ tests shall be reviewed by a five-member test team, comprised of no more than two representatives of the Contractor. Test results shall be based on the median DAQ scoring of the five members. n. Sound Transit reserves the right to modify this test plan for voice trunks on the PSERN (800 MHz) system. Operational Acceptance Test: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 14 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. During this test, no adjustments, modifications, or substitutions are to be made to the fixed equipment by Contractor, except by approval of the designated representative of Sound Transit. 2. Contractor shall notify Sound Transit of any failure or degradation of the system or its components. 3. The operational test period shall be 30 Days after full system turn-up. 4. Any periods of major system failure or significant degradation shall restart the operational test period. 5. Major system failures shall include any failure of the RF/Fiber links, main/backup fiber switches, the passive portion of the distributive antenna system (including radiating cable in the tunnels), or unidirectional or bidirectional amplifiers. No more than five such individual failures will be allowed during the operational test period. 6. Operational Acceptance Test results (including any failures) shall be documented and certified by Contractor. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 15 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% This Page is Intentionally Blank NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXSTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 60 07 RADIO SYSTEM TESTING, IDENTIFICATION AND ADMINISTRATION PAGE 16 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 27 75 00 OPERATIONS CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This section includes general requirements for making modifications Sound Transit operations control center (OCC). The OCC houses the centralized control and monitoring Emergency Ventilation System (EVS), Train Control System (TCS), Building Management System (BMS), and parts of the Field Control System (FCS). This system is called the Existing CCS. B. The Existing CCS was installed as part of Sound Transit’s University Link expansion and is the Rockwell Collins AIM system. C. Except where specifically indicated in these contract documents and required because of differing civil elements, the expanded Central Control System (Expanded CCS) modified by this Contract shall; 1. Provide the same functionality; display conventions; HMI navigation; and external interfaces as the Existing CCS. See Appendix A – Display Convention Guidelines. 2. Operate on the same hardware as the Existing CCS, including the same workstations so it is a seamless experience for the Controller D. Section includes requirements for designing, providing, installing, and testing equipment for the Operations Control Center (OCC) and Link Control Center (LCC) to support Sound Transit Operations. E. Reference Standards: The software and equipment supplied as part of this section shall conform to the latest version at time of Notice to Proceed of the below standards: 1. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) a.) IEEE 610 Standard Glossary of Software Engineering Terminology b.) IEEE 730 Standard for Software Quality Assurance Plans c.) IEEE 828 Standard for Software Configuration Management Plans d.) IEEE 829 Standard for Software and System Test Documentation e.) IEEE 1012 Standard for Software Verification and Validation f.) IEEE 1016 Standard for Information Technology-Systems Design - Software Design Descriptions NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 75 00 OPERATIONS CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS PAGE 1 OF 4 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. g.) IEEE 1044 Standard Classification for Software Anomalies h.) IEEE 1063 Standard for Software User Documentation i.) IEEE 1558 Systems Standard for Software Documentation for Rail Equipment and j.) IEEE 29148 Standard for System and Software Engineering Others a.) 1.02 MIL-STD-1472 SUBMITTALS A. Test Program Plan including Test Procedures and Test Results for each test in accordance with Section 01 95 00, System Testing and Integration. B. Hard copy prototypes of changes to the workstation and overview displays. C. Contractor shall provide a listing of anticipated lead time for all equipment and date the Contractor will need to meet contractual deadlines and description of this deadline. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide equipment from same manufacturer for display equipment. Contractor shall have previous experience providing equipment for control centers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Operation Control Center (OCC) is located on the 4th Floor of the Link Operations and Maintenance Facility (OMF). OCC is the main control center used by Sound Transit for operation of Link Light Rail. B. Link Control Center (LCC) is located at the King County Metro Atlantic Base. LCC is the backup control center. 2.02 EXISTING OCC The existing OCC consist of the below main components: A. Triple Monitor Display. 1. Three Thin-Client PC’s, one each for Train Control System (TCS), Emergency Ventilation System (EVS), and Building Management System (BMS). BMS PC also includes communications system applications (e.g. EmVista, GE Isys, NiceVision, Monitoring System, Secure Perfect). B. Cinnemassive Overview Display NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 75 00 OPERATIONS CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS PAGE 2 OF 4 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Hardware for the Expanded CCS is existing. Contractor shall implement programming and configuration changes to incorporate the North and East Link expansion. 2. Overview Display shall be able to display inputs from multiple video sources, partitioned by user to display at a minimum: a.) Train Control System: In accordance with Section 25 20 20, Train Control System. b.) CCTV: Display from multiple system wide cameras. c.) CATV: Display of live video media content. d.) Yard: Display of Yard monitoring system. 3. Overview Display shall be configured to display optimally on the flat panel monitors configured as shown in the Contract Drawings. C. Citris Workstation. 1. Citris Support Workstation: Thin Client PC, 19-inch Monitor, Keyboard, Mouse, Speaker, Phone and Microphone Headset. 2. Citris Support workstation shall provide Internet Based ST customer support information via Twitter, Website Updates, RSS feeds. Expand to provide access to the GE Isys application for North and East Link. D. Maintenance Workstation. 1. Maintenance Workstation: Thin Client PC, Triple Monitor display, Keyboard, Mouse, Speaker, Phone and Microphone Headset. 2. Maintenance workstation shall provide access to SCADA applications for maintainers and systems administrators. E. Simulator Workstation. 1. Simulator Workstation: Thin Client PC, 19-inch Monitor, Keyboard, Mouse, Speaker, Phone and Microphone Headset. 2. Simulator workstation shall provide functions associated with the SCADA simulation applications. It shall be modified to allow simulation of North and East Link operation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General. 1. Coordinate installation with Sound Transit Operations to ensure revenue service activities are not disrupted. B. OMF and LCC Installation. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 75 00 OPERATIONS CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS PAGE 3 OF 4 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Provide modifications for Rail Controller Workstation at each desk. Existing applications are to remain. 2. Cutover plan shall detail intermediate and final workstation configurations. 3.02 FUNCTIONALITY TESTING A. Test each of the following devices for functionality. Demonstrate that the device is working properly as specified herein: 1. Workstation PC and Displays. 2. Overview Display. 3.03 SYSTEMS INTEGRATION TESTING A. Integrated Automation Systems Integration Testing of the existing alignment shall be performed from OCC from a functional Rail Controller Workstation. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 27 75 00 OPERATIONS CONTROL CENTER REQUIREMENTS PAGE 4 OF 4 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section describes the Sound Transit East and North Light Rail Link technical requirements for an Internet Protocol (IP), analytic camera, High Definition (HD), Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) based Trainway Intrusion Detection System (TIDS) to be designed, installed and tested under the provisions of this specification. B. TIDS is to be deployed in entrances/exits of Light Rail Station tunnels, tunnels portals, designated elevated guides and trench trackways. REFERENCES A. The latest edition, at time of Notice to Proceed (NTP), of the following referenced standards shall apply and also govern the work covered by this Section unless otherwise noted. Should there be a conflict between referenced standards, or between a referenced standard and the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall seek clarification from the Resident Engineer. In general, the more stringent requirement shall apply unless the Resident Engineer approves otherwise. 1. 2. 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions a. ATIS-600010.03.2011 Heat Dissipation Requirements for Network Telecommunications Equipment b. ATIS-0600329.2008 Resistance c. ATIS-0600332.2010 Electrical Protection of Network-Powered Broadband Facilities d. ATIS-0600333.2007 Grounding and Bonding of Telecommunications Equipment Network Equipment û Earthquake American Public Transportation Association (APTA) a. APTA IT-CCTV-RP-001-11 Recommended Practice, Selection of Cameras, Digital Recording Systems, Digital High-Speed Networks and Train lines for Use in Transit-Related CCTV Systems. b. APTA SS-SIS-RP-002-08 Technical Recommended Practice for Cameras Coverage and Field of View Criteria for Passenger Facilities. c. APTA-RT-S-SC-012-03 Standard for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection, Testing and Maintenance. Electronic Industries Association (EIAA) SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 1 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. a. Bulletin #1 CCTV Definitions b. EIA-568-A Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard c. EIA-632 Electronics Industrial Alliance (EIA) Standard: Processes for Engineer a System. Federal Code of Regulation (FCC): a. 5. 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) a. 802.3 Standard, 2014 Edition b. 802.3af Standard (for 15.4 W of DC power via MDI). c. 802.3ah Standard (for Ethernet OAM). d. 802.3at-2009 Standard (for PoE Plus) e. 802.1D S t a n d a r d , 2 0 0 4 e d i t i o n (for M A C bridging). International Organization for Standardization (ISO) a. 7. 9. 1.03 ISO/IEC/JTC1/SC29 WG11 Coding of Moving Pictures and Audio International Telecommunications Union a. 8. FCC Part 15 Class B - Electronic Equipment Digital Device Standard ITU-R BT.709 standardizes the format of high-definition television National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. NFPA 70 National Electric Code b. NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guide way Transit and Passenger Rail Systems Underwriters Laboratories (UL): Per IEC60950-1 Component Application Standard a. UL 2044 Standard for Commercial Closed Circuit Television Equipment. b. UL 3044 Standards for Surveillance Closed Circuit Television Equipment SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL 1. The Contractor shall prepare a Preliminary Design Review (PDR) that shall be reviewed, commented on, and amended based on Sound Transit comments prior to the Notice-to-Proceed (NTP). 2. The Contractor shall prepare a Final Design Review (FDR) submittal that shall reviewed and approved by Sound Transit after the NTP. 3. The Contractor should anticipate a 1 week PDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of the PDR. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 2 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. a. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. b. All action items from this meeting shall be addressed and closed prior to submittal of the final design for one of the above listed subsystems Preliminary Design Review 1. The Contractor shall develop and populate a TIDS Camera Properties Table that lists camera location, target, function, field of view, and resolution requirement. 2. Once the Sound Transit Resident Engineer comments have been addressed and each TIDS camera location, field of view (FOV), and lens setting has been established, TIDS camera configurations shall not be revised without a submittal and approval of the Sound Transit Resident Engineer. 3. The PDR shall contain the following subsystem items: a. 4. C. Complete manufacturer’s descriptions and technical product data from each TIDS System component to include: 1) Catalog data. 2) Model specifications. 3) Product dimensions, weights, and mounting instructions. 4) Environmental characteristics. 5) TIDS performance characteristics. 6) Electrical characteristics. 7) Material finishes. The Contractor should anticipate a one (1) week PDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of this PDR. a. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. b. All action items from this meeting shall be addressed and satisfactory closed prior to start of factory testing of any of the above subsystems. Final Design Review 1. For the Trainway Intrusion Detection System FDR the Contractor shall detail TIDS interoperability with the Train Control Network (TCN) and with the Link Control Center (LCC) subsystems, along with block diagrams and drawings to include the following: a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING CAT-6 Structured Cabling drawings and riser diagrams to include: 1) Wiring layouts from cameras to Power over TCN Access Ethernet (PoE) Switches. 2) Wiring layouts from cameras from MidSpan Injectors to PoE switches, as required. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 3 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3) b. IP Camera Field-of-View (FOV) calibration and alignment diagrams. c. Device IP port and VLAN allocation, assignment tables, and designation. d. TIDS analytic Video Management Server operations, provisioning, administration, methods and procedures. 2. The Contractor shall develop and populate a TIDS Camera Properties Table that lists camera location, target, function, field of view, and resolution requirement. 3. Once the Sound Transit Resident Engineer comments have been addressed and each TIDS camera location, field of view (FOV), and lens setting has been established, TIDS camera configurations shall not be revised without a submittal and approval of the Sound Transit Resident Engineer. 4. The FDR shall contain the following subsystem items: b. b. 5. 1.04 Wiring layouts from cameras to Patch Panels and PoE switches. Complete manufacturer’s descriptions and technical product data from each TIDS System component to include: 1) Installation instructions. 2) Analytic camera s search, alarm, and tracking setup definitions. 3) Analytic camera on-board storage setup. 4) Analytic camera management workstation 5) Existing LCC console/workstation alarm notification interface. Shop Drawings containing TIDS equipment rack elevations. The Contractor should anticipate a one (1) week FDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of this FDR. a. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. b. All action items from this meeting shall be addressed and satisfactory closed prior to start of factory testing of any of the above subsystems. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. B. GENERAL 1. The Contractor shall prepare a Preliminary TIDS Operation and Maintenance Manual (O&MM) that shall be reviewed, commented on, and amended by Sound Transit prior to the Notice-to-Proceed (NTP). 2. The Contractor shall prepare a Final TIDS O&MM. Design that shall reviewed and approved by Sound Transit after the NTP. The Contractor shall furnish a “Preliminary” TIDS O&MM for each hardware and software element specified in this specification for Sound Transit review, comment, and approval. The manual shall provide a clear explanation of the theory, operation, and maintenance of the equipment NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 4 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. The manual shall be loose leaf bound. a. 2. 3. C. The manual shall be shall be indexed and cross-referenced in an easily understood manner. The TIDS “Preliminary” O&MM deliverable includes: a. Two (2) copies of the TIDS O&MM document for Resident Engineer review, and comment. b. Five (5) copies of the TIDS O&MM revised and amended document for Resident Engineer approval. c. One (1) copy “Master” (camera-ready) TIDS O&MM document to be used to product future copies. The TIDS “Preliminary” O&MM contents shall include: a. Equipment photos b. Equipment schematics and drawings. c. Wiring and mechanical assembly diagrams. d. Operating instructions. e. Spare Parts list f. Replaceable sub-components list g. Preventive maintenance instructions and schedule. h. Field diagnostics, troubleshooting, and fault restoration procedures. i. Maintenance special tools and test equipment required list. j. Equipment manufacturer's' descriptive literature including catalog cuts. k. Manufacturer service bulletins, maintenance logs, and service descriptions. The Contractor shall furnish a “Final” TIDS O&MM for each hardware and software element specified in this specification for Sound Transit review and approval. The hard and soft copy (CD) O&MM documents shall be assembled with individual component tabs and sections. 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The TIDS “Final” O&MM contents shall include: a. Table of contents. b. Project contract name or identifier. c. Contactor name, address, and contact information. d. Sub-contractor names, addresses, and contact information. e. Software and hardware manufactures names, addresses, and contact information. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 5 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.05 f. Product support and escalation names, addresses, and contact information. g. Software release, firmware, and hardware manuals. h. Shop drawings (oversized sheets folded in). i. Catalog cuts. j. Maintenance requirements. k. Warranty information. l. Test reports. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor: 1. Furnish all specified components, and shall be of established reputation and experience in the field of IP camera surveillance analytics and shall be qualified by the Systems manufacturers of the proposed equipment to install, service and maintain each manufacturer’s equipment. a. B. Materials provided shall conform to UL standards, where standards have been established for the materials specified. Where materials standards have not been established by UL, standards of quality and performance shall be those of the submitted and approved manufacturers. 2. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the equipment deployed and be able to independently trouble shoot and train Sound Transit personnel on a complete functional system. 3. Be knowledgeable of all Sound Transit subsystems and be able to interface with all appropriate subsystems, components, and respective equipment manufacturers that form the TIDS design solution. 4. Resolve all technical issues pertaining to TIDS, its functionality, network integration, and performance. 5. Adhere to all policies and practices contained in the Project Quality Assurance Program. 6. Warrant TIDS against defects in workmanship, installation, and latent for a period of 5 years from the date of final system acceptance. TIDS System Installer: 1. A minimum of five (5) years’ experience in the installation of specified materials and products required for this Project, with a verified record of successful inservice performance. 2. A certification indicating that the installer is approved by, licensed, or certified by the manufacturer for installation of specified materials/products or systems. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 6 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. 1.06 References that indicate a minimum five (5) IP analytics, security, and CCTV surveillance projects similar in nature and size to that of this Project, where specified materials and products have been successfully installed/used. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS A. General 1. 2. B. The Contractor shall develop and implement with the approval of Sound Transit a compressive series of integrated TIDS integration tests with the TCN to determine performance, to exercise, and validate the functionality, availability, reliability, and interoperability of the total TIDS solution. a. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies or components and indicating dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, and location and characteristics of each field connection. b. Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control. c. Diagrams for all required interconnecting wiring. Clearly differentiate between factory-installed and field-installed wiring. d. Each conductor labeled utilizing identifying labels. The Contractor and Sound Transit shall determine the, method and procedures, for test, re-test, schedules, and the test fail/pass criteria. The Contractor TIDS network performance Tests shall include: a. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) (network elements) b. Joint Field Acceptance Test (JFAT) (wayside network elements and field network analytic camera) c. TIDS Network Integration and Performance Test (NIPT) (network simulation, through put & performance measurements) d. Contractor Network Certification Test (NCT) (simulated & live analytic camera connectivity) e. Network Acceptance & Turn-Up Test (NAT) (live analytic camera connectivity) Component Testing 1. Analytic Cameras a. After installation, the Contractor shall align, adjust, and balance system and perform complete pretesting to determine compliance of system with requirements in the Contract Documents. b. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. c. Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying that installation is complete and fully operable; include names and titles of witnesses to preliminary tests. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 7 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2) d. 2. Final Test Notice: Notify Construction Manager at least 10 days in advance of final acceptance testing. Verify analytic camera Web management, and control. and smartphone access, 1) Define built in camera video analytic object detection, alarm, tracking, and LCC alarm notification settings. 2) Define camera pre-program and configuration user modes. e. Verify on-board analytic camera secure device (SD) storage operation and functionality. f. Demonstrate remote device interface and access capabilities. NICEVisionVideo Management System Server a. The Contractor shall integrate TIDS video streams with existing NICEVision Video management System.: 1) b. Operational Tests: a) Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed. b) Test each TIDS PTZ analytic camera through the NICE Video Management System for proper set-up administration, and provisioning. c) Define and management individual analytic camera feature, operation, and handling characteristics. d) Pre-configure analytic camera sequences, alarm criteria and intuitive operation. Electrical Tests: Comply with NFPA 72. Minimum required tests are as follows: 1) Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. 2) Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation-testing device. 3) With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of circuit and measure circuit resistance with an ohmmeter. Record resistance of each circuit that is defined on Contract Drawings. 4) Verify that transient surge-protection devices are installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5) Test both primary and secondary camera power sources. a) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING access Coordinate final adjustment of the camera field of views with the Sound Transit Resident Engineer after cameras have been mounted and tested. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 8 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. C. Tag all equipment, stations, and other components for which tests have been satisfactorily completed. Final Field Tests and Inspections: 1. Test TIDS analytic camera to TCN interface cables. 2. System Tests: a. Verify analytic camera, MidSpan Injector, and PoE switch configuration, provisioning, and connectivity. b. Verify Video Management Server configuration, provisioning, administration, and TCN interoperability. c. Demonstrate that the TIDS Video Management Server is capable of receiving, saving, and booting from a new software image. d. Verify analytic camera video alarm notification and stream to existing LCC console/workstations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Provide a Trainway Intrusion Detection System (TIDS) that automatically detects the movement of a person onto a designated area of track or guideway, automatically records the incident, tracks the individual, and simultaneously provides a priority video alarm and feed to an existing LCC console/workstations for Sound Transit Operations, Emergency Services responders, and Sound Transit Security personnel. a. Upon the identification of an intrusion incident, the analytic camera shall record, store, and archive all incident video on an internal secure disk (SD) card. b. Provide Web page accessibility for outside agency users who are authorized to access, view, monitor, retrieve images, and video clips from the TIDS analytic cameras. TIDS items to be furnished and installed include: a. Analytic outdoor cameras. b. Housings. c. Mounts and brackets. d. Conduits. e. Connectors and cabling. f. Auxiliary power supplies. g. PoE MidSpan Injector port connections. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 9 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% h. 2.02 Analytic camera Video Management Server. 3. Provide TCN access switch interconnection, bandwidth allocation, VPN operation, administration and provisioning is necessary to implement TIDS. 4. Integrate TIDS with the existing centralized NICEVision security surveillance system components that include: a. Existing NICEVision supported fixed and PTZ CCTV cameras. b. NICE SVRs. c. NICE Video Management Servers. d. NICE Video Central Storage Servers. e. NICE camera software licenses. 5. Integrate TIDS cameras with the Rockwell Collins/ARINC Building Management System (BMS) Program Logical Controllers (PLCs). 6. Provide PTZ analytic cameras at locations as identified on Contract Drawings. 7. As shown on the contract drawings, analytic PTZ cameras shall be installed to permit monitoring of designated areas and shall provide intrusion detection of: a. Station tunnel entrances/exits b. Elevated train guideways c. Covered train trench locations. PERFORMANCE A. System 1. Equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are manufactured and available for purchase as standard replacement parts as long as the product is commercially available from the manufacturer. 2. All manufactured products shall be thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. 3. All manufactured products shall include, at no additional cost, online support services and availability of a toll-free (U.S. and Canada), 24-hour technical assistance program (TAP) for emergencies. 4. The manufacturer shall replace without charge, manufactured products proven defective in material or workmanship for the stated warranty period from the date of shipment. a. b. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Hardware, Equipment and Materials: 1) New and of the latest version or model in use at the start of final design. 2) Best of their respective kinds; free of corrosion, scratches and other such defects. Firmware and Software: SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 10 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1) 2.03 A. PELCO CAMERAS Outdoor (guide-way, tunnel portal, covered trench metal pole mounted) PoE Camera 1. The Contractor shall furnish the Pelco Model #S6220-EGO Spectra Enhanced IP Dome System (or latest software) IP analytic camera. Functionality includes: a. Noise suppression sensitivity of 0.017 lx in color b. Nighttime performance of 0.0057 1x in monochrome. c. Content-based Image Technology (C-BIT) d. Intelligent Dynamic Noise Reduction (iDNR) e. HD standards: f. g. 1) Resolution: 1280x720 2) Scan: progressive 3) Aspect ratio: 16.9 4) Frame rate: 25/30 and 50/60 fps Intelligent Video Analytics (IVA) 1) Automatic detection of moving objects. 2) Automatic tracking of moving objects. 3) Automatic alarm of moving objects. 4) Ten (10) or more pre-alarm recording. 5) Memory card slot: 32 GBSD card Web-based interface for viewing and configuration. 1) B. Latest Pelco analytic camera Web Client support software within two (2) most current versions that are available. Forensic search from remote web browser user or from the Pelco video client. Outdoor (station platform, tunnel entrance/exit) PoE Camera 1. The Contractor shall furnish the Pelco Model #S6220-EGO Spectra Enhanced IP Dome System PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Contractor shall survey each camera location identified on the contract drawings to determine the optimum position for each camera to be deployed. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 11 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.02 a. Survey analytic camera locations and be responsible to insure that the selected locations will provide optimum pictures of the areas to be viewed, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. b. Survey the analytic camera locations to determine the appropriate mounts according to the existing field conditions at each location. c. For all installed cameras, provide a photo of each camera view on disk (soft format only required) with the camera identification number indicated for each view. Include the disks in the maintenance manual for the TIDS. WIRING AND CONNECTIONS A. GENERAL 1. Install all cables and conductors in raceway. a. 2. Bundle and harness multi-conductor instrument cable in place of single cables where a number of cables follow a common path. 3. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, neatly along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors neatly. a. 4. 5. 3.03 Conceal raceway, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. Label all control conductors, utilizing identifying labels shown on the Plans, for future identification and servicing of control system. Connect electrical components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. a. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors. b. Where manufacturer's torqueing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening requirements specified in UL 486A-86B. Megger and continuity test all cable conductors after termination, but prior to landing. FIELD ADJUSTMENTS A. GENERAL 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Contractor shall make field adjustments to provide and improve analytic camera field of views (FOV) of the areas to be monitored. a. Provide for proper placement of equipment to ensure required operating clearances. b. Provide installation that allows safe access by maintenance and operations personnel. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 12 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. c. The Contractor shall ground all equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for this Project. d. Install cameras to capture designated areas specified by Sound Transit. e. Provide camera views with adequate coverage; not blocked by columns, trees, or structures. Analytic Camera position, alignment, and pre-set shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be reviewed and approved by the Sound Transit Resident Engineer. a. 3.04 IP Camera External Connectors checks include: 1) RJ-45 for 100BASE-T/1000BASE-TX. 2) Dc jack. 3) Terminal block for 2 alarm inputs and 1 output. 4) RS-485/422. COMMISSIONING A. Documentation 1. The current Sound Transit TIDS Operations Methods and Procedure manuals shall be updated to provide the current deployment level of TIDS equipment, firmware, and software deployed for the East and North Link Projects. 2. TIDS manufacture component manuals and documentation shall be provided in typed binders and in CD form for reference purposes. 3. Provide Pelco analytic camera installation Guides, CDs with User’s Manuals, recording software, installation and management tools, cable fitting, connector kit, and power indoor supply. a. B. Include power supplies, mounting brackets for hard and drop ceiling, mounts, smoked and transparent covers. Maintenance Plan: 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING General a. The Contractor shall develop a TIDS Maintenance Plan that details preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for TIDS equipment prior to Final Acceptance. b. The Contractor shall identify Pelco analytic camera, NICEVision video management system, and associated software Customer Support structure to include availability of 24 hours a day, 365 days a year support engineers and technicians. c. The Contractor shall define monthly and annual maintenance inspection intervals to include equipment and programming adjustments during inspection. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 13 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2. 3. 1) List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures. 2) Produce and maintain a Maintenance Log that contains scheduled and completed maintenance work activities along with status reports and findings. 3) All work carried out on site or remotely (for configuration management), the Service engineer will also note down any deficiencies in the system and recommend work required to maintain, full, trouble free operation. Full TIDS Inspection a. Check with Sound Transit LCC and Security staff to determine whether they have experienced any problems with the TIDS platform. b. Carry out a visual inspection of all major components (including analytic camera, and video management system, cabling and connections where accessible) for signs of deterioration or damage and rectify as necessary. c. Exercise TIDS to verify analytic camera intrusion incident alarm, SD card recording and LCC console/workstation notification, alarm, and tracking functionality. Camera Inspection a. Check that TIDS cameras are well connected and are configured for maximum and optimal coverage. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Verify that angles are appropriate and lens zooming is in accordance with the camera specifications. b. Examine supporting brackets and towers for signs of corrosion and damage. c. Check physical condition of cameras and housings for signs of deterioration due to rain, dust and dirt. d. Check that field of view is correct. e. Check that all camera bracket fittings and clamping bolts are tight. f. Check that lenses are correctly focused. g. Check operation of auto-iris lenses as appropriate. h. Clean housing windows as necessary. i. Check condition of pan / tilt unit, adjusting position of end stops and presets where applicable. j. Check hours run indicator and recommend for removal for service as appropriate. k. Check condition and operation controls as necessary. SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 14 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% l. C. 3.05 Warrantees 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper integration of the Sound Transit TIDS network connectivity with the existing TCN seamlessly to include all OAM&P tasks required to unify the network. 2. The Contractor shall warrant that the TIDS platform and the existing Sound Transit TCN are compatible and also certify that the integrated network architecture will support the TIDS operation. 3. Pelco and NICEVIsion hardware, firmware, and software warranties and terms shall apply at the LCC and remote locations only after all Sound Transit communications network and TIDS Acceptance Test and Turn-Up Phases have been completed satisfactory, certified, and approved by Sound Transit. 4. The Contractor shall prepare an online database list of hardware and software items that are governed by warrantees and manage the TIDS inventory accordingly. TRAINING A. Provide training for a minimum of eight Sound Transit Employees at a Contract arranged location or at a Sound Transit designated office. B. Training options include both instructor lead class room setting (on-site training courses), online courses, and/or with DVD course instruction. 1. Training in the receipt, handling, and acknowledgment of Pelco analytic camera alarms and automatic tracking functionality. a. C. 3.06 Check time / date settings and adjust accordingly Operation includes: 1) Logging-in to analytic cameras. 2) Reviewing camera alarms and status displays. 3) PTZ control. 4) Video clip retrieval and management. Training Classes 1. The Contractor shall provide training class documentation and training materials. 2. The Contractor shall provide a TIDS hardware/software portable rack/cabinet for class room demonstration and training purposes. 3. Provide video recording of the training and allow duplication and distribution within Sound Transit. SPARE PARTS A. Provide the indicated quantity and type of new spares that were defined in the Contractor Spare Parts List and approved by Sound Transit. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 15 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1. Spares shall be maintained in original unopened packaging. 2. Spares shall constitute 10% of the TIDS components specified in this document to include: a. PTZ analytic cameras b. Wall, ceiling, and metal pole mounting kits. END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 13 00 TRAINWAY INTRUSION DETECTION SYSTEM PAGE 16 OF 16 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. 1.02 This Section describes Sound Transit East and North Light Rail Link technical requirements for an Internet Protocol (IP) based Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) System to be designed, installed and tested under the terms of this specification REFERENCES A. The latest edition, at time of Notice to Proceed (NTP), of the following referenced standards shall apply and also govern the work covered by this Section unless otherwise noted. Should there be a conflict between referenced standards, or between a referenced standard and the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall seek clarification from the Resident Engineer. In general, the more stringent requirement shall apply unless the Resident Engineer approves otherwise. 1. 2. 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions a. ATIS-600010.03.2011 Heat Dissipation Requirements for Network Telecommunications Equipment b. ATIS-0600329.2008 Network Equipment û Earthquake Resistance c. ATIS-0600332.2010 Electrical Protection of Network-Powered Broadband Facilities d. ATIS-0600333.2007 Grounding and Bonding of Telecommunications Equipment American Public Transportation Association (APTA) a. APTA IT-CCTV-RP-001-11 Recommended Practice, Selection of Cameras, Digital Recording Systems, Digital High-Speed Networks and Train lines for Use in Transit-Related CCTV Systems. b. APTA SS-SIS-RP-002-08 Technical Recommended Practice for Cameras Coverage and Field of View Criteria for Passenger Facilities. c. APTA-RT-S-SC-012-03 Standard for Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection, Testing and Maintenance. Electronic Industries Association (EIAA) a. Bulletin #1 CCTV Definitions b. EIA-310D 19-inch Rack Standard SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 1 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. c. EIA-568-A Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard d. EIA-632 Electronics Industrial Alliance (EIA) Standard: Processes for Engineer a System. e. EIA-649 Standard for Configuration Management f. EIA-836 Configuration Management Data Exchange and Interoperability Federal Code of Regulation (FCC): a. 5. 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) a. 802.3 Standard, 2014 Edition b. 802.3af Standard (for 15.4 W of DC power f or eac h dev ic e). c. 802.3ah Standard (for Ethernet OAM). d. 802.3at-2009 Standard (for PoE Plus) e. 802.1D Standard, 2004 edition (for MAC bridging). f. 802.1G Standard (for remote MAC bridging). g. 802.1Q h. 802.1X Standard (for port-based network access control). 8. 1.03 Standard, 2005 edition (for virtual bridged LAN). International Organization for Standardization (ISO) a. 7. FCC Part 15 Class B - Electronic Equipment Digital Device Standard ISO/IEC/JTC1/SC29 WG11 Coding of Moving Pictures and Audio National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) a. NFPA 70 National Electric Code b. NFPA 130 Standard for Fixed Guide way Transit and Passenger Rail Systems Underwriters Laboratories (UL): Per IEC60950-1 Component Application Standard a. UL 2044 Standard for Commercial Closed Circuit Television Equipment. b. UL 2391 Equipment with Remote Feeding Telecommunication circuits Intend for Backwards Compatibility in Legacy Telecommunication Equipment c. UL 3044 Standards for Surveillance Closed Circuit Television Equipment SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 2 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. 1. The Contractor shall prepare a Preliminary Design Review (PDR) that shall be reviewed, commented on, and amended based on comments by Sound Transit prior to the Notice-to-Proceed (NTP). 2. The Contractor shall prepare a Final Design Review (FDR) submittal that shall reviewed and approved by Sound Transit after the NTP. Preliminary Design Review 1. 2. The PDR shall contain the following subsystem components: a. Central Control Center b. Field Control System c. Emergency Ventilation System d. Train Control System e. Power Distribution System f. Structured Cabling System 1) Cabinets. 2) Racks, 3) Copper and optical fiber cabling. g. Public Address/Customer Information System. h. Telephone System. i. Radio System. j. Existing CCTV System. The Contractor should anticipate a 1 week PDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of the PDR. a. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. b. All action items from this meeting shall be addressed and closed prior to submittal of the final design for one of the above listed subsystems 3. Riser Diagrams. 4. The PDR shall contain the following subsystem items: a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Complete manufacturer’s descriptions and technical product data from each IP CCTV System component to include: 1) Catalog data. 2) Model specifications. 3) Product dimensions, weights, and mounting instructions. 4) Environmental characteristics. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 3 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. 5) Expanded IP CCTV System performance characteristics. 6) Electrical characteristics. 7) Material finishes. 8) Installation instructions. 9) Startup instructions. Final Design Review 1. For the IP CCTV System FDR the Contractor shall detail IP CCTV System interoperability with other subsystem along with block diagrams and drawings to include the following: a. CAT-6 Structured Cabling drawings and riser diagrams to include: 1) Wiring layouts from cameras to Power over Ethernet (PoE) Switches. 2) Wiring layouts from cameras from MidSpan Injectors to PoE switches, as required. 3) Wiring layouts from cameras to Patch Panels and PoE switches. 4) Wiring layouts for Smart Video Recorders (SVR). 5) Wiring layouts for the Central Storage Servers (CSS) b. IP Camera Field-of-View (FOV) calibration and alignment diagrams. c. Device IP port and VLAN allocation, assignment tables, and designation. d. Building Management System (BMS) provisioning and administration configurations. e. NICEVision provisioning and administration configurations. f. Passenger Emergency Telephone (PET) interoperability configuration. 2. The Contractor shall develop and populate a Camera Properties Table that lists camera location, target, function, field of view, and resolution requirement. 3. Once the Sound Transit Resident Engineer comments have been addressed and each camera location, field of view (FOV), and lens setting has been established, camera configurations shall not be revised without a submittal and approval of the Sound Transit Resident Engineer. 4. Shop Drawings containing IP CCTV System equipment rack elevations. 5. The Contractor should anticipate a one (1) week FDR meeting at Sound Transit’s office for a Contractor led presentation of this FDR. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Contractor shall provide minutes of this meeting and develop and track action items to closure. b. All action items from this meeting shall be addressed and satisfactory closed prior to start of factory testing of any of the above subsystems. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 4 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. B. GENERAL 1. The Contractor shall prepare a Preliminary IP CCTV System Operation and Maintenance Manual (O&MM) that shall be reviewed, commented on, and amended by Sound Transit prior to the Notice-to-Proceed (NTP). 2. The Contractor shall prepare a Final IP CCTV System O&MM) Design that shall reviewed and approved by Sound Transit after the NTP. The Contractor shall furnish a “Preliminary” IP CCTV System O&MM for each hardware and software element specified in this specification for Sound Transit review, comment, and approval. The manual shall provide a clear explanation of the theory, operation, and maintenance of the equipment 1. The manual shall be loose leaf bound. a. 2. 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The manual shall be shall be indexed and cross-referenced in an easily understood manner. The IP CCTV System “Preliminary” O&MM deliverable includes: a. Two (2) copies of the IP CCTV System O&MM document for Resident Engineer review, and comment. b. Five (5) copies of the IP CCTV System O&MM revised and amended document for Resident Engineer approval. c. One (1) copy “Master” (camera-ready) IP CCTV System O&MM document to be used to product future copies. The IP CCTV System “Preliminary” O&MM contents shall include: a. Equipment photos b. Equipment schematics and drawings. c. Wiring and mechanical assembly diagrams. d. Operating instructions. e. Spare Parts list f. Replaceable sub-components list g. Preventive maintenance instructions and schedule. h. Field diagnostics, troubleshooting, and fault restoration procedures. i. Maintenance special tools and test equipment required list. j. Equipment manufacturer's' descriptive literature including catalog cuts. k. Manufacturer service bulletins, maintenance logs, and service descriptions. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 5 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% C. The Contractor shall furnish a “Final” IP CCTV System O&MM for each hardware and software element specified in this specification for Sound Transit review and approval. The hard and soft copy (CD) O&MM documents shall be assembled with individual component tabs and sections. 1. D. The IP CCTV System “Final” O&MM contents shall include: a. Table of contents. b. Project contract name or identifier. c. Contactor name, address, and contact information. d. Sub-contractor names, addresses, and contact information. e. Software and hardware manufactures names, addresses, and contact information. f. Product support and escalation names, addresses, and contact information. g. Software release, firmware, and hardware manuals. h. Shop drawings (oversized sheets folded in). i. Catalog cuts. j. Maintenance requirements. k. Warranty information. l. Test reports. The Contractor shall furnish a “Final” IP CCTV System Record document. This document is composed of all the field and back office elements that are deployed for the IP CCTV System. 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The final document contents include: a. IP CCTV System submittal data. b. Revised shop drawings. c. Recorded camera locations and provisioning information. d. SVR locations and provisioning information. e. Management Server locations, software upgrades, and provisioning information. f. Storage Server software and hardware expansion upgrades, and provisioning information. g. Camera, SVR, management server, and CSS software versions and licenses. h. Train Control Network (TCN) access switches/routers port assignments. i. MidSpan Injector ort assignments. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 6 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 1.05 1.06 j. BMS port assignments. k. Revise Shop Drawings to reflect actual equipment, port software, and Building Management System (BMS) connectivity. l. TCN CCTV traffic performance and bandwidth calculations. TRAINING A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all Sound Transit IP CCTV System class training, coordination, and scheduling to ensure that each component described in this specification is presented. B. Sound Transit Operations and Maintenance staff shall receive comprehensive orientation and training, to include: 1. Camera placement, installation, service, operation, administration, maintenance, and provision (OAM&P). 2. SVR OAM&P 3. NICEVision CCTV management system OAM&P 4. CSS OAM&P QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor: 1. Furnish all specified components, and shall be of established reputation and experience in the field of IP CCTV Surveillance and shall be qualified by the Systems manufacturers of the proposed equipment to install, service and maintain each manufacturer’s equipment. a. Materials provided shall be UL Listed and conform to UL standards, where standards have been established for the materials specified. Where materials standards have not been established by UL, standards of quality and performance shall be those of the submitted and approved manufacturers. 2. Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the equipment deployed and be able to independently trouble shoot and train Sound Transit personnel on a complete functional system. 3. Be knowledgeable of all Sound Transit subsystems and be able to interface with all subsystems, components, and respective equipment manufacturers that form the IP CCTV design solution. 4. Resolve all technical issues pertaining to the IP CCTV system, its functionality, network integration, and performance. 5. Adhere to all policies and practices contained in the Project Quality Assurance Program. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 7 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 6. B. 1.07 Warrant the IP CCTV system against defects in workmanship, installation, and latent for a period of 5 years from the date of final system acceptance. IP CCTV System Installer: 1. A minimum of five (5) years’ experience in the installation of specified materials and products required for this Project, with a verified record of successful inservice performance. 2. A certification indicating that the installer is approved by, licensed, or certified by the manufacturer for installation of specified materials/products or systems. 3. References that indicate a minimum five (5) CCTV projects similar in nature and size to that of this Project, where specified materials and products have been successfully installed/used. TESTING AND INSPECTIONS A. General 1. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Contractor shall develop and implement with the approval of Sound Transit a compressive series of integrated IP CCTV System integration tests with the TCN to determine performance, to exercise, and validate the functionality, availability, reliability, and interoperability of the total IP CCTV system solution. a. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies or components and indicating dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, and location and characteristics of each field connection. b. Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control. c. Diagrams for all required interconnecting wiring. between factory-installed and field-installed wiring. d. Each conductor labeled utilizing identifying labels. e. Details of interface terminal cabinets (ITC), control panel and enclosure faces, including controls, instruments, and designation. f. Each BMS I/O point labeled utilizing unique identifying labels. indicated labels where shown on the Plans. Clearly differentiate Use The Contractor and Sound Transit shall determine the, method and procedures, for test, re-test, schedules, and the test fail/pass criteria. The Contractor IP CCTV system network performance Tests shall include: a. Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) (network elements) b. Joint Field Acceptance Test (JFAT) (wayside network elements and field network camera and SVR connections) c. IP CCTV System Network Integration and Performance Test (NIPT) (network simulation, through put & performance measurements) d. Contractor Network Certification Test (NCT) (simulated & live IP camera, SVR, CSS, and AMS connectivity) SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 8 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% e. B. Network Acceptance & Turn-Up Test (NAT) (live IP camera, SVR, CSS, and AMS connectivity) Component Testing 1. 2. 3. 4. Cameras a. After installation, the Contractor shall align, adjust, and balance system and perform complete pretesting to determine compliance of system with requirements in the Contract Documents. b. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. c. Prepare forms for systematic recording of acceptance test results. Report of Pretesting: After pretesting is complete, provide a letter certifying that installation is complete and fully operable; include names and titles of witnesses to preliminary tests. 2) Final Test Notice: Notify Construction Manager at least 10 days in advance of final acceptance testing. d. Verify camera Web access and smartphone access, management, and control. e. Demonstrate remote device interface and access capabilities. SVRs a. After installation, the Contractor shall inspect, test, and provision the SVR prior to camera interoperability testing. b. Verify TCN connectivity and determine exact site total camera bandwidth requirements. CSS a. After installation, the Contractor shall inspect, test, and provision the CSS is recording and retaining video streams and images. b. The Contractor is to ensure video play back and remote network selection of stored video clips and files. NICEVision AMS a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 1) The Contractor shall perform the following field tests and inspections: 1) Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. 2) Operational Tests: a) Schedule tests after pretesting has been successfully completed. b) Test each fixed IP camera for proper operation. c) Test each PTZ IP camera for proper operation and proper PTZ movement SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 9 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b. d) Test all modes of system operation at each camera. e) Test for detection at each station and elevator location. Electrical Tests: Comply with NFPA 72. Minimum required tests are as follows: 1) Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. 2) Test all conductors for short circuits using an insulation-testing device. 3) With each circuit pair, short circuit at the far end of circuit and measure circuit resistance with an ohmmeter. Record resistance of each circuit that is defined on Contract Drawings. 4) Verify that transient surge-protection devices are installed according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5) Test both primary and secondary camera power sources. a) c. C. Coordinate final adjustment of the camera field of views with the Sound Transit Resident Engineer after cameras have been mounted and tested. Tag all equipment, stations, and other components for which tests have been satisfactorily completed. Final Field Tests and Inspections: 1. Test IP camera, SVR, and CSS TCN interface cables. 2. System Tests: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Verify IP camera, MidSpan Injector, and PoE switch configuration, provisioning, and connectivity. b. Verify IP camera, NICE SVR, CSS, and NICEVision AMS Software, (most current version) configuration, provisioning, administration, and TCN interoperability. c. Demonstrate that the IP CCTV System is capable of receiving, saving, and booting from a new software image. d. Verify IP camera video streaming to SVRs and to CSS. e. Verify IP System error-free booting (start-up) including successful completion of boot-up. f. Verify LCC IP CCTV System hardware and firmware integrity. g. Verify LCC and Security consoles remote IP camera access connectivity. h. Verify and update NiceVision system software to provide most current set of system features. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 10 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: 1. For North and East Link provide an extension to the Sound Transit existing IP CCTV System that transmits and records video images for Sound Transit Operations, Emergency Services responders, and Sound Transit Security personnel. IP CCTV system items to be furnished and installed include cameras, housings, mounts, brackets, conduits, fittings, connectors, cabling, power supplies, PoE MidSpan Injector port connections, video management servers, Smart Video Recorders (SVRs), video central storage servers (CSS), along with the related device software administration and provisioning that is necessary to implement the expanded CCTV system. 2. All IP CCTV camera video shall be locally recorded in designated station Communications Rooms at 4CIF and simultaneously transmitted, stored, and monitored at the LCC at 1 CIF. a. Provide a complete and fully functional IP CCTV system that is interoperable with the existing Sound Transit CCTV System. b. Provide Web page accessibility for outside agency users who are authorized to access, view, monitor, retrieve images, and video clips from the Sound Transit IP CCTV System. c. Edge IP CCTV System devices shall interface with the TCN for transport of video for local Smart Network Recorder (SVR) and Central Storage Server (CSS) connectivity. d. CSS and SVR video storage retention is seventy-two (72) hours at 4CIF, 30 fps, and thirty (30) days at 4CIF 24 fps. e. f. 3. 4. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Contractor shall coordinate and finalize IP addressing and VLAN assignments with the Sound Transit Information Technologies Group. Provide Fixed IP and PTZ IP cameras at locations and in network elements as identified on Contract Drawings. a. Provide fixed IP cameras to be housed inside selected VMS enclosures as shown on the Contract Drawings. b. Camera alarm contact inputs shall be connected to Communication PLC I/O via multi conductor cable. c. Camera alarm inputs shall receive contact closure from communication field devices (PETs off-hook) via the Communications PLC I/O configured to receive triggers from networked IP cameras, for event recording purposes. d. IP cameras shall be powered via High Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3at (PoE+) switches. Where distance from the PoE switch exceeds 250 meters, power shall be provide through the use of PoE MidSpan Injectors. Passenger Stations SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 11 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a. 2.02 IP pan tilt zoom (PTZ) and Fixed cameras shall be installed to permit monitoring of the station and platform areas and shall provide a minimum default viewing of: 1) Ticket vending machine (TVM) areas. 2) Viable Message Signage (VMS) enclosures. 3) Passenger Emergency Telephones (PETs). 4) Passenger platforms. 5) Elevator Cabs. a) The elevator cab Civil Contractor is responsible for the elevator car camera acquisition and installation. This Contract shall connect it to the network and SVR. b) Note that the activation of the Passenger Emergency Telephone (PET) in the elevator cab shall trigger an alarm and automatic selection of adjacent cameras outside of the cab with the best view of the elevator landing area. 6) Elevator doors and Escalator landing areas. 7) Tunnel wall Cross-Passageway entrance areas. 8) Additional locations such as intersections at entrances to stations and security sensitive areas. PERFORMANCE A. System 1. Equipment and materials used shall be standard components that are manufactured and available for purchase as standard replacement parts as long as the product is commercially available from the manufacturer. 2. All manufactured products shall be thoroughly tested and proven in actual use. 3. All manufactured products shall include, at no additional cost, online support services and availability of a toll-free (U.S. and Canada), 24-hour technical assistance program (TAP) for emergencies. 4. The manufacturer shall replace without charge, manufactured products proven defective in material or workmanship for the stated warranty period from the date of installation. a. 5. Hardware, Equipment and Materials: a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Sound Transit has performed routine replacement of the CCTV head-end software. The current software deployed at the time of factory test is NICEVision (latest software release version). All Contract software and hardware shall be compatible with this version of and the next updated version after factory acceptance tests. New and of the latest version or model in use at the start of final design. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 12 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% b. B. C. Best of their respective kinds; free of corrosion, scratches and other such defects. Firmware and Software: 1. The Contractor can assume that NICEVision Applications Management Server (AMS) operating system (OS), and storage server software release within two (2) most current versions that are available. 2. NICEVision Smart Video Recorder (SVR) software. 3. NICEVision Enterprise Package Video/Audio Channel Smart Video /Audio software. 4. NICEVision Advance Resilience Pack software release. 5. Pelco Camera Web Client support software. 6. SolarWinds Event and Log Monitor software. Interfaces 1. Building Management System Camera Alarm a. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING IP camera health status/alarm information shall be provided from the NiceVision AMS Server to the Rockwell Collins (formerly ARINC) Building Management System (BMS). The NiceVision SDK/API application shall: 1) Query all stored camera alarms 2) Provide a software interface between the stored camera alarms located in the camera Modbus PLC holding registers and the Modbus TCP/IP interface in the BMS System. 3) Allow the BMS Modbus interface to read the IP CCTV camera alarms from the Modbus PLC holding registers. Passenger Emergency Telephone Camera Alarm a. Passenger Emergency Telephone (PET) off-hook status conditions shall trigger an associated PTZ camera operation response. b. The most current version of the LCC workstation Em/Vista/NiceVision application shall be supported for this purpose on the NiceVision AMS. Method of operation: 1) When a call from a PET is initiated (off hook), the EmVista application running on the LCC workstation shall generate an alarm in its alarm window. 2) At the same time, a CCTV icon appears on the workstation at the end of the new alarm line that represents the camera associated with the PET with the off-hook status. 3) Upon selecting the CCTV icon, a window will open displaying live video from the CCTV camera associated with the PET. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 13 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. Selecting the CCTV icon sends a signal which triggers a PTZ move of the CCTV camera associated with the PET off-hook status. 1) 2.03 A. 2.04 This action results in the PTZ CCTV camera pointing at the PET when the live video feed window displays on the workstation. CAMERAS Indoor/Outdoor PoE Dme Cameras 1. Fixed IP camera: Pelco Model #IME319-1IP or a Sound Transit approved equal. Functionality includes: 2. PTZ IP camera: Pelco Model #S6220-EGO or a Sound Transit approved equal. Functionality includes: SMART VIDEO RECORDERS A. The preferred network video recorder is the NiceVision Smart Video Recorder (SVR) Model #SVR9620 Enterprise Class Scalable Solution. B. Each SVR shall be equipped with NiceVision NET Enterprise Suite Software and Advance Resilience Pack (for video channel viewing). C. Each SVR shall be equipped with the NiceVision Net Client Video Viewing Software or most current version. Functionality includes: 1. 128 channels. 2. Standard Channels Video compression support: 3. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. H.264,MPEG4 b. H.263, c. H.263+ d. MJPEG, e. MxPEG f. VA channels - H.264 g. MPEG4 Resolution support: a. WQXGA (2560x1600) b. QXGA (2048x1536) c. HD 1080 (1920x1080) d. UXGA (1600x1200) e. SXGA (1280x1024) f. WXGA (1280x960) SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 14 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% D. g. HD 720 (1280x720) h. Full D1(720x480, 720x576) i. 4CIF (704x576, 704x480) j. 2CIF (704x288, 704x240) k. CIF (352x288, 352x240) l. VGA (640x480) m. QVGA (320x240) 4. Optional Network Attached Storage (NAS) expandable to 60TB. 5. Event driven and time-driven searches: a. Camera name or number. b. Date and time. c. Alarm trigger. d. External data. e. Comments. SVR Functionality: 1. The SVR shall not utilize any multiplexing or time-division techniques for IP video recording. 2. Video information supplied from edge devices shall be real time encoded and transmitted over an IP network simultaneously at resolutions of up to 4CIF and recording rates of up to 30 Frames per second (fps) per camera. 3. Provide fully modular architecture, which allows for upgrades for additional recording capacity in the future. 4. a. Video analytics (VA) Performance – Maximum number of channels = 40 b. Maximum number of channels recording at 4CIF 30fps at 2Mbps = 100 Simultaneously display live, playback and record video while continuously recording onto the system’s hard-drive(s) and archiving to remote storage server. a. Required storage capacity to meet specified storage requirements for all cameras. b. Internal storage architecture = RAID-5 5. None of the video operations shall interfere with each other. 6. Recording operation shall not stop for playback or live viewing. 7. IP Device Support: a. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Capture, digitize and record each camera individually and shall not utilize any multiplexing or time-division technology for video or audio recording. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 15 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 8. b. Provide a plug-in mechanism support for MPEG4, MJPEG, and H263 / H.263+. c. Support Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) signaling to communicate with edge devices that support RTSP protocol and HTTP/TCP signaling to communicate with edge devices that support HTTP protocol. Network Connectivity: a. Network Interface: 2 separate network interface cards (NICs). b. Network Segment Assignment Options: c. 1) Define different network segment assignments for each of the NICs. 2) Define different network segment assignments on the same NIC. Maximum capable of 4CIF resolution at 30 frames per second (fps) channels with up to 3Mbps per channel. 1) 128 recording channels. b) 58 monitoring channels. c) 39 playback channels. Bitrates: Minimum 8Mbps per input in any format. e. Provide four different default levels of video quality defined by the bitrate for optimal video quality: 1) Economy: Acceptable video quality and save storage space and network bandwidth. 2) Normal: Good video quality with reasonable storage space and network bandwidth. 3) High: Superb video quality. 4) Custom: The user shall be able to modify the default bitrates according to his encoding devices and video quality requirements. Group of pictures (GOP) size of 16 frames in order to provide the following: 1) Improve the video quality in trick modes (fast forward and fast backward playback x4, x8, x16 … x1024). 2) Improve video quality in high-error network environment e.g. wireless networks, limited bitrate network etc. Recording Features: a. Recording Modes: 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a) d. f. 9. Capacity: Total Recording: Constantly record the video input. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 16 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% a) 2) 3) b. Event Based Recording: Record the video input only in case an event has occurred. Event period is defined as the total time of recording that includes pre-alarm period, alarm period and post alarm period. a) Allow for event recording mode, recording upon an alarm, on or some of the channels. b) Each event-configured channel shall have the ability to be triggered by multiple triggers. Triggers can be video motion detection, TTL interface, video signal loss or software controlled triggers (through the recorder API). c) Marked events shall include the pre and post alarm recording time. Each channel shall have the option for individual setup of pre-alarm recording of up to 10 minutes and post-alarm recording of up to 30 minutes. d) The user shall be able to query for events per channel, per time, per triggers, per comments and to playback the selected event. Event and Total Recording: On normal conditions, record video input continuously. In case of an event, start to record the video stream using other video parameters (such as frame rate). Support the following triggers to initiate a recording: 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Recording Operation: Receive alarm triggers, hardware or software, and mark the segment as an event for later query and search capability. Scheduler: The user shall define a schedule to record video inputs. a) Allow recording based on a time schedule for or some of the channels. b) Allow for two different recording periods per day, per channel. Enable the user to select different recording modes for the two scheduling periods. This mode shall have the option to set any available trigger in the system (VMD, TTL and/or API) to trigger the channel. c) Each channel shall have the option for individual setup of pre-alarm recording of up to 10 minutes and postalarm recording of up to 30 minutes. 2) Manual: The user shall be able to initiate a manual recording upon his request. Allow for manual trigger activation individually per camera and manual trigger of a camera by a single mouse click. This option shall work in conjunction to the previous alarm operations. 3) Video Motion Detection. 4) TTL Inputs: Support up to 96 TTL inputs. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 17 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% c. d. e. 5) TTL Outputs: Support up to 96 TTL outputs and relays (combined), user shall have the ability to set any alarm trigger, VMD or API, to provide a TTL trigger output to other systems. 6) API Triggers: 128 API triggers per recorder, ability to receive API triggers over an IP network from other security applications. 7) Ability to enable/disable triggers through a daily time schedule. 8) Trigger information shall be stored with the video information in the NVR database and shall be made available for video search. Video Stream Monitoring: 1) Receive a request from the user to deliver a specific live stream to the workstation and/or decoder. Upon request, receive the live monitored stream from the IP encoding device and forward it to the relevant client(s). 2) Monitoring Protocols: RTP/TCP for unicast support only, RTP/UDP for unicast and multicast support. Video Stream Playback: 1) Receive a request from the user to deliver a specific playback stream to the workstation and/or decoder. Upon request, receive the playback stream and forward it to the relevant client(s). 2) Video files shall be able to be queried by the date and time the video was taken. Level of Service (LoS): 1) Enable system to choose between several video streams according to its performance parameters and networking capabilities of workstation and/or decoder. 2) Provide LoS support in MJPEG monitoring by using frame dilution. Whenever the LoS mechanism is turned on, it will drop MJPEG frames until the desired performance is reached. 3) Provide LoS support in MPEG4 for monitoring, for dual coding devices. Whenever the LoS mechanism is turned on, it will switch to the most appropriate stream from the IP edge device in accordance with the workstations/decoder performance. 4) Support via the LoS mechanism different streams for recording and monitoring, improving monitoring quality while preserving storage space. f. Automatic Streaming: Provide a multicast stream for remote 3rd party decoding devices over an IP network; configure different multicast addresses per recording channels. g. Settings and Configuration: 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Record and monitor cameras in different frame rates. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 18 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 10. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 2) Each channel configured in have an individual setup for the following settings: Brightness, contrast, color, sharpness, saturation, hue, and white balance 3) Operations: a) Adding an IP Device. b) Updating an IP Device. c) Updating Basic Device Parameters. d) Adding\Removing Channels. e) Adding\Removing TTL Triggers. f) Adding\Removing Output Signals. g) Updating an IP Channel. h) Removing an IP Device. i) Enabling\Disabling an IP Channel. j) Refreshing an IP Device (in case of firmware upgrade). Maintenance and Support functions: a. Per maintenance plan check the status with the edge devices. b. Provide dry contact alarms to the BMS. c. Provide alarms for connected RAID devices to the SolarWinds management software application for the following conditions: 1) Power supply problem. 2) Fan problem. 3) Temperature problem. 4) RAID problem. 5) RAID failure (e.g. 2 HDD simultaneous failures). 6) Rebuild failed. 7) Damage prediction. 8) Damaged disk. 9) Disk is in rebuild process. 10) Bad disk. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 19 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.05 CENTRAL STORAGE SERVER - UPGRADE A. Upgrade the Central Storage Server (CSS) to accommodate the additional North Link and East Link cameras. The CSS is the NiceVision Smart Video Recorder (SVR) Enterprise Class Scalable Solution. B. Each CSS is equipped with the NiceVision NET Enterprise Suite and Advance Resilience Pack (for video channel viewing) Software. C. Each CSS is equipped with the NiceVision NET Client Video Viewing Software. Functionality includes: 1. 128 channels. 2. Standard Channels Video compression support: 3. 4. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. H.264,MPEG4 b. H.263, c. H.263+ d. MJPEG, e. MxPEG f. VA channels - H.264 g. MPEG4 Resolution support: a. WQXGA (2560x1600) b. QXGA (2048x1536) c. HD 1080 (1920x1080) d. UXGA (1600x1200) e. SXGA (1280x1024) f. WXGA (1280x960) g. HD 720 (1280x720) h. Full D1(720x480, 720x576) i. 4CIF (704x576, 704x480) j. 2CIF (704x288, 704x240) k. CIF (352x288, 352x240) l. VGA (640x480) m. QVGA (320x240) Optional Network Attached Storage (NAS) expandable to 60TB. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 20 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 5. D. Event driven and time-driven searches: a. Camera name or number. b. Date and time. c. Alarm trigger. d. External data. e. Comments. CSS Functionality: 1. 2. Provide fully modular architecture, which allows for upgrades for additional recording capacity in the future. a. Video analytics (VA) Performance – Maximum number of channels = 40 b. Maximum number of channels recording at 4CIF 30fps at 2Mbps = 100 Simultaneously display live, playback and record video while continuously recording onto the system’s hard-drive(s) and archiving to remote storage server. a. Required storage capacity = 33TB b. Internal storage architecture = RAID-5 3. None of the video operations shall interfere with each other. 4. Recording operation shall not stop for playback or live viewing. 5. IP Device Support: 6. a. Capture, digitize and record each camera individually and shall not utilize any multiplexing or time-division technology for video or audio recording. b. Provide a plug-in mechanism support for MPEG4, MJPEG, and H263 / H.263+. c. Support Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) signaling to communicate with edge devices that support RTSP protocol and HTTP/TCP signaling to communicate with edge devices that support HTTP protocol. Network Connectivity: a. Network Interface: 2 separate network interface cards (NICs). b. Network Segment Assignment Options: c. 1) Define different network segment assignments for each of the NICs. 2) Define different network segment assignments on the same NIC. 4CIF resolution at 30 frames per second (fps) channels with up to 3Mbps per channel. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Capacity: SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 21 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 128 recording channels. b) 58 monitoring channels. c) 39 playback channels. d. Bitrates: Minimum 8Mbps per input in any format. e. Provide four different default levels of video quality defined by the bitrate for optimal video quality: f. 7. a) 1) Economy: Acceptable video quality and save storage space and network bandwidth. 2) Normal: Good video quality with reasonable storage space and network bandwidth. 3) High: Superb video quality. 4) Custom: The user shall be able to modify the default bitrates according to his encoding devices and video quality requirements. Group of pictures (GOP) size of 16 frames in order to provide the following: 1) Improve the video quality in trick modes (fast forward and fast backward playback x4, x8, x16 … x1024). 2) Improve video quality in high-error network environment e.g. wireless networks, limited bitrate network etc. Recording Features: a. Recording Modes: 1) Total Recording: Constantly record the video input. a) 2) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Recording Operation: Receive alarm triggers, hardware or software, and mark the segment as an event for later query and search capability. Event Based Recording: Record the video input only in case an event has occurred. Event period is defined as the total time of recording that includes pre-alarm period, alarm period and post alarm period. a) Allow for event recording mode, recording upon an alarm, on or some of the channels. b) Each event-configured channel shall have the ability to be triggered by multiple triggers. Triggers can be video motion detection, TTL interface, video signal loss or software controlled triggers (through the recorder API). c) Marked events shall include the pre and post alarm recording time. Each channel shall have the option for individual setup of pre-alarm recording of up to 10 minutes and post-alarm recording of up to 30 minutes. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 22 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% d) 3) b. c. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The user shall be able to query for events per channel, per time, per triggers, per comments and to playback the selected event. Event and Total Recording: On normal conditions, record video input continuously. In case of an event, start to record the video stream using other video parameters (such as frame rate). Video Stream Monitoring: 1) Receive a request from the user to deliver a specific live stream to the workstation and/or decoder. Upon request, receive the live monitored stream from the IP encoding device and forward it to the relevant client(s). 2) Monitoring Protocols: RTP/TCP for unicast support only, RTP/UDP for unicast and multicast support. Video Stream Playback: 1) Receive a request from the user to deliver a specific playback stream to the workstation and/or decoder. Upon request, receive the playback stream and forward it to the relevant client(s). 2) Video files shall be able to be queried by the date and time the video was taken. d. Automatic Streaming: Provide a multicast stream for remote 3rd party decoding devices over an IP network; configure different multicast addresses per recording channels. e. Settings and Configuration: 1) Record and monitor cameras in different frame rates. 2) Each channel configured in have an individual setup for the following settings: Brightness, contrast, color, sharpness, saturation, hue, and white balance 3) Operations: a) Adding an IP Device. b) Updating an IP Device. c) Updating Basic Device Parameters. d) Adding\Removing Channels. e) Adding\Removing TTL Triggers. f) Adding\Removing Output Signals. g) Updating an IP Channel. h) Removing an IP Device. i) Enabling\Disabling an IP Channel. j) Refreshing an IP Device (in case of firmware upgrade). SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 23 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 8. 2.06 Maintenance and Support functions: a. Per maintenance plan check the status with the edge devices. b. Provide dry contact alarms to the BMS. c. Provide alarms for connected RAID devices to the SolarWinds management software application for the following conditions: 1) Power supply problem. 2) Fan problem. 3) Temperature problem. 4) RAID problem. 5) RAID failure (e.g. 2 HDD simultaneous failures). 6) Rebuild failed. 7) Damage prediction. 8) Damaged disk. 9) Disk is in rebuild process. 10) Bad disk. ADMINISTRATION, MAINTENANCE, AND PROVISIONING COMPUTER A. The preferred Operations, Administrations, Maintenance, and Provisioning (OAM&P) Laptop Computer is a Dell. B. The Contractor is to provide two (2) AM&P laptops. The Contractor is to coordinate with Sound Transit prior to purchase. Minimum requirements include: 1. Processor = ITEL Core i7 2. OS = Windows 8. 3. Memory = 32GB 4. Graphics = NVIDIA Quadro K5100M with 8GB GDDR5 dedicated memory 5. Display = 17.3" FHD(1920x1080): Dell multi-touch 6. Storage = Hybrid Hard Drive (HHD): Up to 1TB SATA 6Gb/s with up to 16GB of solid state storage 7. Wired = Integrated Intel 82579M/V 10/100/1000 Gigabit Ethernet 8. Wireless LAN & Bluetooth: = Dell Wireless 1506 (802.11gn) C. Each laptop to be loaded with the required application software to support IP CCTV installation, testing, and maintenance. D. Each laptop shall be supplied with a padded leather carrying case. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 24 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 2.07 HAND-HELD CCTV TESTER A. The preferred hand-held CCTV Test is the Metric Model #M-HD-7008 or an approved equal. B. The Contractor is to provide two (2) test units. C. General tester requirements include: 1. 7” LCD Screen display (suitable for indoor and outdoor use). 2. The ability to power, focus and aim IP cameras in the field. 3. An UTP cable test feature that permits field checks for connectivity across all 8 wires and also displays the pin-to-pin connections of the RJ45 connectors. 4. Rechargeable Lithium Ion Polymer battery that charges for 7 hours and can last up to 17 hours in the field. 5. Auxiliary 12VDC, 2A power supply can be used to locally power and adjust cameras in the field or on a test bench. 6. PTZ protocol support: 7. D. a. Pelco-P, Pelco-D. b. Samsung. c. Panasonic d. CBC. e. Bosch. f. Sanyo-SSP. PoE functionality: a. PoE voltage testing. b. PoE port flicker. c. PoE link monitoring. d. IP camera ping testing. e. IP address scan The Contractor shall turn over the IP CCTV testers to the Sound Transit Resident Engineer at Substantial Completion of the IP CCTV System project implementation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING The Contractor shall survey each camera location identified on the shop drawings to determine the optimum position for each camera to be deployed. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 25 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% B. a. Survey camera locations and be responsible to insure that the selected locations will provide optimum pictures of the areas to be viewed, as indicated on the Contract Drawings and interface specifications. b. Survey the camera locations to determine the appropriate mounting requirements according to the existing field conditions at each location. c. For all installed cameras, provide a photo of each camera view on disk (soft format only required) with the camera identification number indicated for each view. Include the disks in the maintenance manual for the IP CCTV System. 2. The Contractor shall survey each SVR location identified on the shop drawings to determine the appropriate rack elevation and cabling requirements for each remote SVR. 3. The Contractor shall survey each CSS equipment rack location identified on the shop drawings to determine the appropriate device elevation and cabling requirements for each CSS. Elevator Installation (Civil Contractor Responsibility): 1. Fixed IP cameras for each station elevator cab shall be provided by the Elevator Civil Contractor. 2. Install elevator camera cabling from station distribution cabinets to elevator machine room interface terminal cabinet (ITC) as shown on the contract drawings. a. 3.02 Provide RJ45 connectors in ITC for traveling cable interface connection. 3. Provide PoE MidSpan extenders in station distribution cabinets in locations where distance requires one as shown on the contract drawings. 4. Coordinate with the Elevator Civil Contractor, Sound Transit IT, and LCC personnel for elevator IP camera interface and TCN connectivity. WIRING AND CONNECTIONS A. GENERAL 1. Install all cables and conductors in raceway. a. 2. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Conceal raceway, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. Bundle and harness multi-conductor instrument cable in place of single cables where a number of cables follow a common path. a. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, neatly along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors neatly. b. Label all control conductors, utilizing identifying labels shown on the Plans, for future identification and servicing of control system. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 26 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. 3.03 Connect electrical components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. a. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors. b. Where manufacturer's torqueing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals according to tightening requirements specified in UL 486A-86B. c. Megger and continuity test all cable conductors after termination, but prior to landing. FIELD ADJUSTMENTS 1. 2. The Contractor shall make field adjustments to provide and improve IP camera field of views (FOV) of the areas to be monitored. a. Provide for proper placement of equipment to ensure required operating clearances. b. Provide installation that allows safe access by maintenance and operations personnel. c. The Contractor shall ground all equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for this Project. d. Install cameras to capture designated areas specified by Sound Transit. e. Provide camera views with adequate coverage; not blocked by columns, trees, or structures. IP Camera position, alignment, and pre-set shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be reviewed and approved by the Sound Transit Resident Engineer. a. 3.04 IP Camera External Connectors checks include: 1) RJ-45 for 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX. 2) Dc jack. 3) Terminal block for 2 alarm inputs and 1 output. 4) RS-485/422. COMMISSIONING A. Documentation 1. The Sound Transit IP CCTV System Operations Methods and Procedure manuals shall be updated to provide the current level of IP CCTV System equipment, firmware, and software deployed for the East and North Link Projects. 2. IP CCTV System manufacture component manuals and documentation shall be provided in typed binders and in CD form for reference purposes. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 27 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3. Provide IP camera and SVR installation Guides, CDs with User’s Manuals, recording software, installation and management tools, cable fitting, connector kit, and power indoor supply. a. B. Include power supplies, mounting brackets for hard and drop ceiling, mounts, smoked and transparent covers. Maintenance Plan: 1. 2. General a. The Contractor shall develop an IP CCTV System Maintenance Plan that details preventative maintenance, outage repair, and administration procedures required for IP CCTV equipment prior to Final Acceptance. b. The Contractor shall identify Pelco IP camera, NICE SVR, and NICE software Customer Support structure to include availability of 24 hours a day, 365 days a year support engineers and technicians. c. The Contractor shall define monthly and annual maintenance inspection intervals to include equipment and programming adjustments during inspection. 1) List personnel, equipment, and duration required for each procedure developed. Include frequency necessary for preventative maintenance procedures . 2) Produce and maintain a Maintenance Log that contains scheduled and completed maintenance work activities along with status reports and findings. 3) All work carried out on site or remotely (for configuration management), the Service engineer will also note down any deficiencies in the system and recommend work required to maintain, full, trouble free operation. Full IP CCTV System Inspection a. Check with Sound Transit LCC and Security staff to determine whether they have experienced any problems with the IP CCTV system. 1) 3. b. Carry out a visual inspection of all major components (including IP camera, and SVR, cabling and connections where accessible) for signs of deterioration or damage and rectify as necessary. c. Exercise the NICEVision AMS to verify IP camera recording on local SVR and CSS levels. Camera Inspection a. Check that IP Cameras are well connected and are configured for maximum and optimal coverage. 1) NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING Examine AMS and BMS logs and alarm reports. Verify that angles are appropriate and lens zooming is in accordance with the camera specifications. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 28 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 4. b. Examine supporting brackets and towers for signs of corrosion and damage. c. Check physical condition of cameras and housings for signs of deterioration due to rain, dust and dirt. d. Check that field of view is correct. e. Check that all camera bracket fittings and clamping bolts are tight. f. Check that lenses are correctly focused. g. Check operation of auto-iris lenses as appropriate. h. Clean housing windows as necessary. i. Check condition of pan / tilt unit, adjusting position of end stops and presets where applicable. SVR Inspection a. C. SVR system monitoring checks: 1) System errors. 2) Video loss. 3) Network connection failure 4) System alerts. b. Check hours run indicator and recommend for removal for service as appropriate. c. Check condition and operation controls as necessary. d. Check time / date settings and adjust accordingly Warrantees 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper integration of the Sound Transit IP CCTV system and network connectivity with the existing CCTV network architecture seamlessly to include all OAM&P tasks required to unify the network. 2. The Contractor shall warrant that the IP CCTV system and the existing Sound Transit CCTV network are compatible and also certify that the integrated network architecture will support the entire IP CCTV system. 3. Pelco and NICE hardware, firmware, and software warranties and terms shall apply at the LCC and remote stations only after all Sound Transit communications network and IP CCTV system Acceptance Test and Turn-Up Phases have been completed satisfactory, certified, and approved by Sound Transit. 4. The Contractor shall prepare an online database list of hardware and software items that are governed by warrantees and manage the IP CCTV system inventory accordingly. NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 29 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% 3.05 TRAINING A. Provide training for a minimum of eight Sound Transit Employees at a Contract arranged location or at a Sound Transit designated office. B. Training options include both instructor lead class room setting (on-site training courses), online courses, and/or with DVD course instruction. 1. C. 3.06 Training in the receipt, handling, and acknowledgment of NICEVision IP camera alarms. Operation includes: a. Logging-in to NICEVision. b. Reviewing camera alarms and status displays. c. PTZ control. d. CSS video clip retrieval and management. 2. NICEVision video management server operation system (OS) and video management application administration training. 3. SVR operation, administration, and provisioning training. 4. NICEVision CSS operation and administration. Training Classes 1. The Contractor shall provide training class documentation and training materials. 2. The Contractor shall provide an IP CCTV System hardware/software portable rack/cabinet for class room demonstration and training purposes. 3. Provide video recording of the training and allow duplication and distribution within Sound Transit. SPARE PARTS A. Provide the indicated quantity and type of new spares that were defined in the Contractor Spare Parts List and approved by Sound Transit. 1. Spares shall be maintained in original unopened packaging. 2. Spares shall constitute 10% of the IP CCTV System components specified in this document to include: NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING a. Fixed IP cameras b. PTZ IP cameras c. Wall, ceiling, and metal pole mounting kits. d. SVRs. e. O&M facility video management server. f. O&M facility video CSS. g. Auxiliary power supplies. SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 30 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% END OF SECTION NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 31 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90% THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY BLANK NORTHGATE / EAST LINK EXTENSIONS SYSTEMS ENGINEERING SECTION 28 23 00 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM - STATION PAGE 32 OF 32 RTA/AE 0027-12 N830 / E750 90%